CONNECTORS

FOR TIMBER
AND MASONRY
CONSTRUCTION

2018 CATALOGUE
C-UK18

www.strongtie.co.uk
 The first choice for construction professionals, we provide innovations to make traditional
building methods easier, meet changing legislation and respond to the needs of emerging
construction methods.

Customer focused, we give industry leading technical and customer care support, with office
based teams dedicated to the engineered wood sector and the repair and maintenance
sector. Our field sales team is also on hand to provide on-site technical support and assist
with business development.

Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors

There is no equal.

Every Simpson Strong-Tie® connector is designed and tested to give

superior strength and performance, as well as to include features that help to
build better safer structures, faster and easier.

Think you should accept an equivalent? There is no equal.

01827 255600 | www.strongtie.co.uk @strongtieUK

 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Contents

General Information
1 6-14
1

Nails and Screws

2 15
2

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

3 16-33 3

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

4 34-43 4

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

5 44-56 5

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

6 57-63 6

Connectors for Glulam Timber

7 64-69 7

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

8 70-97 8

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

9 98-106 9

Roof Connectors
10 107-120 10

Timber Frame Connectors

11 121-129 11

12 130-137
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Angle Brackets and Ties 12

Timber Connectors
13 138-140 13

Column Caps and Post Bases

14 141-146 14

Restraint Straps
15 148-156 15

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

16 157-173 16

Bead and Mesh

17 174-184 17

Miscellaneous
18 185-186 18

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

19 187-210 19
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Alphabetical Index

Prefix Description Page Prefix Description Page

1 1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket 185 ESCRHRD Dual Head Structural Wood Screw 24

A Angle Tie 131 ET Skewed 45° Hanger 63

A34/A35 Framing Anchors 130 ETB Concealed Beam Hanger 69

ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding 137 ETFSS Hold Down Strap 123

ABR Reinforced Angle Bracket 134 FB Fixing Band 156

ABW Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off 142 FMS Folded Mini Strap 152

Accessories Chemical Anchoring Tools and Accessories 204 FT Frame Tie 166

APB Adjustable Elevated Post Base 143 FTC Cavity Frame Tie 165

Archformers Plaster Arch Formers 184 FT-DB Frame Debonding Tie 166

ATF Concealed Beam Hanger 68 GLTV I-Joist and Engineered Timber Hanger 88

AT-HP High Performance Concrete Resin 199 GS Glide Shoe 109

BOAXII Through Bolt 191 H High Wind Tie 138

BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger 67 H/L Heavy/Light Restraint Straps 149

BST/DBST Bonding Strip and Debonding Ties 166 HB Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 87

BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie 124/168 HES/LES Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Strap 148

C2K Crocodile Universal Wall Starter 157 HELI Helical Timber Frame Tie / Thin Joint Masonry Tie 126/169

CB Post Base 145 HGUS Face Fix Heavy Engineered Timber Hanger 96

CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh 176 HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger 110

CC Column Cap 145 HI Scrolled Hip Iron 185

CBH Concealed Beam Connector 66 HRC Hip Ridge Connector 119

CH25/14 Channel and Tie System 166 HSA Herringbone Strut 153

CH/T Channel Ties 167 HTT Tension Tie 155

CNA Ring Shank Nail 15 HU/U Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers 94

IC Insulation Clip 125

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CPT Concealed Post Base 141

CSA Structural Timber Screw 15 ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger 56

CWT Cavity Wall Tie 163 IHS I-Joist Hole Support 79

DBT Deck Board Tie 186 IRC Insulation Retaining Clip 164

DML Expanded Metal Lathing 179 ITB/HITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 74

DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors 139 ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger wirh Adjustable Skew 77

E Reinforced Angle Bracket 134 ITSE Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 84

EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket 135 IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers 101

EB Reinforced Angle Bracket 134 IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew 103

EC Light Duty Angle Bracket 135 IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger 59

EFIX Adjustable Angle Bracket 136 IUQ/HIUQ Metal Web to SIP Hanger 105

END Multi Angle Bracket 136 IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 89

EPC End Post Cap 144 JES Joist End Support (For Loft Conversions) 107

ERS Render Stop Bead 175 JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap 57

ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket 136 JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Hangers for Solid Joists 39

ESCR Structural Wood Screw 19 JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported Hangers for I-Joists 44

ESCRC Countersunk Structural Wood Screw 20 L70 Reinforcing Bracket 131

ESCRFT Fully Threaded Structural Wood Screw 22

4
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Alphabetical Index

Prefix Description Page Prefix Description Page

LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable) 85 SBT/GBT Bricktor® - Crack Control Reinforcement 171 1
LIB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 70 SCF/GCF Bricktie® - Tying Masonry Leaves Together 170

LIB Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger 98 SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger 63

LITB Backer Free Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 72 SDW Structural Wood Screw 18

LITB Top Fix Metal Web Joist Hanger 99 SES Simpson End Seal 49

LMAS Threaded Rod 202 SET-XP Pure Epoxy Concrete Resin (Seismic Approved) 202

LS Skewable Angle 139 SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists 36

LSSU/LSU Light Duty Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers 115 SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for I-Joists 53

LSTA Strap Tie 154 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap for Solid Joists 38

LTS/MTS Twist Straps 154 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap for I-Joists 48

LUP Light Duty Hanger (with Speed Prongs) 62 SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger for Solid Joists 34

LWTS Cavity Wall Tie 164 SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger for I-Joists 51

MH Mini Hanger for Solid Joists 62 SML/H Light and Heavy Duty Security Mesh 181

MH Sacrificial Floor Detail 93 SPA Sole Plate Anchor 122

MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists 94 SPR Slope Adjustable Hanger 118

MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers 91 SPWG Square Plate Washer 186

MJC Multiple I-Joist Connector 81 STUC Paper Backed Wired Mesh 182

MJC Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector 100 SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh 181

MMB Mini Mesh Bead 176 T Flat T Shaped Bracket 139

MP Mending Plate 186 TCB Thin Coat Bead 176

MVB Movement Bead 175 TCP Truss Clip 109

N3.75 Square Twist Nail 15 TFLS Levelling System 121

NP Nail Plate 114 TFPC Timber Frame Panel Closer 127

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

NS Nail Stopper 185 THA Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap 112

PBH Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base 144 THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger for I-Joists 97

PBS Post Base with Stand Off 141 THGQ Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger 113

PC Post Cap 145 THM Mono Truss Hanger 111

PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead 175 TTCB Toothed Thin Coat Bead (Hook On) 178

Poly-GP General Purpose Concrete/Masonry Resin 197 TU Concealed Beam Hanger 64

PPA Elevated Post Base with 100mm Stand Off 143 VAS/VAC Threaded Rod and Vinylester Adhesive Capsule 205

PPRC Height Adjustable Post Base 143 VHJHM Very Heavy Masonry Supported Joist Hanger 43

PSB Plaster Stop Bead 175 VP Loft Vent Plate 108

PVC-u Bead Plastic Beads 177 VPA Variable Pitch Connector 117

PWR Partion Wall Restraint 140 VTCR Valley Truss Clip 120

PWT Party Wall Tie 129 WA Wedge Anchor Bolt 189

RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger 41 WBT Window Board Tie 185

RBL Rib Lath 180 WST Stainless Steel Wall Starter Wall Tie 161

RR Ridge Rafter Connector 118 WSTC Stainless Steel Cavity Wall Tie 162

SAB Standard Angle Bead 176 WTS Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wall Tie 159

SAE/SAI Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers 60 ZS Slotted Z-Clip 82

SBF/GBF Brickforce® - Bed Joint Structural Reinforcement 172

5
 Construction Product
1 Regulations

CE Marking and Construction Connectors

From the 1st July 2013 the Construction Product Regulations (CPR) became compulsory in the UK. All construction products covered by the
CPR, sold after this date must comply with it. It is the distributors responsibility to ensure that it sells products which comply with the CPR.

To prove that a construction product meets this requirement, a document known as a 'Declaration of Performance' must be provided by the
manufacturer. All of our DoP's can be found at www.strongtie.co.uk, simply find the product of interest and look at the 'features' section.

duct labelWhere to find

Template 8/07 a DoP
All of our Declaration of Performance documents can be found on-line. Search for any item from our website: www.strongtie.co.uk to find a
link to each DoP from the relevant product web page. Alternative, they are available on request from uksales@strongtie.com.

Our packaging is labelled in accordance with CPR, an example of which can be seen below.

JHA270/ 4 7 1
1.
2.
Simpson Strong-Tie® item code
Item description

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

2
AD J U S TA B L E J O I S T H A N G E R 3. EAN bar code (each)
4. EAN bar code (box)
5 Intended Use:
Refer to ETA-06/0270 8 5. CE symbol
0 1 5 6 4 009320

Essential Requirements:
6. The number of the notified body undertaking factory
Refer to ETA-06/0270 production control auditing (if applicable)
6
0836 7. Year that Simpson Strong-Tie® first CE marked the product
12 ETA-06/0270
8. Information on intended use of product and its essential
13 0836-CPR-06/F007 requirements
14 ETAG015:2008
15 DoP-e06/0270 9. Name of Manufacturer and web address
10. Date of manufacture
5

3
07 7 Simpson Strong-Tie
www.strongtie.eu
9
11. Box quantity and weight
12. Technical document number to which the product complies
EACH EAN:

10 JHA270/47
DATE: 01/03/13 4 13. Factory production control certificate number
MADE IN UK 14. Number of the technical standard to which the product
QUANTITY: 50 11 complies
WEIGHT: 11KG 15. Declaration of Performance number (copy available from
PER CARTON www.strongtie.co.uk or upon request).
5 0 1 5 6 4 009320

If you have any questions about the CPR and how it affects you, please call our Technical Department on 01827 255600 who
will be delighted to help you, or visit www.strongtie.co.uk.

• CPR became effective: 1st July 2013

• Prove compliance by CE marking
• Our products CE marked to the CPR
• Over 350 product ranges CE marked
• Declaration of Performance (DoP) readily available

6
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Eurocode 5: Design Method

Design Methods
European Design Standards, Eurocodes, have also been developed The characteristic capacities (or resistances) are modified by partial
which supersedes the existing national design codes. The Eurocodes safety factors to arrive at design capacities. These factors generally 1
which impact on the Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are: increase the loads and decrease the capacity.

EN1993 Eurocode 3 Design of Steel Structures In timber design the duration of loading also influences the design
EN1995 Eurocode 5 Design of Timber Structures capacity and a modification factor is applied
EN1996 Eurocode 6 Design of Masonry Structures dependent on the duration. These modification factors are also
dependent on the materials being used.
Eurocode 5 introduces limit state design principles to structural timber
design in the UK for the first time. This requires the designer to use The Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are generally connected
characteristic values for the product capacities. to either Solid Timbers or LVL materials, which utilise the modification
factors kmod shown in the table below.

Extract From Table 3.1 in BS EN 1995-1-1:2004 + A1:2008 (Eurocode 5)

Long Term Short Term
Load Duration Permanent Medium Term Instantaneous
(Download) (Uplift)
kmod 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1

This catalogue generally presents characteristic resistances for timber to NOTE: It is important Characteristic or Design Capacities are not
timber connectors as Unmodified compared with Actual Applied Loads when selecting and designing a
Characteristic Resistances i.e. the characteristic value has not been connector. Design Capacities i.e. Characteristic Capacities factored as
modifed by the appropriate kmod factor. described above, shall only be used to check against factored design
Please note the kmod factor does not apply to masonry hangers and loads.
connectors.
The Allowable load design method utilises a Global Safety Factor to
Actual Applied Loads x Partial Safety Factor on Loads = Design Load (or reduce the Ultimate or Failure Load to a
Factored Load) Safe Working Load, this must be greater than the Actual Applied Load.
Characteristic Capacity x kmod / Partial Safety Factor on Materials =
Design Capacity The 2 methods can be compared graphically using the diagram below:
Design Load < Design Capacity

Unmodified
Ultimate or Failure Load
Characteristic Capacity
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

x k mod
/ Global Safety Factor
Modified Characteristic
Capacity / Partial Safety Factor
Design Capacity

Design Load
Safe Working Load x Partial Safety Factor

Actual or Applied Load

Actual Applied Load < SWL Design Load < Design Capacity

Service Classes
Timber structures shall be assigned to one of the service classes stated below:
Service Class 1:
Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20° C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only
exceeding 65% for a few weeks per year, e.g. warm roofs, internal timber frame walls, internal/party walls.

Service Class 2:
Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20° C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only
exceeding 85% for a few weeks per year, e.g. ground floors, cold roofs, external timber frame walls and external walls.

Service Class 3:
Characterised by climatic conditions leading to higher moisture contents than in service class 2, e.g. external uses, fully exposed.

7
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Terms and Conditions

Product Use
Products in this catalogue are designed and manufactured for made by a qualified designer.
the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other The performance of such modified products or altered installation
1 fixings not approved by a qualified designer. Modifications to procedures is the sole responsibility of the designer.
products or changes in installation procedures should only be

Indemnity
The Buyer’s shall indemnify Simpson Strong-Tie® against any any liability arising under or by reason of the provisions of the
claim or liability in respect of any infringement of a patent or Consumer Protection Act 1987 in relation to the specification
registered design, copyright or other industrial property resulting or design of such goods or any similar legislation in any other
from compliance with the Buyer’s instructions, express or implied, country in which the goods are supplied.
and the Buyer undertakes further to indemnify the Simpson
Strong-Tie® for any loss, damage or expense in respect of

Non-Catalogue & Modified Products

Consult Simpson Strong-Tie® for applications requiring modified not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or
products, or for fixings for use in hostile environments, with load-carrying capacities of non-catalogue products.
excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection Simpson Strong-Tie® provides no warranty, express or implied,
requirements. on non-catalogue products. Any party modifying
Simpson Strong-Tie® products must provide the installer with
Non-catalogue products must be designed by the customer and specific instructions on the modified product’s specifications,
will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie® in accordance with installation, and use.
customer specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie® cannot and does

Limited Warranty
a) The Seller warrants that it has good title to the goods and that e) If the Seller is liable under these warranties then (subject to
the goods will, for a period of 12 months from the date of delivery condition (j)) the Seller’s only obligation is, at its option, to make good
comply with their specification and be free from defects in material any shortage or non-delivery; replace or repair any goods which are
and workmanship. The Seller does not warrant that the goods are damaged or defective; or refund to the Buyer the amount paid by the
fit for any particular purpose and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to Buyer for the goods that are the subject of the claim.
ensure the goods are suitable for the use(s) to which it intends to
put them. f) Except as expressly set out in these conditions, all conditions,
warranties and representations, expressed or implied by statute,
b) The warranties in condition (a) are given on condition that the common law or otherwise, in relation to the goods are excluded.
Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods caused by:
g) The Seller is not liable to the Buyer, whether for negligence, breach
(i) fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, or abnormal or of contract, misrepresentation or otherwise, for:
unsuitable storage or working conditions of the goods by the Buyer;
(i) loss or damage incurred by the Buyer as a result of third party

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(ii) failure to follow the Seller’s instructions or guidance whether oral claims; or
or in writing (including but not limited to any instructions set out in
the Seller’s catalogue) as to the storage, commissioning, installation, (ii) indirect or consequential damage suffered by the Buyer,
use and maintenance of the goods or (if there are none) good trade including, without limitation, loss of goodwill, business opportunity
practice regarding the same; or anticipated savings; or

(iii) the Buyer altering or repairing the goods without the written (iii) economic losses including without limitation loss of profit.
consent of the Seller;
h) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to condition (j) the entire
(iv) the Buyer making further use of the goods after giving notice in liability of the Seller arising out of or in connection with the goods,
accordance with condition (c); or whether for tort (including negligence), breach of contract, breach
of statutory duty, misrepresentation or otherwise, is limited to the
(v) the goods differing from their specification as a result of changes Seller’s level of insurance cover in place from time to time (currently
made to ensure they comply with applicable statutory or regulatory £500,000) and the Buyer shall be responsible for making its own
requirements. arrangements for the insurance of any excess loss.

c) The Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods unless it is notified i) The Seller’s prices are determined on the basis of the liability limits
to the Seller within 5 days of the date of delivery or, if the defect in this condition. The Buyer may by written notice to the seller
would not be apparent on reasonable inspection, of the date on request the Seller to agree a higher limit of liability provided insurance
which it would become apparent to a reasonable buyer. cover can be obtained for that higher limit.

d) The Seller shall not be liable for damage in transit, shortage of j) Nothing in these conditions shall operate to exclude or restrict the
delivery or non-delivery unless the Buyer shall have given the Seller Seller’s liability for death or personal injury resulting from negligence,
written notice of such damage, shortage or loss, with reasonable or breach of the obligations arising from section 12 of the Sale of
particulars of it within 5 days of receipt of the goods or (in the case Goods Act 1979, or for fraud/deceit.
of total loss) of receipt of the invoice or other notification of dispatch.

8
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Company Profile

Quality Policy
We help people build safer structures economically. We Simpson Strong-Tie® is an ISO 9001 registered company. 1
do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing ISO 9001 is an internationally recognised quality
“No Equal” structural connectors and other related management system standard, which lets our customers
products that meet or exceed our customers’ needs and know that they can count on the consistent quality of
expectations. Simpson Strong-Tie’s products and services.

Everyone is responsible for product quality and is

committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality
Management System.

FM14704

Environmental Health and Safety Policy

Simpson Strong-Tie® continues to look for ways to build Simpson Strong-Tie® is accredited to the internationally
safer and stronger homes while being mindful of how recognised standards for environmental health & safety
we can help protect the environment and the health management systems.
and safety of our employees. We are committed to
environmental management, including health, safety and
ecological protection.

EMS517722 OHS57006
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Testing Laboratory Accreditation

Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth,
Staffordshire is the first manufacturer’s facility to achieve
third party accreditation to the international standard
BS EN ISO/IEC 17025.

9
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Disproportionate Collapse - Timber Frame Buildings

The Regulations
It is a requirement under the UK building regulations that extent disproportionate to the cause”.
1 buildings comply to a minimum level of robustness. This Until a British code is available and referenced in the
is referred to as ‘disproportionate collapse’. The building building regulations the route for timber designers is to
regulations for Scotland and England & Wales in essence adopt alternative methods. The STA (Structural Timber
state, although worded slightly differently from each other, Association) have developed a method and forms the basis
that: “The building shall be constructed so that in the event for the following information.
of an accident the building will not suffer collapse to an

The Methods
Platform timber frame is a lightweight building process components mechanically fixed to each other. Unlike other
that under accidental damage is known to be robust structural concepts, buildings falling outside the scope of
and has significant capacity to span over gaps caused platform cellular layouts e.g. post & beam or portal frames,
by accidental damage. This was demonstrated by tests platform timber frame relies on the full diaphragm action
carried out on the BRE/TRADA TF2000 six storey building of the floors to transfer horizontal forces to an evenly
in 1998 which concluded that: “...timber frames designed distributed layout of load bearing walls, which provide both
and built correctly were robust against disproportionate vertical support and horizontal load resistance.
collapse”.
The building regulations have classified buildings into 4
Platform timber frame comprises wall and floor classes according to building type and risk.

Building Type
Class Method Design Check Products
and Occupancy

No additional requirements above normal design

Single occupancy - Platform:
process.
1 to 4 storey
Class 1
e.g. Detached and
town houses. Horizontal tying (1) force at each junction to be
Other:
checked.

Use common proven details to provide tying (1) of

Platform:
suspended floors to walls.
Houses or apart- ITB, HITB,
Class 2A ments - up to 4 SAE, SAI, HU,
storey HUC, IUC
Check for an accidental horizontal effective tying (1)
Other:
force of 5 kN/m of supported wall.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Use common proven details to provide effective
tying (1) of suspended floors to walls, along with a
Platform: check on the notional removal of each load bearing
Houses, apartments wall (bridging)(2). Key element(3) design to be used
or other residential when notional removal is not practical.
buildings - 4 to 15
SAE, SAI, HU,
storey
HUC, IUC,
Class 2B CC, CCC,
Hospitals - up to 3
CCT,
storey Check for an accidental horizontal effective tie force
ECCLL
of 7 kN/m of supported wall along with check on
Educational buildings the notional removal of each load supporting, load
Other:
- up to 15 storey bearing or wall (bridging)(2).
Key element(3) design to be used when notional
removal is not practical.

Buildings with high

Class 3 levels of crowd Designer to carry out risk assessment and decide upon a suitable method.
accumulation

1. Tying – Provision of effective horizontal ties.

2. Bridging – “Rim Beam” method where the structure is designed to bridge over the loss of an untied member.
3. Key Element – A structural member (column) upon which the stability of the remainder of the structure depends.

ITB, HITB, SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC tie the joist to rim beam, providing a vertical support & horizontal tie force.
SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join rim beam members at each junction, providing a vertical support &
horizontal tie force.
CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join a structural column (Key Element) to the rim beam, providing a horizontal tie force.
10
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Important Information
General Notes
This catalogue reflects changes in the product performance and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie® products. This catalogue
is effective until 31st December 2016 and supersedes all information in earlier publications of products shown. Information on product
performance and configurations are updated periodically. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for the most current product information. Product
1
performances in the catalogue are for the described specific applications of properly installed products. Product modifications, improper
loading or installation procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect product performances.

These notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson products to fit common dry timber dimensions. If you require
Strong-Tie® products and must be followed fully. a connector with dimensions other than those listed, Simpson
may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact the factory.
• Simpson Strong-Tie® reserves the right to change • Top fix hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies
specifications, designs and models without notice. should be evaluated by a professional and include using a
• Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie® product is individually face-fixing hanger or removing material to accommodate the
selected based on the product’s steel specifications, including top flange thickness.
strength, thickness, formability, finish, and can be welded. • Multiple member timbers must be fastened together to act as
Contact factory for steel information on specific products. one unit to resist the applied load.
• Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in millimeters [mm] • Do not overload. Do not exceed the product performance
and loads are in kilo Newtons [kN]. which would jeopardise the connection.
• Unless otherwise noted, product performances are for use • Some model configurations may differ from illustrations shown.
with C16 (SC3) timber. Products assessed in the USA were Contact factory for details.
evaluated with Spruce-Pine-Fir timber.
• Fill all fastener holes with fastener types specified in the tables,
• Unless otherwise noted, bending steel on site may cause unless otherwise noted. When nailing options are noted, the
fractures at the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry the load fasteners must be the correct type and location to obtain full
and must be replaced. Products designed for bending at time loading.
of installation should only be bent once.
• Hanger options - some combinations of hanger options
• A fastener that splits timber will not take the design load. have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of
Evaluate splits to determine if the connection will perform these options may not be installed. Horizontal loads induced
as required. Dry wood may split more easily and should be by sloped joists must be resisted by other members in the
evaluated as required. If wood tends to split, consider pre- structural system. A qualified engineeer must always evaluate
drilling holes with diameters not exceeding 75% of the nail each connection, including the carried and carrying member
diameter. limitations, before specifying the product.
• Take wood shrinkage into account when designing and
installing connections. Simpson Strong-Tie® manufactures

Instructions to the Installer

• All specified fasteners must be installed according to the • Hangers into masonry walls must have the minimum specified
instructions for each connector. Incorrect fastener quantity, height of masonry above the hanger, with the mortar fully
size, type, material, or finish may cause the connection to fail. cured, before load is applied. Top fix masonry hangers will not
• Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection. carry the design load without specified masonry above the top
• Pneumatic or power-actuated fasteners may deflect and flange of the hanger. The exception to this would be the use of
injure the operator or others. Nail guns may be used to install the Safety Fast range of products. Safety Fast hangers allows
connectors, provided the correct number and type of nails are construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the
properly installed in the holes provided. supporting block work has been laid. Protruding nails should
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Guns with hole locators should be used. Follow the always be clinched to avoid injury.
manufacturer’s instructions and use appropriate safety
equipment.
• Masonry supported connectors must be embedded into
correct strength mortar as per British Standard.

Instructions to the Designer

Characteristic capacities specified in this catalogue are based on including: National Design.
C16 timber grades unless otherwise specified and are presented • Wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce
for use with Limit State Design methods in accordance with allowable loads when wood shear is limiting.
Eurocode 5. • Simpson Strong-Tie® strongly recommends the following
• The Safe Working Loads (SWL) shown in the Simpson Strong- addition to construction drawings and specifications:
Tie® publications for the United Kingdom are derived from substitutions for Simpson Strong-Tie® products must be pre-
tests, calculations and assessments performed in the UK and approved in writing by the designer’.
the USA. • Verify that the dimensions of the supporting members are
• Safe Working Loads (SWL) are presented for use in permissible sufficient to receive the specified fasteners.
stress design in accordance with BS 5268: Part 2: 2002 for • Some catalogue illustrations show connections that could
Service Classes 1 and 2. cause cross grain tension or bending of timber if not
• Loads from Germany were in accordance to DIN design criteria sufficiently reinforced.
and testing required for Zulassung certification by the Institute • Timber connectors showing the CE mark have been assessed
für Bautechnique. in accordance with Eurocode 5. European Technical Approvals
• Some products in this catalogue are designed, tested (ETA's) have been obtained and are available on request.
and evaluated in accordance with U.S. industry standards

Corrosion Resistance
Connectors are steel and will corrode and lose load-carrying homeowner maintenance. Fasteners of comparable material
capacity if exposed to ocean salt air, corrosive fire-retardant should be used to install the product.
chemicals, fertilizers, or other substances that adversely affect Pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant wood can be
steel. In corrosive environments, especially for connectors that caustic to zinc coated (or galvanised) steel. Galvanised connectors
are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, deterioration will should not be placed in contact with treated wood that has not
occur at a faster rate. The service life of galvanised connectors been properly air-seasoned or properly kiln dried. See material
in a temperate marine environment can be greatly improved by supplier for specific recommendations.
11
 Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Tie®
®
Connectors
Connectorsfor
forTimber
Timberand
andMasonry
MasonryConstruction
Construction

Options and Terminology

Options and Terminology

This information applies only to hangers manufactured by Material: Material thickness may vary from that specified for
1 Simpson Strong-Tie® and installed as per our installation standard hanger configurations, depending on the manufacturing
instructions. Some combinations of these options on a single process. Generally welded hangers have one-piece stirrups;
hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations occasionally it may be necessary to create a welded stirrup from
of these options may not be installable. A qualified engineer must two or three pieces. Hanger configurations, height and fastener
always evaluate each connection, including header and joist schedules may vary from the table depending on the joist size,
limitations, before specifying the product. skew and slope

Testing is performed using a standardised hanger test method. Finish: See specific hanger tables. Welded hangers can be
The joist in the test set up may include a certain amount supplied with a galvanised or zinc plated finish.
of structural stability. Header and other attached structural
members are assumed fixed in actual installations. Horizontal Installation: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the
loads, induced by sloped joists, must be resisted by other amount specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with
members in the structural system. the table specified fastener type.

Terminology - refer to the table below for limits and possible combinations.
Skewed Seat Sloped Seat Sloped Top Flange Offset Top Flange

Straddle Concealed Flanges Return Top Flange

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Skewed Seat: Skewed left or right, on plan. Suitable for the top flange, as viewed from joist. Suitable for support
floor or roof members skewed at an angle to the support. of trimmer beams from end of main beam. Specify offset
Specify skew angle and direction. right or left.

Sloped Seat: Sloped up or down on plan. Suitable for Straddle: Two stirrups directly opposite each other.
roof rafters supported on ridge beam. Specifiy slope Suitable for support of joists on either side of main
angle and up or down. support beam. Specify width of support beam or wall.

Sloped Top Flange: Top flange sloped down to the left or Concealed Flanges: SAE, HU and U hangers flanges
right. Suitable for roof member supported on main rafter. concealed. Specify both flanges or single left or right
Specify slope angle to horizontal, slope down to left or flange concealed. For SAE minimum width 100mm, for
right and low, centre or high side of stirrup flush with HU & U minimum width 70mm.
header.
Return Top Flange: Masonry JHM & HJHM hanger.
Offset Top Flange: Stirrup is offset to right or left end of Specify return R dimension.

Skewed Sloped Sloped Offset

Model Return Straddle Combination
Max. Angle Max. Angle Top Flange Top Flange

GLTV 50˚ 45˚ 30˚ • • •

HB 45˚ 45˚ -
HJHM(I) - - - • •
HU/U 67.5˚ 45˚ - •
JHM(I) 45˚ - - • •
LBV 45˚ 45˚ 30˚ •
-
RHMSK 90˚ -
SAE 67.5˚ 45˚ - •
TU 45˚ - -

12
 Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Tie®
®
Connectors
Connectorsfor
forTimber
Timberand
andMasonry
MasonryConstruction
Construction

Nailing Information

CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X60
CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X100
CNA4,0X60 CNA4,0X100
Many Simpson Strong-Tie® N4.0X100 N4.0X100 N3.75X75 N3.75X30
NSS3.35X50 NSS3.35X50
N3.75X75
(STAINLESS STEEL)
(STAINLESS STEEL)
N3.75X30 CNA4,0X35 CNA4,0X35

products are designed to

use common nails, readily 1
available to builders.

30

30

35

35
Certain applications require

50

50
50

50
special fasteners, such as

60

60
those with length limitations

75

75
or for use in hostile
100

100

100

100
environments.

This section shows

common nails referred to in
our design literature along
with special fasteners we
supply upon request.

Round Hole: To fasten a connector. Always fill and make sure to use the correct nail / screw.

Hexagonal Hole: For use with SDS structural screws.

Triangle Hole: Sometimes provided in addition to round holes. Fill triangular holes when specified.

Obround Hole: Provide easier nailing access in tight locations. Fasteners installed at any angle.

Diamond Hole: Optional holes to temporarily secure connectors to the member during installation.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Dome Nailing Double Shear Nailing Positive Angle Nailing Speed Prongs
This feature guides the The nail is installed into Provided when wood Used to temporarily
nail into the joist and the joist and header, splitting may occur and to position and secure the
header at a 45° angle. distributing the load reduce installation time. connector for easier and
through two points on faster installation.
US Patent: 5,603,580.
each joist nail for
greater strength

13
 Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Tie®
®
Connectors
Connectorsfor
forTimber
Timberand
andMasonry
MasonryConstruction
Construction

Nailing Information

UK Calculated Nail Capacities

Lateral Loads [N] 2,3
1 Size [mm] and Description
Timber
Long Medium Short
Grade
Term Term Term

3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Shank C16 397 445 497 876
(Sheradised Coating) TR26 434 486 543 1031
3.75 x 75mm Smooth Shank C16 555 622 694 1309
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 611 685 764 1474
4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank C16 618 692 772 1498
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 674 755 842 1699
1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm reduce loads to 80% of the value.
3. Where more than 9 nails are used in a line reduce loads to 90% of the value.
4. Table loads are SWL’s in accordance with BS5268.
5. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.

Nail Reduction Table

When the catalogue specified header nails are substituted with an alternate nail
on Face Fix Hangers and Straight Straps, the specified product performance
should be multiplied by the following adjustment factors.
Catalogue Nail Replacement Nail [mm] Adjustment Factor
3.75 x 75mm 0.84
4.0mm 100mm
3.75 x 30mm 0.60
3.75 x 75mm 3.75 x 30mm 0.66
1. Joist nails may not be substituted in double shear hangers.
2. Face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU can not be substituted for alternative nails.
3. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.

Connector Nails (CE marked in accordance with ETA-04/0013)

Simpson Strong-Tie® also offers enhanced nails, which provide increased performance when
used in conjunction with the relevant products listed within our design literature.

Timber Characteristic Values (1) [kN]

Size [mm] and Description
Grade Lateral Flat,Rk Axial Fax,Rk
CNA4,0 x 35 Connector Nail
1.70 0.61

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(Electroplated)
CNA4,0 x 50 Connector Nail
(Electroplated)
C24 2.22 0.98
CNA4,0 x 60 Connector Nail
(Electroplated)
2.36 1.23

Steel Thickness Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails

Steel Thickness
Load Direction
0.9 - 1.2 1.5 - 2.5
Lateral 1.00 1.00
Axial 1.00 0.98

Timber Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails

Timber Grade
Load Direction
C16 C24 C27 C30/GL24 SCL(2)
Lateral 0.90 1.00 1.05 1.06 1.26
Axial 0.86 1.00 1.07 1.10 1.42
1. Values are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. SCL = Structural Composite Lumber, with a characteristic density of 480 kg/m3.

14
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Nails and Screws

N4.0X100 N3.75X75 NSS3.35X50 N3.75X30
(STAINLESS STEEL)

3.75X30mm Square Twist Nail

Tested and approved for use with Simpson Strong-Tie joist hangers, brackets
and straps.

30

35
• Industry standard nail for installing construction connectors.
2

50
• CE marked.
• Square twist shank profile provides excellent pull-out resistance.
• Sheradised coating.

75
• Interior applications only.
100

Shank Length Pack Weight

Item Code Approx. Qty
Diameter [mm] [mm] (kg)

N3.75X30SH/1KG 1.0 370

N3.75X30SH/2.5KG 2.5 925
3.75 30
N3.75X30SH/5KG 5.0 1,850
N3.75X30SH/25KG 25.0 9,250

NSS3.35X50 N3.75X30 CNA4,0X35 CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X60 CNA4,0X100

N4.0X100 N3.75X75
(STAINLESS STEEL)

CNA Ring Shank Nail

Tested and approved for use with Simpson Strong-Tie joist hangers, brackets
and straps.
30

35

50
50

• CE marked.

60
• Annular ring shank.
75

• Electro-plated carbon Steel.

• Interior applications only.
100

100
Item Code Item Code Shank Diameter Length
Box Qty.
(Carbon Steel) (Stainless Steel) [mm] [mm]

CNA4,0X35 CNA4,0X35S 4.0 35

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X35S 4.0 50 250

CNA4,0X60 CNA4,0X35S 4.0 60

CSA Structural Connector Screw

T-20 head screw for use with Simpson Strong-Tie joist hangers, brackets and
straps.

• CE marked.
• Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel options.

Item Code Item Code Shank Diameter Length

Box Qty.
(Carbon Steel) (Stainless Steel) [mm] [mm]

CSA4,0X30 - 4.0 30
CSA5,0X25 CSA5,0X25S 25
CSA5,0X35 CSA5,0X35S 35 250
5.0
CSA5,X040 CSA5,0X40S 40
CSA5,0X50 - 50

15
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

A Structural Screw for Every Occasion

Our CE marked structural timber screws are a highly versatile method of connecting multiple timbers
together. No pre-drilling, no fuss and no job too big.

Available in lengths up to 400mm and with a variety of head and thread profiles, they can be called
upon for almost every timber connection:

• Solid Timber Joists

• Trusses
• Timber Beams and Posts

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Deck Frames
• Sleepers
• Glulam Timber
• Multi-Ply I-Joists (including open web)
• SIP Panels
• Oak Frames

16
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Simpson Strong-Tie® have developed a range of structural screws to meet the demands of the construction industry.
The screw ranges are designed to meet the needs of contractor's building in timber frame, SIP (Structural Insulated
Panel), CLT (Cross Laminated Timber), Glulam, but also for joining together multiple truss plies and I-Joists, metal web
and solid joists.

Design Methods

Performance values for both design methods (Permissible and Limit State) are listed and have been determined as
follows: 3
Permissible Design (BS5268-2) (Safe Working Loads)

The calculations in Annex G, of BS5268-2, have been used to determine the performance tables in section 6 of the
same standard. They can also be used to determine the other lateral loads of varying connections, which are listed in
the following pages.

Joints should be designed so that the permissible loads applied to the fasteners or timbers do not exceed the design
loads of the structure.

Limit State Design (EN1995-1-1 or Eurocode 5) (Characteristic Loads)

The guidelines laid out in Section 8 of EN1995-1-1, are to be used to determine the withdrawal and lateral performance
of a connection when using the Limit State Design method.

Connections should be designed so that the design reactions applied to the structure do not exceed the design
capacity of the connection.

Spacings and Edge / End Distances should be complied with as laid out within the relevant standard to ensure
full capacity of the connection is achieved. Any reduction in the recommendations will result in a reduction of the
connection performance and should be verified by the engineer responsible for the design of the building.

Figure 1. Screw spacing and distances (also applies when screwing from both sides).

SPACING
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

2 SPACING 100 MIN

107-120
35 MIN
50 MIN

50 MIN
35 MIN

100 MIN SPACING SPACING

25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER

Notes:
1. Spacing = 100 min to 600 max. 25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER
2. O = Fixing from this side.
3. X = Fixing from opposite side.
4. When fixing from both sides divide the recommended spacing by 2.

17
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

SDW Structural Timber Screw

The Strong-Drive® SDW screw is a 8.0mm diameter, high-strength structural
timber screw specifically designed for fastening multi-ply timber members
together such as plated trusses, engineered timber products and solid-sawn
timber.

3 The SDW installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized

lengths for fastening 2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 45mm engineered timber such
as Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL). The SDW enables single-side fastening,
while still allowing concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full
allowable head or point-side load of the fastener.
L
• Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling
or installation of hardware on the assembly.
• High shear values enable wider screw spacing.
• Bold thread design firmly clinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply
assemblies.
• Optimal screw lengths provide maximum point side penetration.

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Black E-coat™

TL
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the
SDW timber screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive
environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.

Installation:

• SDW screws install best with an impact driver and a T40 6-lobe bit (one bit
included in the box).
• Pre-drilling is typically not required. SDW screws may be installed through
metal truss plates as approved by the truss designer.
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the
top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or
over-drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.

SDW Item Codes

Screw Thread Shank Thread Head

Item Code Length (L) Length (TL) Diameter Diameter Diameter Driver Bit
mm mm mm mm mm

SDW22258-R50 66 36
SDW22300-R50 76 37
SDW22338-R50 86 40
SDW22438-R50 111 37
SDW22458-R50 117 37 5.6 8.0 19.0 T40
SDW22500-R50 127 40
SDW22600-R50 152 37
SDW22638-R50 162 37
SDW22634-R50 172 40

18
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

ESCR Structural Timber Screw

The ESCR is a washer head screw designed to connect ESCR Item Codes
two or more timber members together. The ESCR screw
Screw Thread
has a reamer to allow for smooth driving of the shank. Length Length
Shank Thread Head
The large washer head gives high head pull-through Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter Driver Bit
(L) (TL)
mm mm mm
resistance while allowing the timber members to close up mm mm
firmly. ESCR8.0X80 80 3
ESCR8.0X100 100 54
The SDW enables single-side fastening, while still allowing ESCR8.0X120 120
concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the ESCR8.0X140 140
full allowable head or point-side load of the fastener. 84
ESCR8.0X160 160
ESCR8.0X180 180
ESCR8.0X200 200
• Washer head.
ESCR8.0X220 220
• 6 lobe drive.
ESCR8.0X240 240 5.3 8.0 20.0 T40
• Reamer reduces drive resistance.
ESCR8.0X260 260
ESCR8.0X280 280
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel 100
ESCR8.0X300 300
Finish: Electrogalvanised with Yellow Chromate and anti-
ESCR8.0X320 320
friction coating. Zinc coating thickness ≥ 5μm.
ESCR8.0X340 340
ESCR8.0X360 360
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners
ESCR8.0X380 380
can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive
ESCR8.0X400 400
environments. Accordingly, the ESCR timber screws
should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive ESCR10.0X100 100

environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2. ESCR10.0X120 120 60

ESCR10.0X140 140

Installation: ESCR10.0X160 160

• ESCR screws install best with an impact driver and a ESCR10.0X180 180

T40 or T50 6-lobe bit (included in the box). ESCR10.0X200 200

• Pre-drilling is typically not required. ESCR screws ESCR10.0X220 220
may be installed through metal truss plates as ESCR10.0X240 240
6.2 10.0 25.0 T50
approved by the truss designer. ESCR10.0X260 260
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is ESCR10.0X280 280 100
slightly embedded into the top surface of the timber. ESCR10.0X300 300
To ensure correct performance, do not under or ESCR10.0X320 320
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

over-drive the fastener. ESCR10.0X340 340

• 107-120
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to ESCR10.0X360 360
75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to ESCR10.0X380 380
avoid timber defects. ESCR10.0X400 400

TL

19
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

ESCRC
Countersunk Structural Timber Screw
The ESCRC is a countersunk head screw designed to connect two or more
timber members together. The ESCRC screw has a reamer to allow for smooth
3 driving of the shank. The countersunk head gives flush fitting while allowing the
timber members to close up firmly.

• Countersinking head.
• 6 Lobe Drive.
• Reamer reduces drive resistance for faster drilling.

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Electrogalvanised and anti-friction

coating with Yellow Chromate. Zinc coating thickness is ≥ 5μm.
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the ESCRC
timber screw should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments
e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
L

Installation:
• ESCRC screws install best with an impact driver and a T20, T30, T40 or T50
6-lobe bit (included in the box).
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the TL
top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or
over drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflict with
other hardware or to avoid timber defects.

ESCRC Item Codes Continued on next page.

Screw Thread
Shank Thread Head
Length Length
Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter Drive Bit
(L) (TL)

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

mm mm mm
mm mm

ESCRC4,0X40 40
30
ESCRC4,0X50 50
ESCRC4,0X60 60 2.6 4.0 8.0 T20
ESCRC4,0X70 70 35
ESCRC4,0X80 80

20
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

ESCRC Item Codes (continued)

Screw Thread
Shank Thread Head
Length Length
Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter Drive Bit
(L) (TL)
mm mm mm
mm mm

ESCRC6.0X60 60
36
ESCRC6.0X70 70
ESCRC6.0X80 80
ESCRC6.0X90 90 48
3
ESCRC6.0X100 100
ESCRC6.0X120 120
ESCRC6.0X140 140
ESCRC6.0X160 160 4.3 6.0 12.0 T30
ESCRC6.0X180 180
ESCRC6.0X200 200
64
ESCRC6.0X220 220
ESCRC6.0X240 240
ESCRC6.0X260 260
ESCRC6.0X280 280
ESCRC6.0X300 300
ESCRC8.0X80 80
ESCRC8.0X100 100 54
ESCRC8.0X120 120
ESCRC8.0X140 140
84
ESCRC8.0X160 160
ESCRC8.0X180 180
ESCRC8.0X200 200
ESCRC8.0X220 220
ESCRC8.0X240 240 5.9 8.0 15.0 T40
ESCRC8.0X260 260
ESCRC8.0X280 280
100
ESCRC8.0X300 300
ESCRC8.0X320 320
ESCRC8.0X340 340
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

ESCRC8.0X360 107-120360
ESCRC8.0X380 380
ESCRC8.0X400 400
ESCRC10.0X80 80
ESCRC10.0X100 100
60
ESCRC10.0X120 120
ESCRC10.0X140 140
ESCRC10.0X160 160
ESCRC10.0X180 180
ESCRC10.0X200 200
ESCRC10.0X220 220
ESCRC10.0X240 240 7.1 10.0 18.5 T50
ESCRC10.0X260 260
ESCRC10.0X280 280 100
ESCRC10.0X300 300
ESCRC10.0X320 320
ESCRC10.0X340 340
ESCRC10.0X360 360
ESCRC10.0X380 380
ESCRC10.0X400 400

21
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

ESCRFTC / ESCRFTZ / ESCRFTP

Fully Threaded Structural Timber Screw
ESCRFT is a range of fully threaded screws designed to connect two or more timber members together. The ESCRFT range
includes variants with countersunk, cylinder and pear heads.

3 • ESCRFTC - counter sunk head.

• ESCRFTZ - cylinder head.
• ESCRFTP - pear head.
• 6 Lobe drive.
• No pre-drilling required.
• Fully threaded shank provides excellent pull-out resistance.
• Starts rapidlly, even at angles to the timber.

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Finish: Electrogalvanised with Yellow Chromate and anti-friction coating. Zinc coating thickness ≥ 5μm.

Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, the ESCRFT range of timber screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service
class 1 & 2.

Installation:

• ESCRFTC/ESCRFTZ/ESCRFTP screws install best with an impact driver and a T30, T40 or T50 6-lobe bit (one included per
box).
• Pre-drilling is typically not required.
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the timber. To ensure correct
performance, do not under or over-drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.

ESCRFTC ESCRFTZ ESCRFTP

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

TL L TL L TL L

22
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

ESCRFTC Item Codes

Screw Thread
Shank Thread Head
Length Length Drive
Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter
(L) (TL) Bit
mm mm mm
mm mm

ESCRFTC8,0X120 120 110

ESCRFTC8,0X180 180 170

3
ESCRFTC8,0X200 200 190
5.2 8.0 15.0 T40
ESCRFTC8,0X240 240 230

ESCRFTC8,0X300 300 290

ESCRFTC8,0X400 400 390

ESCRFTC10,0X160 160 148

ESCRFTC10,0X180 180 168

ESCRFTC10,0X220 220 208

ESCRFTC10,0X240 240 228 6.1 10.0 18.5 T50

ESCRFTC10,0X300 300 288

ESCRFTC10,0X350 350 338

ESCRFTC10,0X400 400 388

ESCRFTC12,0X200 200 180 6.8 12.0 21.0 T50

ESCRFTZ Item Codes

Screw Thread
Shank Thread Head
Length Length Drive
Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter
(L) (TL) Bit
mm mm mm
mm mm
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

ESCRFTZ8,0X120 107-120
120 110

ESCRFTZ8,0X180 180 170

ESCRFTZ8,0X200 200 190

ESCRFTZ8,0X220 220 210 5.2 8.0 10.2 T40

ESCRFTZ8,0X240 240 230

ESCRFTZ8,0X300 300 290

ESCRFTZ8,0X400 400 390

ESCRFTP Item Codes

Screw Thread
Shank Thread Head
Length Length Drive
Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter
(L) (TL) Bit
mm mm mm
mm mm

ESCRFTP6,0X120 120 112

ESCRFTP6,0X140 140 132

ESCRFTP6,0X160 160 152 3.8 6.0 10.3 T30

ESCRFTP6,0X180 180 172

ESCRFTP6,0X200 200 192

23
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

ESCRHRD
Hex Head and Star Drive Structural Timber Screw
ESCRHRD is a range of dual headed screw designed to connect two or more timber members together. The
ESCRHRD also features a reamer to reduce driving resistance.

3 • Hex head with integrated 6-lobe drive.

• No pre-drilling required.
• Reamer for even faster drilling.
• Starts rapidlly, even at angles to the timber.

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Finish: Electrogalvanised with Yellow Chromate and anti-friction coating. Zinc coating thickness ≥ 5μm.

Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or
corrosive environments. Accordingly, the ESCRHRD range of timber screws should only be used in dry, interior
and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.

Installation:

• Pre-drilling is typically not required. ESCRHRD screws install best with a low-speed impact driver and T30,
T40 drive bit (included in the box). May also be installed with a hex head bit (not included).
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the timber. To
ensure correct performance, do not under or over-drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid
timber defects.

ESCRHRD ESCRHRD Item Codes

Screw Thread
Shank Thread Head
Length Length Drive
Item Code Diameter Diameter Diameter
(L) (TL) Bit
mm mm mm
mm mm

ESCRHRD8,0X80 80 54

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ESCRHRD8,0X120 120 84
5.9 8.1 12.0 T30
ESCRHRD8,0X180 180
100
ESCRHRD8,0X240 240
ESCRHRD10,0X120 120 84
ESCRHRD10,0X180 180 108 7.1 10.0 15.0 T40
ESCRHRD10,0X240 240 125

Reamer

TL

24
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Structural Screw Performance Data

SDW Structural Timber Screws DoP-h10/0017 | Mechanical Properties

Withdrawal
Yield Moment Head Pull-Through Tensile Capacity Torsional Strength
Item Code Parameter
Myk (Nmm) fhead,k (N/mm2) ftens,k [kN] ftor,k [kN]
fax,k (N/mm2)
3
SDW All 15.50 7.80 10.80 20.50 20.60

ESCR/ESCRC/ESCRFTC/ESCRFTP Structural Screws

ETA-13/0796 | Mechanical Properties (Timber Density ρk = 350kg/m3)

Withdrawal
Yield Moment Head Pull-Through Tensile Capacity Torsional Strength
Item Code Parameter
Myk (Nmm) fhead,k (N/mm2) ftens,k [kN] ftor,k [kN]
fax,k (N/mm2)

ESCR8.0 22.60 10.70 17.60 22.70 25.60

ESCR
ESCR10.0 33.0 9.50 15.20 33.20 47.50

ESCRC4.0 3.20 14.80 17.10 5.00 3.00

ESCRC6.0 10.10 13.00 14.60 12.80 10.10

ESCRC
ESCRC8.0 22.60 10.70 12.40 22.70 25.60

ESCRC10.0 33.00 9.50 12.20 33.20 47.50

ESCRFTC8.0 20.30 13.10 12.40 24.10 25.80

ESCRFTC ESCRFTC10.0 36.70 12.50 12.20 40.00 55.00

ESCRFTC12.0 48.50 11.20 12.20 46.70 77.10

ESCRHRD Structural Screws ETA-12/0373 | Mechanical Properties (Timber Density ρk = 350kg/m3)

Withdrawal
Yield Moment Head Pull-Through Tensile Capacity Torsional Strength
Item Code Parameter
Myk (Nmm) fhead,k (N/mm2) ftens,k [kN] ftor,k [kN]
fax,k (N/mm2)
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

ESCRHRD8.0 22.60 10.90 22.00 24.80

ESCRHRD 107-120
ESCRHRD10.0 33.00 9.80
16.70
32.00 44.80

25
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Roof Trusses
Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW and ESCR Screws can be
used for a fast and effective connection of the multi-ply
roof trusses.

Installation:
3
• Screws can be installed from one side of the truss for
faster installation.
• Screw heads shall be on the same side of the truss
to which the hangers are attached.
• If screws are installed in the wrong face of the truss
then install additional screws in the correct face with
the maximum spacing of twice the required spacing
but not exceeding 600mm centres.
• The additional screws shall be offset from the
existing screws.
• If hangers or hanger fixings clash with the girder
screws, relocate the girder screw as close as
possible to the side flange of the hanger on the same
screw line.

Multi-Ply Roof Truss Item Codes

Safe Working Load (BS5268-2) Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)

Truss Plys Item Code
TR26 Medium Term Shear (lateral) Load [N] TR26 - Fv,Rk [N]

2 x 35mm SDW22258-R50 980 2195

3 x 35mm ESCR8.0X100 1090 2485
4 x 35mm ESCR8.0X140 1180 2690
2 x 47mm SDW22300-R50 1140 2145
3 X 47mm SDW22500-R50 1200 2315
4 x 47mm ESCR8.0X180 1200 3705

1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.
2. Screws are installed from 1 side only.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Design and Detailing:

• Where multiple trussed rafters are fastened together on site, the fastening of at least the ceiling tie members should be screws or bolts
using the appropriate washer in positions marked by the manufacturer according to BS5268-3 clause 6.5.5.
• Spacing of loads applied to the multi-ply truss shall not exceed 600mm centres.
• The truss engineer shall ensure torsion due to loads coming into one side of the multi-ply truss is adequately catered for.
• Screws shall not be installed through metal truss plates unless approved by the truss engineer, pre-drilling is not required.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.
• Use max of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep.
• Use 1 or 2 rows of screws up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).

SDW 2 Ply Detail SDW 3 Ply Detail ESCR 4 Ply Detail

26
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Timber Frame Panels

Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of Timber Frame Panels as
shown below. The SDW screws allow for a permanent connection pulling the two panels together to help reduce air
leakage at panel to panel junctions as well as panel to sole plate junctions.

SDW screws can be fitted from

one side or both sides if required.

Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2)

C16 - Long Term Shear

Timber Plys Item Code How to Install C16 - Long Term Withdrawal (Axial) Load [N]
(Lateral) Load [N]

2 x 38mm SDW22300-R50 From 1 Side 790 600

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

107-120
Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)

C16 - Shear C16 - Withdrawal

Timber Plys Item Code How to Install
(Lateral) Load [N] (Axial) Load [N]

2 x 38mm SDW22300-R50 From 1 Side 2430 2305

Installation:

• All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices.

• Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with
other hardware or timber defects.
• Use maximum of 1 row of screws in 89mm timber frame panels.
• Use 1 or 2 rows of screws in 140mm wide timber frame panels.
• The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm
torque, 14.4V or 18V battery and have impact driving functionality.
• The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high
torque, applied to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.

27
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Composite Panels
Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW and ESCR Screws can be used as a fast and effective connection of Composite Panels.
For typical connections see details below. The screws are quick to start and both have a reamer allowing for smooth
passage of the shank even into the denser composite materials.

3 Safe Working Loads (per screw)

Safe Working Shear (Lateral) Loads Safe Working Withdrawal (Axial)
Thickness of
(BS5268-2) Loads
Headside Timber Item Code
C16 - Long Term C24 - Long Term C16 - Long Term C24 - Long Term
[mm]
Load [N] Load [N] Load [N] Load [N]
SDW22438-R50 1050 1150 720 870
69
ESCR8.0X120 1320 1450 910 1100

SDW22438-R50 980 1070 630 770

80
ESCR8.0X120 1160 1270 710 860

SDW22600-R50 1120 1190 890 1080

95-100
ESCR8.0X140 1160 1270 710 860

SDW22600-R50 1120 1130 700 850

111
ESCR8.0X160 1290 1420 870 1060

SDW22600-R50 1060 1170 740 890

119
ESCR8.0X160 1170 1280 930 890

SDW22638-R50 980 1070 630 770

125
ESCR8.0X160 1380 1470 980 1190

SDW22634-R50 960 1060 620 750

136
ESCR8.0X180 1220 1330 780 950

140-145 ESCR8.0X180 1380 1470 980 1190

150 ESCR8.0X200 1300 1430 890 1080

162 ESCR8.0X200 1140 1240 680 820

175-180 ESCR8.0X220 1160 1270 710 860

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

190-195 ESCR8.0X240 1230 1350 800 970

206 ESCR8.0X260 1360 1470 960 1170

219 ESCR8.0X260 1170 1280 730 890

1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.

Typical Wall Corner Typical Wall Typical Typical

Detail "T" Detail Ridge Detail Eaves Detail

28
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Composite Panels
Characteristic Loads (per screw)
Characteristic Shear (Lateral) Loads Characteristic Withdrawal (Axial)
Thickness of (EN1995-1-1) Loads
Headside Item Code
Timber [mm] C16 - Fv,Rk [N] C24 - Fv,Rk [N] C16 - Fa,Rk [N] C24 - Fa,Rk [N]

SDW22438-R50 2830 3150 1810 2305

3
69
ESCR8.0X120 3500 3895 3420 4365

SDW22458-R50 2695 2955 1810 2305

80
ESCR8.0X120 3105 3435 2685 3420

SDW22600-R50 3325 3640 1810 2305

95-100
ESCR8.0X140 3235 3585 2685 3420

SDW22600-R50 2880 3130 1810 2305

111
ESCR8.0X160 3670 4085 3290 4190

SDW22638-R50 2960 3220 1810 2305

119
ESCR8.0X160 3405 3710 2750 3505

SDW22638-R50 2730 2922 1810 2305

125
ESCR8.0X160 4020 4485 3690 4705

SDW22634-R50 2680 2900 1760 2245

136
ESCR8.0X180 3620 3905 2950 3765

140-145 ESCR8.0X180 4155 4640 3690 4705

150 ESCR8.0X200 3980 4310 3355 4280

162 ESCR8.0X200 3265 3515 2550 3250

175-180 ESCR8.0X220 3385 3645 2685 3420

190-195 ESCR8.0X240 3685 3970 3020 3850

206 ESCR8.0X260 4245 4590 3625 4620

219 ESCR8.0X260 3445 3710 2750 3505

240 ESCR8.0X280 3385 3645 2685 3420

257 ESCR8.0X300 3560 3840 2885 3680

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

307 107-120 ESCR8.0X360 4180 4520 3555 4535

Installation:

• Screws are to be installed from one side of the composite panel.

• Position and number of screws are to be specified by the person responsible for building design.

Design and Detailing:

Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects, ensuring
recommendations for spacing and edge distances are maintained.

29
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Engineered Timber
Simpson Strong-Drive®
SDW Screws can be 2 Ply Trimming Joist
used for a fast and
effective connection of
solid rectangular multi-ply
3 engineered timbers. Trimmer

Joist Hanger

Multi-Ply Engineered Timber Performance Values

Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2) Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)
Timber Plys Item Code
LVL - Long Term Shear (Lateral) Load
LVL - Fv,Rk [N]
[N]

2 x 38mm SDW22300-R50 980 2900

2 x 45mm SDW22338-R50 1110 3110

2 x 75mm SDW22500-R50 1220 3810

2 x 89mm SDW22634-R50 1220 3810

3 x 38mm SDW22438-R50 1090 2950

3 x 45mm SDW22500-R50 1120 3070

4 x 38mm SDW22600-R50 1130 3115

4 x 45mm SDW22634-R50 1120 3070

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.
2. Equal plies assumed.
3. Calculations are based on timbers having a characteristic density of 370kg/m3
4. Screws are installed from 1 side only.

Installation:

• All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices.

• Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with other hardware or
timber defects.
• The spacing of applied uniform loads to the multi-ply member shall not exceed 600mm centres (i.e. Hanger Spacing).
• Use maximum of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Use 1 or 2 rows in members up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Screws with self drilling tips require high torque to install, especially when installed into dense wood materials such as
laminated veneer lumber (LVL).
• The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm torque, 14.4V or
18V Battery and have impact driving functionality.
• The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high torque, applied
to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.

30
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimmer (UDL(1)) Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimming Joist

Trimmer 2 Ply Trimming Joist

Trimmer

Joist Hanger

Screw UDL Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2) UDL Characterstic Loads (EN1995-1-1)
Screw
Timber SWL [N] Maximum UDL(1) (kN/m) Maximum UDL1) (kN/m)
Item
Plys Code
SCL(2) Long 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row
SCL(1)
Term @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs

2 x 38mm SDW22300-R50 980 3.27 6.53 9.80 2900 9.67 19.33 29.00

2 x 45mm SDW22338-R50 1110 3.70 7.40 11.10 3110 10.37 20.73 31.10

2 x 75mm SDW22500-R50 1220 4.07 8.13 12.20 3810 12.70 25.40 38.10

2 x 89mm SDW22634-R50 1220 4.07 8.13 12.20 3810 12.70 25.40 38.10

3 x 38mm SDW22438-R50 1090 2.73 5.45 8.18 2950 7.38 14.75 22.13

3 x 45mm SDW22500-R50 1120 2.80 5.60 8.40 3070 7.68 15.35 23.03

4 x 38mm SDW22600-R50 1130 2.51 5.02 7.53 3115 6.92 13.84 20.77

1. Uniformly Distributed Load.

2. Structural Composite Lumber
3. The load is uniformly distributed from hangers at regular centres of up to 600mm maximum.
4. To calculate the maximum allowable end reaction for each hanger - multiply the UDL by the spacing e.g. 3.51 x 0.6 = 2.1kN per hanger.
5. To calculate the maximum span of trimmed joists use the 2 x UDL (from above table) e.g. 2 x 3.51 = 3.12m
Floor Load (kN/m2) 2.25

Load Transfer
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

107-120 Max. Permissible

Max. Characteristic Load [kN]
Timber Load [kN]
Item
Plys Code
4 No. Screws 6 No. Screws 4 No. Screws 6 No. Screws

2 x 38mm SDW22300-R50 7.84 11.76 23.20 34.80

2 x 45mm SDW22338-R50 8.88 13.32 24.88 37.32

2 x 75mm SDW22500-R50 9.76 14.64 30.48 45.72

2 x 89mm SDW22634-R50 9.76 14.64 30.48 45.72

3 x 38mm SDW22438-R50 6.54 9.81 17.70 26.55

3 x 45mm SDW22500-R50 6.72 10.08 18.42 27.63

4 x 38mm SDW22600-R50 6.03 9.04 16.61 24.92

4 x 45mm SDW22634-R50 5.97 8.96 16.37 24.56

31
4 Screw Arrangement 6 Screw Arrangement
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Solid Flange I-Joists

Simpson Strong-Drive SDW® & ESCR screws can be used for the fast and effective connection of 2 or 3 ply I-Joists
(with a minimum flange height of 45mm).

Safe Working Load Design Resistance

per Screw per Screw
No. Joist
3 of Width
Item How to (BS5268) (EC5)

Code Install
Plies [mm]
SWL [kN] Rd [kN]

2 47 SDW22338-R50 From 1 side 1.00 2.40

2 63 SDW22458-R50 From 1 side 1.27 3.09
2 72 SDW22500-R50 From 1 side 1.25 2.96
2 97 SDW22634-R50 From 1 side 1.25 2.99
3 47 SDW22500-R50 From 1 side 1.03 2.43
3 63 SDW22634-R50 From 1 side 1.05 2.46
3 72 SDW22500-R50 From both sides 0.97 2.29 Screw installed Screw installed
from one side from both sides
3 72 ESCR8.0X200 From 1 side 0.73 1.77
3 97 ESCR8.0X280 From 1 side 0.87 2.06
3 97 SDW22634-R50 From both sides 0.79 1.86

Installation:

• No pre-drilling required.
Backer block details
• For best installation use a low speed drill.
for face fix hangers
• Install the screw head flush to the surface of the member being connected.
• Do not over-drive the screws.
• Install backer blocks on to both sides of the load carrying member only, when
using face fix hangers that require backer block (see diagram below right).

Design and Detailing: Backer blocks

installed as
recommended
• It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply I-Joists to also install by I-Joist
Manufacturer
screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist at centres not exceeding
600mm and a minimum distance of 400mm from each end.
• Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or Note: For top flange hangers, including
ITB enhanced, install backer blocks tight
gluing. to the I-Joist top flange.
• The floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads
considering the location of the applied loads.
• For 2 ply trimmers / headers with supported hangers at less than 600mm centres
- refer to SST technical department.

Screw spacing and distances when fixed Screw spacing and distances when fixed from two sides
from one side

Centre Line Centre of incoming load

of Joist Hanger This Side
Opposite Side

Flange Thickness

32
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Metal Web Joists

Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW & ESCR Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of the multi-ply open web
floor joists manufactured from metal webs and timber chords.

Safe Working Load Characteristic Loads

How to
Joist Plys Item Code (BS5268-2) (EN1995-1-1)
Install
Long Term Load [kN] Fk[kN]

2 x 72mm SDW22500-R50 1.59 3.76 3

2 x 97mm SDW22634-R50 1.66 3.93
Fom
2 x 122mm SDW22634-R50 1.07 2.53
One
2 x 147mm ESCR8.0X200 1.74 4.13
Side
3 x 72mm ESCR8.0X200 0.97 2.29
3 x 97mm ESCR8.0X280 0.81 1.83

1. Loads are based on TR26 timbers with a minimum pointside penetration of 50mm.
2. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.

Load Transfer
Maximum Permissible Applied
Maximum Design Load [kN]
Load [kN]
Joist Plys Item Code
2 No. 4 No. 6 No. 8 No. 2 No. 4 No. 6 No. 8 No.
Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws

2 x 72mm SDW22500-R50 3.18 6.36 9.54 12.72 7.52 15.04 22.56 30.08 1. Maximum loads are based on screw capacity only, designer of
floor to check joist capacity and ply sizes required to support
2 x 97mm SDW22634-R50 3.32 6.64 9.96 13.28 7.86 15.72 23.58 31.44
the applied loads.
2 x 122mm SDW22634-R50 2.14 4.28 6.42 8.56 5.06 10.12 15.18 20.24 2. The above are examples of multi-ply combinations; other
47
2 x 147mm ESCR8.0X200 3.48 6.96 10.44 13.92 8.26 16.52 24.78 33.04 combinations can be used provided the minimum of 50mm
pointside penetration is achieved into the last ply.
3 x 72mm ESCR8.0X200 1.94 3.88 5.82 7.76 4.58 9.16 13.74 18.32
3. Joist designer to check capability of joists to take applied load.
3 x 97mm ESCR8.0X280 1.62 3.24 4.86 6.48 3.66 7.32 10.98 14.64

Installation:

• No pre-drilling required.
• For best installation use a low
speed drill.
• Install the screw head flush to Joist Hanger

the surface of the member being

connected.
• Do not over-drive the screws.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC

Typical Screw
• 107-120 for use
Screws are recommended Minimum Spacing
in dry environments. Care should Examples:
be taken during construction to 47
prevent prolonged exposure to Install screws central
water or wet weather. to the chord height.
• Screw to be installed centrally in
Screw Spacing Requirements [mm]
the depth of the flange (+/- 2.5mm) For A-D dimensions A Minimum End Distance 100
typically at 400mm centres about refer to the diagram B Minimum Spacing Along Chords 100
the centre of the joist hanger - see above. C Maximum Spacing Along Chords 600
opposite. D Maximum Distance Either Side of Concentrated Load 300

Design and Detailing:

• Flanges to be a minimum of 47mm deep.

• Screws shall be installed within 300mm of either side of a concentrated load, to be considered effective in transferring loads.
• It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply to also include screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist
at centres not exceeding 600mm.
• Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm.
• If screws are installed in the wrong face of the joist then install additional screws in the correct face with a maximum spacing of
twice the required spacing but not exceeding 600mm centres. The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws to
prevent splitting.
• Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or gluing.
• Floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads considering the location of the applied loads.
• Do not install screws through the metal web plates unless approved by the joist manufacturer; pre-drilling would be required.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.

33
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger

The SFLH is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger.

The SFLH has been designed to assist in meeting the air

leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable
Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does
not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air
leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and costly
mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in joist ends.
4
This hanger allows construction work to continue safely just
3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid - as
opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry hangers.
100mm

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Patent No. EP2064395

Features and Benefits B

• Avoids joist penetrating block work, minimising air

leakage.
• Achieves published performance values with no masonry
above the supporting course of block work.
A
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next 75mm
lift of masonry.
• Reduces health & safety risks associated with the use of
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry courses
above them.
• Eliminates the need for propping to support the floor
joists.
• Web stiffeners are not required with joists to achieve
published performance values.
• Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor joist
in accordance with EN845-1.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and
tested in accordance with EN 846-8.

SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.

SFLH - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A) [mm]
Joist Height Hanger Height Hanger
[mm] (B) [mm] Refererence
38 47 50 63 75 91 100

150 140 150 • • • • • • •

175 165 175 • • • • • • •
200 190 200 • • • • • • •
225 215 225 • • • • • • •
250 240 250 • • • • • • •
300 290 300 • • • • • • •

Example of item code when ordering: SFLH to suit 175/50mm joist is SFLH175/50. Search SFLH at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

34
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Step 1: Build masonry Step 2: Place the Safety Step 3: Install the floor Step 4: Install the
to the required level, Fast Lite Masonry Hanger joist into the SFLH. The appropriate restraint strap
ensuring any coursing for solid joists (SFLH) end of the joist should be (see note 1), ensuring the 4
bricks or blocks are at over the inner leaf of the tight against the back of strap is tight against the
least one course below the block work, ensuring the hanger. Maximum gap back face of the block work
supporting block. the top flanges are fully allowed: 6mm. hanger return and the side
bearing onto the top of the of the floor joist. Fix with
Leave the masonry to cure supporting block work and Install the specified joist fasteners as specified in the
for at least three days. are also tight against the nails (see table below). table below.
front face of the block work.

SFLH - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for Solid Joist Performance Data
Joist Fastener Qty Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Size Range
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Block Strength Block Strength

2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2

A [mm] B [mm] Hanger FMS(1) Strap
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC

38 -100 100 - 300 2 3 3.9 4.5 4.5 6.8 7.9 7.9

Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.

Working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. The floor decking may be

stored on the joists provided
the load is uniformly distribut-
ed among several joists and
does not exceed the hanger or
joist capacities. Refer to joist
manufacturer or supplier for
joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be
securely attached to each joist
before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
3. Pallets of blocks or other
construction material should
be placed onto the scaffolding
and not directly onto the floor.
The materials can then be
evenly distributed around the For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
floor manually, ensuring the • 2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24
hanger or joist capacities are • 3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20
not exceeded. • 7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16
Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with
solid sawn joists.

35
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

SFH/SFWH
Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Hangers are designed to support timber
joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls without the need for SFH
masonry above the top flange.
100
• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published
performance values.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
4 • Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of
masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the
B
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping of floor joists.
• Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC
guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.

Material: A

SFH: Pre-galvanised mild steel. PATENT NOS.

GB2316103, GB2354267
SFWH: Hot-Dip galvanised mild steel. GB2390380
Mini Strap: Pre-galvanised mild steel. EP1200684

Installation:

• Use all specified nails.

SFWH
• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks
100
are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block
work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the
masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work.
• Sit the floor joist into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joist should be tight into the back of the hanger.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the
B
joist is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side
of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.

A
General Installation Notes

• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is
PATENT NOS.
GB2354267, GB2390380
uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed EP1200684
the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier
for joist capacity and maximum construction loads.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on the system.
• Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit
around the upstand stiffeners. Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto
the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then
be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or
joist capacities are not exceeded.

36
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Typical SFH Installation Typical SFWH Installation

SFH - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A) [mm]
Joist Height Hanger Height Hanger
[mm] (B) [mm] Refererence
40 50 75 100

150 140 150 •

175 165 175 • • • •
200 190 200 • • •
225 215 225 • • • •
250 240 250 •

Example of item code when ordering: SFH to suit 175/50mm joist is SFH175/50. Search SFH at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

SFWH - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A) [mm]
Joist Height Hanger Height Hanger
[mm] (B) [mm] Refererence
38 40 50 75 100

150 140 150 •

175 165 175 •
200 190 200 •
225 215 225 • • • • •
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

250 240 250 • •

Example of item code when ordering: SFHW to suit 175/50mm joist is SFWH175/50. Search SFWH at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

SFH/SFWH Performance Data

Characteristic Capacity
Safe Working Loads [kN]
[kN]
Joist Fasteners

Model No. Joist Width Block Strength Block Strength

Hanger Mini Strap 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2

Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
Qty Nail Qty Nail

< 61mm 5.34 6.67 6.67 13.34 13.34

SFH 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 9.98 12.47 12.47 24.93 24.93

< 61mm 7.44 9.30 9.30 18.59 18.59

SFWH 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 11.58 14.47 14.47 28.94 28.94

Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth.
3. The lateral capacity when installed with the FMS ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.
4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).

37
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap

The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and robust
solution that satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B & L’ of the
Building Regulations.

The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a masonry
external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated with
shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60
minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool. B

4 • SFJC225/50 specifically designed for 50mm solid sawn joists up to

225mm deep.
• SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accommodate a
large range of joists types and sizes.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.

Material: Black Polypropylene.

The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during construction
phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing in accordance A
with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard construction
practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists.
SFJC

• Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459

end.
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring the
SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry wall. Typical SFJC Installation

SFJC225/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 225mm high can be installed
directly into the SFJC225/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut
outs supplied to pack the joist.

SFJC305/50 SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed
directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

outs supplied to pack the joist.

SFJC225/100 & SFJC305/100: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the
top and bottom of the floor joists.
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to the
timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with
mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is
completed.
• If necessary, hammer wedges in tight.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or
expanding foam.

Solid Sawn Joist Sizes

Dimensions [mm]
[mm]
Model No.

A B Width Height
SFJC225/50 50 225 up to 50
up to 225
SFJC225/100 100 225 up to 100

SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50
up to 302
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100

1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50.

38 2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC225/100 and SFJC305/100.
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

JHM/HJHM Masonry Hangers

JHM and HJHM hangers are for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from JHM
masonry walls.

• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the ground.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing superior
performance. Embossments on JHM stiffen top flange and holes allow improved mortar
keying.
• JHM side flange on deeper hangers is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly B
enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
• HJHM: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity. 4
Material: JHM and HJHM: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". A

• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level, then continue
with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should be tight into back of hanger.
Maximum gap permitted is 6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED ABOVE
HJHM
HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING LOAD.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the joists have
additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically and horizontally.
• The JHM joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of power actuated fasteners
(see table below).
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation requirements.

Options B
• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three sides of the
block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when ordering.
• RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LATERAL RESTRAINT
TYPE HANGERS.
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of support enabling A
exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall. Designate “straddle” and length of
straddle dimensions when ordering. Minimum standard straddle is 150mm.
• Other widths and heights available to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for details.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• SPEC JHM’s up to 61mm width can be skewed from 5 to 45 deg. See skewed hanger load JHM Shot-fired to steel
table.

JHM Shot Fired to Steel Girder

Fasteners
Safe Working
Model No.
Load [kN]
Steel Support Joist Nails

JHM 4 - Shot Fired Pins 2 - 3.75 x 30mm 5.17

1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EGN or X-U steel pins fired through
the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other pins may be used provided similar structural performance is
verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Typical JHM Installation JHMR Return Configuration JHMS Straddle Configuration

39
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

JHM - Available Sizes

Hanger Hanger Width [mm]
Joist Height Hanger
Height
[mm] Refererence 38 44 47 50 63 75 91 100 125 150
[mm]
100 100 100 • • • • • • •
125 125 125 • • • • • • • • • •
150 140 150 • • • • • • • •
175 165 175 • • • • • • • •
200 190 200 • • • • • • • • • •
225 215 225 • • • • • • • • • •
250 240 250 • • • • • • • • • •
300 290 300 • •
4
How to specifiy the required hanger. Example: Hanger to suit joist height 175mm and width 50mm = JHM175/50. Search JHM at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

JHM Hanger Loads

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Joist Fasteners
Block Strength Block Strength
Model Short Term
Uplift
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 Uplift 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC kN Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

JHM 2 3.75x30mm (2) 5.29 6.42 10.01 1.00 10.59 12.83 20.01 1.80

HJHM - Available Sizes

Hanger Hanger Width [mm]
Joist Height Hanger
Height
[mm] Refererence 38 40 50 75 100 125 150 190 200 225 300
[mm]
150 140 150 • • • • • • • •

175 165 175 • •

200 190 200 • • • • • • •

220 210 220 •

225 215 225 • • • • • • • • • • •

250 240 250 • • • • • •

300 290 300 • •

How to specifiy the required hanger. Example: Hanger to suit joist height 150mm and width 50mm = HJHM150/50. Search HJHM at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

HJHM Hanger Loads

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Size Range Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Joist Fasteners
[mm] Block Strength Block Strength
Short Term
Uplift
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 Uplift 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
A B Qty Nail [kN]
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC [kN] Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm (2) 8.01 8.01 15.00 16.02 16.02 30.01

75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm (2)

7.99 14.84 15.00 15.98 29.67 30.01
1.00 1.80
91 - 200 140 - 400 8 4.00 x 90mm (3) 7.99 14.84 20.88 15.98 29.67 41.76

201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm (2) 8.15 8.15 21.49 15.11 15.11 37.61

1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. 4.0 x 90mm refers to round wire nails.
4. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the
illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange
length of a single hanger.

Skewed JHM Hanger Loads

Safe Working Loads [kN]

Joist Fasteners

Model Block Strength

2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 45°

Qty Nail SKR
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC
45°
SPEC JHMSK 4 3.75x30mm (2) 5.05 5.17 5.17 SKR

1. Widths from 38mm to 63mm.

2. Maximum skew 45°. SPEC JHMSK SPEC JHMSK Skewed
Skewed Right Right (Top View)
40
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger

The RHMSK is designed to support solid timber joists,
I-Joists or metal web joists from masonry walls.

• Hanger design enables skew angles from 5˚-90˚ left

or right.
• Full 90˚ skew option replaces the trimming detail
around soil pipes.

Material
Pre-galvanised mild steel. 4
Installation Notes:
• Set the hanger back flange tight against the block
wall when the wall is built to the desired level.
• The joist should be set tight into the back of the B
hanger - a maximum gap of 6mm is permitted.
• Fix the joist into the hanger using all specified
fasteners.
• Web stiffeners are required for I-Joist applications.
• Continue with additional masonry courses above the
hanger top flange to complete the wall height.
• A minimum of 675mm of masonry is required above
the hanger top flange with the mortar fully cured
A
before applying the load. SPEC RHMSK
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists Skewed Right
during construction unless the joists have additional
support to take the full load of the blocks.

RHMSK Performance Values

Performance Values [kN]
Masonry Type and Strength
Dimensions [mm]l Fasteners

Model Safe Working Loads Characteristic Loads

Skew 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2

A B Qty Nail
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

(degree) Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC

63 - 150 100 - 400 5 - 85 4 3.75x30mm - 6.50 7.50 - 13.00 14.00

SPEC RHMSK
100 100 - 400 90 4 3.75x30mm - 3.00 3.00 - 6.00 6.00

1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building technology, are determined in accordance to BS EN 845-1:2013 and apply to masonry
blocks with a minimum compressive strength as indicated.
2. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange depth.
3. 3.75x30mm refers to galvanised square twist nails: 3.75mm diameter, 30mm length.
4. Skew angle to be specified in accordance to illustration below.

How to Order:

Specify hanger finished height and width.

Specify skew angle and direction.

Example:

For joist 200mm deep by 100mm wide with a right directional skew of
45˚ the code to order would be: RHMSK200/100 SKR45.

SPEC RHMSK
Top View. 45° Skewed Right

41
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

Above Left: JHMI supporting an I-Joist. Above right: RHMSK supporting solid joist at 90˚ angle to the block wall.

Installation Sequence
45˚ Skewed Right Example
Step 1: Build the masonry to the required level and leave to cure.

Step 2: Place hangers onto supporting block work, ensuring the

hanger back flange is tight against the face of the block work.

Step 3: Continue with masonry above hanger ensuring a

minimum of 675mm of masonry is above the hanger top flange
and leave to cure. Mortar must be fully cured before any load is
applied to the hanger.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Step 4: Install the joist into the hanger. The joist should be
tight into the back of the hanger. A maximum gap of 6mm is
permitted.

Step 5: Fix the joist to the hanger using all specified fasteners.

Step 6: If installing I-joists, web stiffeners are required. Web

stiffeners should be installed in accordance with I-Joist 90˚ Skewed Right Example
manufacturers recommendations.

Step 7: Where the 90˚ skewed variant is used to frame around soil
vent pipes, a solid blocking piece is to be fitted between the joist
and hanger back flange so the joist is positioned 50mm from the
face of the masonry wall.

The blocking piece must be fitted to the joist prior to installing into
the hanger. The blocking piece must be the same depth as the
joist, width to suit the remaining gap and be at least 100mm long.

42
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for Solid & I-Joists

VHJHM Very Heavy Masonry Hanger

VHJHM is a heavy duty masonry hanger intended for
supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters
from a padstone in a masonry wall.

• The top flange provides the widest area of contact

with the concrete padstone support.
• Superior performance.
• Skewed options available - up to 67.5° left or right.

B
Material 4
Mild steel - Hot Dip Galvanised

Installation Notes:

• The hanger top flange should be positioned A

centrally along the length of the concrete
padstone. The padstone should be a minimum of
600mm long.
• Set the hanger back flange tight against the block
wall when built to desired level, then continue Concrete Concrete
with additonal courses to complete wall height. Padstone Padstone
Joist should be tight into the back of the hanger.
Maximum gap permitted is 6mm.
• Use all specified fasteners.
• A minimum 3 courses of solid block work (675mm
masonry) is required above the hanger top flange,
with mortar fully cured before applying load.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the
joists during construction unless the joists have
additonal support to take the full load of the
blocks vertically and horizontally.

VHJHM Standard Installation VHJHM Skewed Right Installation

VHJHM Performance Values

C-UK17 ©2017 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Performance Values [kN]

Masonry Type and Strength
Size Range [mm] Fasteners4
Model Safe Working Load [kN] Characteristic Load [kN]

Concrete Padstone Concrete Padstone

(A) (B) Qty
30 N/mm2 30 N/mm2

VHJHM 40 - 300 100 - 400 8 58.0 101.0

1. Hanger is to be installed on a Concrete Padstone, minimum strength C30.

2. A minimum of 3 courses of solid block (675mm masonry) is required above the hanger top flange, with mortar fully cured, before applying load.
3. Skewed options available: Can be skewed up to 67.5º Left or Right.
4. 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nail.

How to Order:
Specify hanger finished height and width.
Specify skew angle and direction.
VHJHM Top View. 45°
Example: Skewed Right
For joist 200mm deep by 100mm wide with a right directional skew of
45˚ the code to order would be: VHJHM200/100 SKR45.

VHJHM Top View.

45° Skewed Right

43
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

JHMI/HJHMI
Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers
JHMI and HJHMI are joist hangers for supporting timber joists, beams and JHMI
trussed rafters from masonry walls.

• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from
the ground.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support
allowing superior performance. Embossments on JHMI stiffen top
flange and holes allow improved mortar keying.
• Side flange is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly
enhanced resistance to joist rotation.

5 • HJHMI: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity. B

Material:
JHMI and HJHMI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:

• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes".

• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired
level, then continue with additional courses to complete wall height. A

Joist should be tight into back of hanger. Maximum gap permitted is

6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) HJHMI
REQUIRED ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE
APPLYING LOAD.
• JHMI hangers have two PAN or obround nail holes located so that
nails can be driven at an angle into the lower chord of an I-joist. Web
stiffeners may be required by the I-joist manufacturer.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction
unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the
blocks vertically and horizontally.
• JHMI range of joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of
powder actuated fasteners. See table below. B
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.

Options

• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around

three sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return A
dimensions when ordering.
• Return hangers do not satisfy the requirements for lateral restraint type
hangers. JHMI Shot-fired to steel
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of
support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall.
• Minimum standard straddle = 150mm.
• Designate “straddle” and length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
• Other widths and heights available to order.

JHMI Shot Fired to a Steel Girder

Fasteners
Safe Working
Model No.
Load [kN]
Steel Support Joist Nails

JHMI 4 - Shot Fired Pins 2 - 3.75 x 30mm 5.17

1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm
X-EGN or X-U steel pins fired through the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate.
Other pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the pin manufac-
turer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

44
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

Typical JHMI Installation JHMIR Return Configuration JHMIS Straddle Configuration

JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads 5

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Joist Fasteners

Model Block Strength Block Strength

Short Term
Uplift
Uplift
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 kN
Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

JHMI 2 3.75x30 (2) 5.29 6.42 10.01 1.00 10.59 12.83 20.01 1.80

HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]

Size Range
Joist Fasteners
[mm]
Block Strength Short Term Block Strength
Uplift
Uplift
2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm 2
7N/mm 2
2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 kN
A B Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 (2) 8.01 8.01 15.00 16.02 16.02 30.01

75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 (2) 7.99 14.84 15.00 15.98 29.67 30.01
1.00 1.80
91 - 200 140 - 400 8 (5) 4.00 x 90 (3) 7.99 14.84 20.88 15.98 29.67 41.76
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 (2) 8.15 8.15 21.49 15.11 15.11 37.61

1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-8 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails.
3. 4.00 x 90 refers to round wire nails.
4. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the illustrations above.
For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
5. Installation requires web stiffeners when used to support I-joists.

SKEWED JHMI Hangers - Loads

Safe Working Loads [kN]

Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength

2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC

JHMSK 4 3.75x30mm 5.05 5.17 5.17

1. Maximum width: 61mm

2. Maximum skew 45o

JHMSK
45˚ Skewed Right
JHMSK Top View
45˚ Skewed Right SKR
45°

45
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

JHMI - Available Sizes: Widths 40mm to 78mm

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 78
40
[mm] (B) 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75)
(38)
[mm] (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38)
(39)
(2x39)
145 145 •
195 195 • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • • •
219-225 225 • • • • • • • • •
235 235 • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • • •
253-254 253 •
5
300-302 300 • • • • • • • • •
304 304 •
350 350 • • • • •
356 356 • • • •
360 360 • • • • • •
373 373 •
400 400 • • • • • • • • •
406 406
417-418 417 •
421 421 •
424 424 •
450 450 • • • •
457 457

JHMI - Available Sizes: Widths 91mm to 150mm

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 91 142
[mm] (B) (89) 96 99/100 109 122 125 128 (140) 146 150
(90) (2x47) (96)(97) (2x53) (2x60) (122) (2x63) (2x69) (2x72) (147)

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

[mm]
(2x45) (2x70)
145 145 •
195 195 • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • •
219-225 225 • • • • • • • • •
235 235 • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • •
253-254 253 • • • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • •
304 304 • • • •
350 350 • • • • • •
356 356 • • •
360 360 • • • • •
373 373 • •
400 400 • • • • • • • •
406 406 •
417-418 417 • • • •
421 421 • •
424 424 • •
450 450 • • • • •
457 457 •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: JHMI to suit a 1 ply I-Joist with height 300mm and width 53mm = HJHMI300/56
Search JHMI at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.
46
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

HJHMI - Available Sizes: Widths 40mm to 99/100mm

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 78
91
[mm] (B) 40 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75) 96 99/100
(89)(90)
[mm] (38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63 (69)(70) (72) (2x38) (2x47) (96)(97)
(2x45)
(2x39)
145 145 • •
195 195 • • • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • • • • •
219-220 225 • • • • • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • • • • •
235 235 • • • • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • • • • • •
5
253-254 253 • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • • • • • •
304 304 • •
350 350 • • • • • • • •
356 356 • • • • • •
360 360 • • • • • • • •
373 373 • •
400 400 • • • • • • • • • • • •
406 406 •
417-418 417 • •
421 421 • •
424 424 • •

450 450 • • • • • •

457 457 •

HJHMI - Available Sizes: Widths 109mm to 296mm

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 142
182 196
[mm] (B) 109 122 125 128 (140) 146 150 246 296
(2x89) (2x96)
(2x53) (2x60) (122) (2x63) (2x69) (2x72) (147) (2x122) (2x147)
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

[mm] (2x90) (2x97)

(2x70)
145 145
195 195 • • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • •
219-220 225 • • • • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • •
235 235 • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • •
245 245 • • • •
253-254 253 • • • • • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • •
304 304 • • • • • •
350 350 • • • • •
356 356 • • •
360 360 • • • • •
373 373 • •
400 400 • • • • • • •
406 406 •
417-418 417 • • •
421 421 •
424 424 •
450 450
457 457

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: HJHMI to suit a 2 ply I-Joist with height 220mm and width 47mm = HJHMI220/96 47
Search HJHMI at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap

The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and
robust solution that satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B &
L’ of the Building Regulations.

The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60
minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool. B

• SFJC225/50, SFJC305/50, SFJC225/100 and SFJC305/100 models

accommodate a large range of joists types and sizes.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.

5 • Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.

Material: Black Polypropylene.

The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during
construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing A
in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists. SFJC
PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459
• Place the I-joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end. Installation Sequence
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring
the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry
wall.

SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50: I-Joists

• I-joists up to 50mm wide and 225/300mm high can be installed direct-
ly into the SFJC225/50 or SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use
the wedge cut outs to pack the joist.

SFJC225/100 & SFJC305/100: I-Joists

• For use with double I-joists up to 300mm high.
• Steel joist plates slide into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to
the top and bottom of the floor joists.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to
the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with
mortar.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or
expanding foam.

SFCJ Item Codes

Dimensions [mm] I-Joist Sizes [mm]

Model No.

A B Width Height
SFJC225/50 50 225 up to 50
up to 225
SFJC225/100 100 225 up to 100

SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50
up to 302
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100

1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50.

2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC225/100 and SFJC305/100.

48
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SES Simpson End Seal

Simpson End Seal: One solution for air leakage and sound transference requirements.
The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage
through ‘pocket masonry’ in block walls. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic
sealant around the perimeter of joists (subject to good workmanship when mortar keying).

The SES is a cost effective way to help comply with the requirements of Part L (reduced air
leakage) and Part E (reduced sound transference).

The SES allows for a full 100mm bearing of joist onto masonry walls.

• Air leakage - reduces air leakage without the need for mastic sealant.
• Sound - meets the sound requirements of a proprietary joist cap as specified by
5
Appendix A, Robust Details Part E Handbook.
• Fire - provides 1 hour of fire resistance (in compliance with Approved Document B).
• Can be used on external and party walls.
• Meets the NHBC Technical requirements.
• Secure fixing - provided by 30mm Square Twist Nails.

Step 1: Prepare block work to accept floor joists - no need for mortar on Step 2: When preparing a double joist, repeat installation step
top. Position floor joists onto wall (only one joist shown for clarity). Fit the 1 on the second I-Joist. Apply mastic sealant to the inside face
End Seal to the end of the joist as shown. Ensure that the End Seal is of the End Seal between the joists (see diagram) and to the top
tight against the joist end and secure with two 3.75x30 square twist nails. and bottom chords of the I-Joist.

Top Chord

SES

Mastic Sealant
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Step 3: Join the I-joists together, checking that the mastic sealant has Step 4: Apply mortar to the void between the top and bottom
been compressed between the end seals. It is recommended that the chords of the I-joist on both sides of a single joist and to the
I-joists are joined together using 2 MJC (multi joist connector), one on outsides of a double joist, ensuring the mortar is packed
top and one on the bottom of the I-joist at 200mm from the bearing point against the End Seal.
(SDW screws can be used as an alternative to MJC). Check with I-Joist
manufacturer.

200mm Mortar

MJC
(optional)

Mortar

Step 5: Lay a bed of mortar onto the top of the blocks ensuring mortar
is laid tight up against the joist end. Lay blocks either side of the joist,
ensuring mortar is applied to the block ends, completely fill all joints.

Lay the next bed of mortar on top of the blocks. Continue to build the
wall as normal.

49
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SES Item Sizes Available SES Item Sizes Available
Joist Flange Flange Joist Flange Flange
I-Joist I-Joist
I-Joist Depth Width Depth Item Code I-Joist Depth Width Depth Item Code
Manufacturer Manufacturer
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

FJI 45/200-36 200 45 36 SES124/45 SJ45-200-45 200 45 39 SES118/45

FJI 45/220-36 220 45 36 SES144/45 SJ45-220-45 220 45 39 SES138/45
FJI 45/240-36 240 45 36 SES164/45 SJ45-240-45 240 45 39 SES158/45
FJI 45/300-36 300 45 36 SES224/45 SJ45-300-45 300 45 39 SES218/45
FJI 45/360-36 360 45 36 SES284/45 SJ45-360-45 360 45 39 SES278/45
FJI 45/400-36 400 45 36 SES324/45 SJ45-400-45 400 45 39 SES318/45
FJI 53/200-36 200 53 36 SES124/53 SJ60-200-60 200 60 39 SES118/60
FJI 53/220-36 220 53 36 SES144/53 SJ60-220-60 220 60 39 SES138/60
FJI 53/240-36 240 53 36 SES164/53 SJ60-240-60 240 60 39 SES158/60
FJI 53/300-36 300 53 36 SES224/53 SJ60-300-60 300 60 39 SES218/60
5 FJI 53/360-36 360 53 36 SES284/53 SJ60-360-60 360 60 39 SES278/60
Steico
FJI 53/400-36 400 53 36 SES324/53 SJ60-400-60 400 60 39 SES318/60
MetsaWood
FJI 69/200-36 200 69 36 SES124/69 SJ60-450-60 450 60 39 SES368/60
FJI 69/220-36 220 69 36 SES144/69 SJ60-500-60 500 60 39 SES418/60
FJI 69/240-36 240 69 36 SES164/69 SJ90-200-90 200 90 39 SES118/90
FJI 69/300-36 300 69 36 SES224/69 SJ90-220-90 220 90 39 SES138/90
FJI 69/360-36 360 69 36 SES284/69 SJ90-240-90 240 90 39 SES158/90
FJI 69/400-36 400 69 36 SES324/69 SJ90-300-90 300 90 39 SES218/90
FJI 96/200 200 96 39 SES118/96 SJ90-390-90 360 90 39 SES278/90
FJI 96/220 220 96 39 SES138/96 SJ90-400-90 400 90 39 SES318/90
FJI 96/240 240 96 39 SES158/96 SJ90-450-90 450 90 39 SES368/90
FJI 96/300 300 96 39 SES218/96 SJ90-500-90 500 90 39 SES418/90
FJI 96/360 360 96 38 SES280/96 A+-145-47 145 47 45 SES51/47
FJI 96/400 400 96 39 SES318/96 A+-195-47 195 47 45 SES101/47
HL-220-47 220 47 47 SES122/47 A+-220-47 220 47 45 SES126/47
H-220-47 220 47 47 SES122/47 A+-235-47 235 47 45 SES141/47
HM-220-60 220 60 47 SES122/60 A+-245-47 245 47 45 SES151/47
HI-220-70 220 70 47 SES122/70 A+-300-47 300 47 45 SES206/47
HB-220-97 220 97 47 SES122/97 A+-350-47 350 47 45 SES256/47
HL-240-47 240 47 47 SES142/47 A+-400-47 400 47 45 SES306/47

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

H-240-47 240 47 47 SES142/47 A+-450-47 450 47 45 SES356/47
HM-240-60 240 60 47 SES142/60 B+-195-63 195 63 45 SES101/63
HI-240-70 240 70 47 SES142/70 B+-220-63 220 63 45 SES126/63
Masonite HB-240-97 240 97 47 SES142/97 B+-235-63 235 63 45 SES141/63
HL-300-47 300 47 47 SES202/47 B+-245-63 245 63 45 SES151/63
H-300-47 300 47 47 SES202/47 B+-300-63 300 63 45 SES206/63
HM-300-60 300 60 47 SES202/60 B+-350-63 350 63 45 SES256/63
HI-300-70 300 70 47 SES202/70 B+-400-63 400 63 45 SES306/63
HB-300-97 300 97 47 SES202/97 James Jones B+-450-63 450 63 45 SES356/63
HM-350-60 350 60 47 SES252/60 C-195-72 195 72 45 SES101/72
HB-350-97 350 97 47 SES252/97 C-220-72 220 72 45 SES126/72
HM-400-60 400 60 47 SES302/60 C-235-72 235 72 45 SES141/72
HB-400-97 400 97 47 SES302/97 C-245-72 245 72 45 SES151/72
C-300-72 300 72 45 SES206/72
C-350-72 350 72 45 SES256/72
C-400-72 400 72 45 SES306/72
C-450-72 450 72 45 SES356/72
D-195-97 195 97 45 SES101/97
D-220-97 220 97 45 SES126/97
D-235-97 235 97 45 SES141/97
D-245-97 245 97 45 SES151/97
D-300-97 300 97 45 SES206/97
D-350-97 350 97 45 SES256/97
D-400-97 400 97 45 SES306/97
50 D-450-97 450 97 45 SES356/97
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger

The SFLHI is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger.

The SFLHI has been designed to assist in meeting the air leakage
requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable Homes. Since the joist is
supported by a hanger and does not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the
potential for air leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and costly
mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in joist ends.

This hanger allows construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the
supporting blockwork has been laid - as opposed to 28 days in the case of 100mm
traditional masonry hangers.
5
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Patent No. EP2064395

Features and Benefits B

• Avoids joist penetrating blockwork, minimising air leakage.

• Achieves published performance values with no masonry above the
supporting course of blockwork.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry. A
75mm

• Reduces health & safety risks associated with the use of traditional
masonry hangers with no masonry courses above them.
• Eliminates the need for propping to support the joist.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists to achieve published
SFLHI I-joist
performance values.
hanger
• Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to 600mm centres to used in
provide lateral restraint of the floor joist in accordance with EN845-1. conjunction
• CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and tested in with FMS
accordance with EN 846-8. strap.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry.

• The floor decking may be
stored on the joists provided
the load is uniformly distributed
among several joists and does
not exceed the hanger or joist
capacities. Refer to joist manu-
facturer or supplier for joist
capacity and maximum
construction loads.
• The floor decking must be
securely attached to each joist
before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
• Pallets of blocks or other
construction material should
be placed onto the scaffolding
and not directly onto the floor.
The materials can then be
evenly distributed around the For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
floor manually, ensuring the • 2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24
hanger or joist capacities are • 3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20
not exceeded. • 7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16
Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes.

51
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SFLHI - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 78
91
[mm] (B) 40 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75) 96 99/100
(89)(90)
[mm] (38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38) (2x47) (96)(97)
(2x45)
(2x39)
145 145 • •
195 195 • • • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • • • • •
219-220 225 • • • • • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • • • • • • •
235 235 • • • • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • • • • • •
5
253-254 253 • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • • • • • •
304 304 • •
350 350 • • • • • • • •
356 356 • • • • • •
360 360 • • • • • • • •
373 373 • •
400 400 • • • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: SFLHI to suit a 1 ply I-Joist with height 300mm and width 53mm = SFLHI300/56
Search SFLHI at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

SFLHI - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joist Performance Data
Joist Fastener Qty Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Size Range
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail Block Strength Block Strength

(1) 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2

A [mm] B [mm] Hanger FMS Strap
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC

40 -100 145 - 400 2 3 3.9 4.5 4.5 6.8 7.9 7.9

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.

SFLHI Installation

Step 1: Build masonry Step 2: Place the Safety Step 3: Install the floor Step 4: Install the
to the required level, Fast Lite Masonry Hanger joist into the SFLHI. The appropriate restraint strap
ensuring any coursing for I-Joists (SFLHI) over the end of the joist should be (see note 1), ensuring the
bricks or blocks are at inner leaf of the block work, tight against the back of strap is tight against the
least one course below the ensuring the top flanges are the hanger. Maximum gap back face of the block work
supporting block. fully bearing onto the top of allowed: 6mm. hanger return and the side
the supporting block work of the floor joist. Fix with
Leave the masonry to cure and are also tight against Install the specified joist fasteners as specified in the
for at least three days. the front face of the block nails (see table below). table below.
work.

52
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SFHI/SFWHI SFHI
Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers 100
The SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products that have
been designed to support timber I-Joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls
without the need for masonry above the top flange.

• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published performance
values.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
B

• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional masonry
hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping.
5
• Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps. A
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists to achieve the performance values.
PATENT NOS.
GB2316103, GB2354267
Material: GB2390380
SFHI: Pre-galvanised mild steel. EP1200684
SFWHI: Mild steel. Hot-dip galvanised.
Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel. SFWHI
100
Installation:
• Use all specified nails.
• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least
one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block work, ensuring the
bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting tight against the front
face and top of the block work. B
• Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the hanger where
possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the joist
is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side of the hanger A
and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. INSTALL
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER. PATENT NOS.

GB2354267, GB2390380
EP1200684
General Installation Notes
• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly
distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist
capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)
construction loads.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional loads can
be placed on the system.
• Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit around the upstand
stiffeners.
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the
scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly
distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or joist capacities are not
exceeded.
Typical SFHI Installation Typical SFWHI Installation

53
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SFHI/SFWHI Hanger Loads

Characteristic Capacity
Safe Working Loads [kN]
[kN]
Joist Fasteners
Block Strength Block Strength
Model No. Joist Width
Hanger Mini Strap 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Qty Nail Qty Nail Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid LAC Solid DAC

< 61mm 5.34 6.67 6.67 13.34 13.34

SFHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 9.98 12.47 12.47 24.93 24.93

< 61mm 7.44 9.30 9.30 18.59 18.59

SFWHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 11.58 14.47 14.47 28.94 28.94

Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth (100mm).
3. The lateral capacity when installed with the mini strap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.

5 4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).

5. Leave masonry to cure for at least three days before applying load.

SFHI - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 78
91
[mm] (B) 40 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75) 96 99/100
(89)(90)
[mm] (38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38) (2x47) (96)(97)
(2x45)
(2x39)

145 145 • •
195 195 • • • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • • • • •
219-220 225 • • • • • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • • • • • • •
235 235 • • • • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • • • • • •
253-254 253 • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • • • • • •

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

304 304 • •
350 350 • • • • • • • •
356 356 • • • • • •
360 360 • • • • • • • •
373 373 • •
400 400 • • • • • • • • • • • •
406 406 •
417-418 417 • •
421 421 • •
424 424 • •
450 450 • • • • • •
457 457 •
500 500 • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: SFHI to suit a 1 ply I-Joist with height 300mm and width 53mm = SFHI300/56
Search SFHI at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

54
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

SFWHI - Available Sizes: Widths 40mm to 91mm
Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 78
91
[mm] (B) 40 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75)
(89)(90)
[mm] (38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38)
(2x45)
(2x39)
145 145 •
195 195 • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • • • •
219-220 225 • • • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • • • • • •
235 235 • • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • • • •
253-254 253 •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • • • •
5
304 304 •
350 350 • • • • • •
356 356 • • • • •
360 360 • • • • • • •
373 373 •
400 400 • • • • • • • • • •
406 406 •
417-418 417 •
421 421 •
424 424 •
450 450 • • • • •
457 457 •
500 500 • •

SFWHI - Available Sizes: Widths 96mm to 196mm

Hanger Width (A) (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height Height 142
182 196
[mm] (B) 96 99/100 109 122 125 128 (140) 146 150
(2x89) (2x96)
[mm] (2x47) (96)(97) (2x53) (2x60) (122) (2x63) (2x69) (2x72) (147)
(2x90) (2x97)
(2x70)
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

145 145 •
195 195 • • • • • • • •
200-202 200 • • • • • • •
219-220 225 • • • • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • • •
235 235 • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • • • •
253-254 253 • • • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • • •
304 304 • • • • •
350 350 • • • • • • •
356 356 • • • •
360 360 • • • • • •
373 373 • • •
400 400 • • • • • • • • •
406 406 •
417-418 417 • • • • •
421 421 • • •
424 424 • • •
450 450 • • • • • • •
457 457 •
500 500 • •
1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: SFWHI to suit a 1 ply I-Joist with height 300mm and width 53mm = SFWHI300/56
Search SFWHI at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items. 55
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger

The ICFVL and ICFVL-CW ledger connector system is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting steel or wood
ledgers on insulated concrete walls.

The ledger connector system is easy, quick and versatile to use. The perforations in the embedded leg of the ICFVL
permit the concrete to flow around it, anchoring the ICFVL securely within the wall. The exposed flange provides a
structural surface for mounting either a wood or a steel ledger.
25.4

150 57

ICFVL-CW

178
5
1

182

13 46
4

ICFVLare in mm.
Measurements
3

1 Attach interior partition walls with suitable 3 Use ICFVL-CW to attach ledger to ICF wall.
drill point screws into ICFVL where needed.

2 Use ICFVL to connect to the concrete 4 Use a face fix hanger for I-joist floor system.
wall through the ICF.

Typical Steel Ledger Installation with

ICFVL (minimum 1.6mm steel ledger).
Requires 4 screws at each location.
Table provides centre spacing.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

General Notes
1. Spacings shown apply to vertical loads only.
2. No load duration increase is allowed.
3. Minimum concrete grade C20/25.
4. Do not splice ledger at ICFVL location.
5. ICFVL-CW and ICFVL sold separately.

Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFLC and ICFVL-CW.

Solid Sawn Ledger - ICFVL with ICFVL-CW (67mm forms)
WARNING: Industry
Ledger Thickness Safe Working Loads [kN]
Ledger Type (4) Maximum Connector studies show that
[mm] Fasteners
Spacings [mm]
hardened fasteners
Download Latteral (F1)
can experience
Timber 45 1200 8 x ICF - D3.62 (1) 8.6 4.5
performance problems
Steel 1.6 350 4 x #14 x ¾” (2) (3) 7.3 6.7
in wet environments.
Accordingly, use this
1. Screws provided.
2. 1/4-14x3/4”, #3 drill point screws (not provided).
product in dry, interior
3. Minimum screw shear capacity is 3.3kN. applications only.
4. Minimum Timber ledger is C16, Steel ledger specification is A-653 SS Grade 50.

56
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

JHA is a height adjustable joist hanger for supporting timber joists from timber members.
JHA270

• A galvanised joist hanger that provides great support with ease of installation.
Adjustable Hanger

• Published performance values are based upon 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails
being used throughout.
• Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting timber and allows
increased nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical
hanger-to-support part of the connection.
• Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap providing
correct installation information for site operatives.
• Speed-prong holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment. The installer
no longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one hand and swing a B
hammer with the other!
• JHA270 range features a location tab which allows easier alignment of the hanger.
• The model number and size is stamped into the seat of the hanger for easy
E
identification, even after installation. 6
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel. C
A

Installation:
Alternative installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing
surface.
JHA450
Maximum Nailing: All nails must be applied according to the table. Adjustable Hanger

Minimum Nailing: For a lower installed cost the minimum nailing schedule can be used.
A minimum wrap over of 45mm is required.

Loft Conversions (JHA450 Range): For applications where the hanger extends below the
support. Install top, face, and joist nails according to the table. A minimum wrap over of
45mm is required or maximum nailing.
B

OPTIONS:
Because these hangers are fully die-formed they cannot be modified.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

C A

Speed Location Tab (JHA270) JHA270 JHA450

Prongs Installation Below Support Installation

Used to temporarily
position and secure the
hanger for easier and faster
installation.

57
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

JHA270 Specifications
Characteristic
Dimensions [mm] (1) Qty Fasteners (2) Safe Working Loads [kN](3)
Loads [kN] (3)
Supporting Supported
Installation Model
Member Member Header Download
Method No. Short
Depth Width
A B C E Joist Term Uplift
Long Medium Uplift
Face Top
Term Term
1 ply 38 JHA270/38 38 241 50 106 4.2 4.8 1.1 10.0 2.1
1 ply 44 JHA270/44 44 238 50 103 4.8 5.5 1.1 11.6 2.1
1 ply 45 JHA270/47 47 248.5 50 102 5.2 5.9 1.1 12.4 2.1
125mm 1 ply 50 JHA270/50 50 247 50 100 5.5 6.2 1.1 13.1 2.1
Wrap Over to 8 4 4
200mm 1 ply 63 JHA270/63 63 249 50 114 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
1 ply 75 JHA270/75 75 243 50 108 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
2 ply 45 JHA270/91 91 234 50 100 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
2 ply 50 JHA270/100 100 230 50 95 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
1 ply 38 JHA270/38 38 241 50 106 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 44 JHA270/44 44 238 50 103 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 45 JHA270/47 47 248.5 50 102 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
200mm 1 ply 50 JHA270/50 50 247 50 100 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
Face Fix to 20 ~ 4
6 250mm 1 ply 63 JHA270/63 63 249 50 114 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 75 JHA270/75 75 243 50 108 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
2 ply 45 JHA270/91 91 234 50 100 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
2 ply 50 JHA270/100 100 230 50 95 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1

1. A, B, C & E dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.

JHA450 Specifications
Characteristic
DImensions [mm] [1] Qty Fasteners [2] Safe Working Loads [kN](3)
Loads [kN] (3)
Supported
Model
Installation Method Member Header Download
No. Short
Width
A B C E Joist Term Uplift
Long Medium Uplift
Face Top
Term Term
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4.2 4.8 1.6 10.0 3.13
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 5.2 5.9 1.6 12.4 3.13
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
Wrap Over 1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 8 4 6 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4.2 4.8 1.6 10.0 3.13
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
Face Fix 1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 20 - 6 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4.0 4.6 - 9.7 -
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
Loft Conversion
1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 4 4 6 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
(Below Support)
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -

1. A, B, C & E dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.

58
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger

IUC is a face mounted concealed flange hanger for solid
timber sections.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
Use all specified fasteners (see table below). Verify that
the header can take the fasteners specified in the table.
B
Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists when the
top flange is laterally supported by both sides of the
hanger.
IUC is also suitable for I-joist installations provided backer
blocks are used.
Options:
These hangers cannot be skewed but will normally
accomodate a skew of up to 5°. For concealed flange
hangers with widths greater than 91mm see SAI hanger 6
catalogue page.

C
A

IUC Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height (B) 78
91
[mm] [mm] 40 47 50 53 61 66 72 75 (75)
(89)(90)
(38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (58)(60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38)
(2x45)
(2x39)

145 142 • •

195-200 192 • • • • • • • • • •

220-245 217 • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: IUC to suit a joist with height 195mm and width 58mm = IUC192/61.
Search IUC at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

IUC Performance Data: 3.75 x 30mm Header Nails

Long Term Download Characteristic Download
Safe Working Loads (kN) Capacity [kN]
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners

Supporting Member

A B C Header Joist C16 / I-Joist LVL C16 / I-Joist LVL

142 6 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10

See Above 192 51 10 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50

217 12 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20

IUC Performance Data: 3.75 x 75mm Header Nails

Long Term Download Characteristic Download
Safe Working Loads (kN) Capacity [kN]
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners

Supporting Member

A B C Header Joist C16 / I-Joist LVL C16 / I-Joist LVL

142 6 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68

See Above 192 51 10 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80

217 12 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36

59
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers

SAE and SAI ranges are heavy-duty hangers designed for
SAE
applications requiring additional strength.
40
• SAE hangers have bolt holes for 12mm fasteners into the face.
• SAE timber bolted capacity to be determined according to the relevant
standards. Do not exceed the load values given in the 'Bolt Attachment '
table.
• SAI hangers are not recommended for bolted applications. B

• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to

prevent rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of
the carried member.
C
A
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
6 • Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table. SAI
• SAE hangers can be installed by filling all round holes, or all bolt holes,
with the specified fasteners. A combination of the two would not give any
increase to the performance values.

Options:
• Other widths of the SAE hangers are available to order. B
• For special SAE Hangers, the fastener specifications and performance
values may differ from the normal hanger specifications. See SAE Hanger
Specials Table for details.
• Skewed right or left up to 67.5° and sloped up or down, up to 45°.
• Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the
outside angle.
• For SAE hangers with combined skews and slopes the maximum SWL is C
80% of the medium term loads stated within the table.
• Concealed flanges available on some models. See SAI Table for Hanger
A

Range.
• Sloped and skew options can be manufactured, however these would
Not suitable for bolted

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

not include bolt holes. Please refer to the “SAE Hangers Specials” Table applications.
opposite.

Typical SAI
Typical SAE(X) Sloped Down, Skewed Top View SAE(X) Hanger
Installation on a Post
Right installation (no bolt holes) Skewed Right (no bolt holes)

Acute Side

Skew Angle W

60
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

SAE and SAI Hangers
Qty Fasteners
Joist Dimensions [mm] Safe Working Loads [kN](1) Characteristic Capacities
Model Model (3.75 X 30mm)
Range Width
No. Short Term Long Term Download Uplift Download
[mm] A B C Header Joist
Uplift C16 Header C24 Header (C16 Joist) C16 Header C24 Header
SAE380/38 38 171 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
SAE500/38 38 231 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
38
SAE620/38 38 291 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE250/40 40 105 84 12 7 2.97 5.29 5.63 5.93 12.69 13.51
SAE250/46 46 102 84 12 7 2.97 5.29 5.63 5.93 12.69 13.51
SAE380/45 45 167.5 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
45
SAE500/46 46 227 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/44 44 288 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE250/50 50 100 84 12 7 2.97 5.29 5.63 5.93 12.69 13.51
SAE380/50 50 165 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
47 - 50
SAE500/50 50 225 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/50 50 285 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/64 64 158 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
SAE500/64 64 218 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
63 SAE620/64 64 278 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/66 66 157 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
SAE SAE500/66 66 217 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE250/76 76 87 84 12 7 2.97 5.29 5.63 5.93 12.69 13.51
SAE380/76 76 152 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
75 - 76
SAE500/76
SAE620/76
76
76
212
272
84
75
34
40
18
22
7.62
9.30
14.78
19.56
15.76
20.87
15.23
18.60
35.47
46.94
37.82
50.08
6
SAE380/92 92 144 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
2 Ply 44 SAE500/90 90 205 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/91 91 264.5 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/100 100 140 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
100 SAE500/100 100 200 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/100 100 260 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
115 SAE620/116 116 252 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE500/125 125 187.5 84 30 16 6.78 12.26 13.07 13.55 29.42 31.36
125
SAE620/125 125 247.5 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAEL500/150 150 175 84 30 16 6.78 12.26 13.07 13.55 29.42 31.36
150
SAE620/150 150 235 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
200 SAE590/200 200 195 78 30 20 8.46 12.26 13.07 16.92 29.42 31.36
SAI380/90 90 145 76 20 12 5.10 7.91 10.00 10.19 18.98 20.01
2 Ply 44 SAI500/91 91 204.5 76 32 18 7.62 11.40 14.00 15.23 27.37 28.00
SAI620/91 91 264.5 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI380/100 100 140 76 20 12 5.10 7.91 10.00 10.19 18.98 20.01
100 SAI500/100 100 200 76 32 18 7.62 11.40 14.00 15.23 27.37 28.00
SAI620/100 100 260 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI
115 SAI620/116 116 252 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI500/125 125 187.5 84 32 16 6.78 11.40 14.00 13.55 27.37 28.00
125
SAI620/125 125 247.5 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI500/150 150 175 84 32 16 6.78 11.40 14.00 13.55 27.37 28.00
150
SAI620/150 150 235 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
200 SAI590/200 200 195 78 30 20 8.46 10.73 13.24 16.92 25.75 26.47
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SAE Hangers - Bolt Attachment

Safe Working Load [kN](1)

Qty Fasteners
Model
No. Timber Support Masonry Support
Carried Long Medium
Support4 2.8 N/mm2 3.5 N/mm2 7 N/mm2 20 N/mm2
Member5 Term Term
SAE380 - All 4 M12 12 6.95 7.94 1.80 2.20 4.00 4.00
SAE500/38-100 6 M12 18 10.10 11.54 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE500/125-150 6 M12 18 7.99 9.13 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE620/38-100 8 M12 22 13.03 14.89 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE620/125-150 8 M12 22 10.86 12.41 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00

1. Safe working loads apply to bolt attachment only.

2. Timber support safe working loads are based upon calculation from BS 5268 Part 2 with grade 4.6 12mm bolts into C16 timber and load testing performed at Simpson Strong-Tie testing facility. Timber support safe
working loads apply to a minimum support member thickness of 72mm. Safe working loads for smaller support members must be reduced in accordance with BS 5268 Part 2. Bolts are to be installed in accordance with
recommendations within BS 5268: Part 2.
3. Masonry support safe working loads are based upon calculation with Poly-GP resin and 12mm stud anchors. Select and install fixings according to manufacturers recommendations. Other manufacturers anchors can be
used. The designer is to check the alternate fixing suitability and reduce the safe working load where limited by the fixing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt hole locations.
4. M12 Bolts.
5. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails
SAE(X) Made to Order Specials
Safe
Dimensions [mm]
Qty Fasteners Working Load [kN]
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm)
No.
Long Term
A B C
Download
Header Joist
SAE380X 38 - 100 140 - 175 64 14 6 5.40
SAE500X 38 - 150 175 - 235 64 18 8 7.00
SAE620X 38 - 150 235 - 290 64 28 10 10.80
SAE690X 201-300 195 78 30 20 12.26

1. These hangers are based upon Composite Wood style SAE hangers and contain round and triangular nail holes only. ie. No Bolt Holes.
2. SWL’s are based upon a maximum nailing schedule—all round and triangular holes filled.
3. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°. For combined skew and sloped hangers the maximum SWL is 80% of the stated loads.
4. Enables hangers to be manufactured for any combination of widths and heights listed for a model number.
5. To order specify model number, width, height, skew and/or slope.eg SAE380/63 Skewed Right at 15° becomes SAE380X, W = 63, H = 159, SKR = 15°
(for no skewed/sloped options please specify skew = 0° & slope = 0°).
61
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

LUP Light Duty Hanger with Speed Prongs

LUP is a light duty joist hanger for supporting timber
joists from timber members. LUP230
22
• Precision formed and engineered for fast installation
and maximum loads.
• Speed prongs are curved steel for extra strength.
• One hit positions the hanger for header nailing.
• Prongs into the joist eliminate the need for nails to B
hold the joist into the hanger.

Typical LUP Installation

Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel.
A
38
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Speed prongs provide instant location of the hanger onto
6
the carrying beam ready for nailing and secure the joist
into the hanger. If a speed prong is deflected and bent on
a knot, simply use a 3.75 x 30mm nail or equal through
that slot.

Number of Fasteners Safe Characteristic

Dimensions
Joist (Use 3.75 x 30mm) Working Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]
Model
Size
No.
[mm] Carried Long Term
A B Support Download
Member Download
38 x 100 to 150 LUP230/38 38 96 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08

44 x 100 to 150 LUP230/44 44 93 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08

47 x 100 to 150 LUP230/47 47 92 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08

50 x 100 to 150 LUP230/50 50 90 6 2 Prongs 3.00 4.08

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

MH Mini Hanger

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light
duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists of rectangular section.

• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature
when not required.
• Fully tested on a range of solid headers. B
• See sacrificial joist detail catalogue page.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails. C

The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to
A
prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the
top of the carried member.

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]

Number of
Dimensions [mm]
Fasteners(1)
Model C16 TR26 C16 C16 TR26 C16
No.
Carried Long Term Long Term Uplift Uplift Short
A B C Support Download Download
Member Download Download Short Term Term

MH40 40 55 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 1.80 3.90 5.00 3.60

MH46 46 52 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 1.80 3.90 5.00 3.60

MH50 50 50 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 1.80 3.90 5.00 3.60

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

62
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

ET Skewed 45˚ Hanger

The ET is used for supporting skewed timber joists from timber D1
members.
This range is tested and standardised with a 45° skew angle left or D2

right.

Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
B
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header
can take the required fasteners specified in the table. A1

Number of Safe
Characteristic
Dimensions Fasteners
(4.0 x35)
Working
Load [kN]
Capacity [kN] 6
Joist
Model
Width Supported
No. Supporting
[mm] Long
Member Member
A1 D1 B C D2 Term Download
Face Side Base Download

38 ET248 59 187 95 65 45 14 3 3 3.60 8.80

47 ET260 67 177 97 55 34 16 5 5 4.40 10.60
2 x 38 ET301 108 218 97 55 34 16 5 11 4.70 11.30

1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).

2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist heigh exceeds 195mm.

ET248 Installed
(shown as installed 'right’.
Can also be skewed ‘left.’)

SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger

The SDE is a two piece, width adjustable face fix hanger. The two separate components that make
up the SDE system can be adjusted to suit a range of joist widths between 60mm to 120mm. Each
SDE is supplied as a pair. Optional bolt holes (13mm diameter).
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Material:
• Pre-galvanised mild steel. B

Installation:
• Use all fasteners as specified in the table below. Check that the header can accomodate the
fasteners specified. Each SDE piece must also be nailed through the holes underneath the joist.

SDE Specifications C

Dimensions Safe Characteristic

Number of
Working Load Capacity A
Fasteners
Model [kN] C24 [kN]
No. Uplift
A B C Download
Header Joist Short Download Uplift
Long Term
Term
30 120 84 18(1) 14(1) 1.30 2.30 3.00 4.50
SDE300/30
30 120 84 18 (2)
14 (1)
4.00 4.80 9.60 9.60

30 140 84 22(1) 16(1) 1.60 3.20 3.90 6.30

SDE340/30
30 140 84 22(2) 16(1) 4.80 5.80 11.50 11.50

30 160 84 22(1) 16(1) 4.80 3.20 11.50 6.30

SDE380/30
30 160 84 22 (2)
16 (1)
4.80 5.80 11.50 11.50

30 190 84 28(1) 20(1) 6.00 4.70 14.30 9.40

SDE440/30
30 190 84 28(1) 20(1) 6.00 7.20 14.30 14.30

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

2. 4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank Nail.
63
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connectors for Glulam Timber

TU Concealed Beam Hanger

This galvanised steel, load rated hanger provides an aesthetically attractive
connection for exposed beams. Mild steel dowels and screws are included. C
t
Material: Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel. Dowels: Mild Steel Electroplated Zinc coating.

Installation:

• Dowels aligned across the grain may cause splitting if the wood shrinks excessively.
Use only in glulam, composite timber or well dried timber. Verify that the header can
take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Attach to the supporting beam with CSA 5.0 x 40mm screws (supplied). A
• Specify dowel length and TU size to fit the application.
• Preparation of carried beam is best done off-site with cutting and boring tools.
• Holes in beam should be same diameter as dowel to ensure tight fit.
• Centre the TU within height of carried beam.
• Centre dowels within the width of the carried member
• For a sloped installation the TU hanger remains as standard and the timber is cut and
angled to suit the slope.
B
• Recommended for internal dry environments (service class 1 & 2) only. TU20 (other sizes similar)
7 U.S. Patent 5,062,733
OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details of special installation tools.
• The standard installation will leave a 5mm gap between carried and supporting beams.
• Pocket installation gives a fully concealed connection.
• Skewed installation up to 60°. Sloped installation maximum 45°.
• Options: Skewed TU available. To be factory ordered.
• Additional screws are available to order.

TU Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Connector
Fasteners
Min. Dimensions [mm] Dowel Embedment Length Dowel Embedment Length
Model
Joist [mm] [mm]
No.
Height Header Screw Joist Dowels
A B C 60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120
Qty Type (1)
Qty Ø

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°)
TU12 120 96 101 40 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.6 3.6 4.3 - 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5
TU16 160 134 108 60 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 7.5 19.0 19.4 20.1 21.1
TU20 200 174 108 60 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 12.0 27.5 28.0 29.0 30.4
TU24 240 214 108 60 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 8.0 11.1 14.2 17.4 36.1 36.7 38.0 39.7
TU28 280 254 108 60 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 10.7 14.9 19.2 21.5 44.7 45.4 47.0 48.9

Skewed Installation (Slope = 0° and Maximum Skew = 60°)

TU12 120 96 101 40 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 - 6.7 7.3 8.0 8.4
TU16 160 134 108 60 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 6.1 15.6 16.0 16.7 17.5
TU20 200 174 108 60 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 9.8 23.5 24.0 25.0 26.3
TU24 240 214 108 60 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 8.0 11.1 13.3 13.3 31.9 32.6 34.0 35.8
TU28 280 254 108 60 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 10.7 14.9 16.3 16.3 40.7 41.6 43.4 45.6

Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45° and Skew = 0°)

TU12 160 96 101 40 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.3 3.1 3.9 - 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5
TU16 190 134 108 60 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 18.1 18.5 19.0 19.6
TU20 225 174 108 60 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 26.3 26.9 27.6 28.5
TU24 260 214 108 60 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 34.8 25.6 36.4 37.6
TU28 295 254 108 60 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.6 16.6 43.3 44.2 45.3 46.7

Skewed and Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45° and Maximum Skew = 60°)
TU12 160 96 101 40 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.3 2.5 2.5 - 6.5 6.9 7.3 7.9
TU16 190 134 108 60 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 16.3 16.6 17.0 17.5
TU20 225 174 108 60 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 24.3 24.8 25.4 26.1
TU24 260 214 108 60 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 32.9 33.6 34.4 35.5
TU28 295 254 108 60 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.3 16.3 42.0 42.9 43.9 45.3

1. 5.0 x 40 refers to CSA 5,0 x 40 Connector Screw

64
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connectors for Glulam Timber

Beam-to-Beam Skewed Sloped Sloped

Beam-to-Post
Beam-to-Beam Beam-to-Beam Beam-to-Beam

Skew Angle

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR A TU CONCEALED CONNECTOR:

ATTACH CONNECTOR TO HEADER

• Position the connector at the pre determined height and screw the connector to the header or post.
• Fill all holes with screws supplied.
PREPARE THE BEAM
• Cut the beam to the length specified.
• Cut a slot into the end of the beam. Slot width for TU12 is 6mm and 9mm for all other sizes.
• Cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and short of the beam height for concealed installation. This allows the connector to be hidden
from below. Otherwise cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and through the entire beam height.
• Fully Concealed Only: Rout a pocket into the beam end. The pocket should be 6mm deep, enough to hide the thickness of the TU and 7
the screw heads. This eliminates the gap between the beam & header (see Pocket Concealed installation example below).

DRILL BEAM DOWEL HOLES

• Using the TU as a template, mark the hole positions, remove the TU and drill the holes.
• Drill the dowel holes to the required diameter. Dowel hole diameter for the TU12 is 8mm and 12mm for all other sizes.
INSTALL BEAMS
• Install top dowel into the carried beam first. Slip beam into place and install the remaining dowels working from the top downwards.
• Fully Concealed Only: To hide exposed dowel holes when the installation is complete, glue and plug the holes.
Standard Installation Pocket (Concealed) Installation TU Supporting Timber
Rotated About Axis
Applied Load

TU12

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

For Rotated Installation

TU Dowel Embedment Depth and Characteristic Lateral Capacity (Rotated Installation)

Minimum Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Lateral Capacity [kN]
Hanger
Joist
Model Dowel Embedment Length [mm] Dowel Embedment Length [mm]
Height
No.
[mm] 60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120
TU12 120 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
TU16 160 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.3 4.0
TU20 200 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.7 3.5 4.4 5.1
TU24 240 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.4 5.3 6.4

TU28 280 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 4.3 5.3 6.4 7.7

1. Values are based on C24 timber grade.

2. Lateral Loads can only be applied to connections with no slope or skew.
3. The following design check must be completed if combined loads are applied at the same time.

( ) ( ) ( )
F1,d
R1,d
2
+ F2,d
R2,d
2
+ F3,d
R3,d
2
≤1

65
 B
Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connectors for Glulam Timber C

C

CBH Concealed Beam Hanger

The CBH hanger is a development of the TU range. It allows for concealed timber to timber connections
and can be face fixed or pocketed on to the header timber.

A
Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel A

Order nails and dowels separately.

B
B
Slot Width 9mm
CBH150 CBH180 CBH220
C C
C

A
A
A

7
B
B
B
C
C

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

B
CBH Item Codes and Performance Values
B
C Characteristic Download Capacity [kN]
Connector
Minimum Fasteners
Dimensions [mm]
Model Joist Dowel Embedment Length [mm]
No. Height
[mm] Header Nails Joist Dowels
A B C 60 80 100 120 140 160
Qty Type Qty Ø
Standard Installation (Slope = 0°)
CBH150/2,5 190 150 113.5 60 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 17.96 18.63 20.65 22.40 24.00 24.00
CBH180/2,5 220 180 113.5 60 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 24.98 26.45 29.54 32.07 32.63 32.63
CBH220/2,5 250 220 113.5 60 22 4.0 X 60 7 A 10 32.61 34.24 37.90 41.11 42.83 42.83

Slope = 15°
CBH150/2,5 190 150 113.5 60 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 17.31 17.86 19.63 21.22 22.90 23.26
CBH180/2,5 220 180 113.5 60 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 23.97 25.22 28.03 30.47 31.76 31.76
CBH220/2,5 250 220 113.5 60 22 4.0 X 60 7 10 31.36 32.71 35.95 38.91 41.58 41.58
B
Slope = 30°
CBH150/2,5 190 150 113.5 60 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 16.73 17.16 18.68 20.08 21.59 22.49

CBH180/2,5 220 180 113.5 60 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 23.08 24.12 26.58 28.82 30.81 30.81

CBH220/2,5 250 220 113.5 60 22 4.0 X 60 7 10 30.38 31.49 34.30 36.96 39.72 40.37

Slope = 45°
CBH150/2,5 190 150 113.5 60 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 16.35 16.71 18.03 19.28 20.64 21.91
CBH180/2,5 220 180 113.5 60 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 22.50 23.39 25.59 27.64 29.74 30.07
CBH220/2,5 250 220 113.5 60 22 4.0 X 60 7 10 29.84 30.80 33.32 35.73 38.28 39.52

1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail.

2. Minimum carried member width 60mm.

66
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connectors for Glulam Timber

BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger

The BTALU concealed hanger is one solution to connecting timber members together
without seeing the connector.

It is designed to be fixed to the header timber and then fully inserted into a slot in the in-coming beam, and held in
place with dowels. Holes are drilled through the timber and fin of the BTALU, allowing accurate alignment. This method
provides an aesthectically pleasing connection for feature beams.

Material: Aluminium

Order nails and dowels separately. BTALU Installation

C
7

6mm
A

BTALU Installed

BTALU Item Codes and Performance Values

Characteristic Download Capacity [kN]
Connector
Fasteners
Minimum Dimensions [mm]
Model Dowel Embedment Length [mm]
Joist
No.
Height Header Nail Joist Dowels
A B C 60 80 100 120 140 160
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Qty Type (1) Qty Ø

Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°)
BTALU90-B 142 86 103 62 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.4 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 116 103 62 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 18.10 18.70 19.80 21.20 22.70 24.30
BTALU160-B 212 156 103 62 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 29.80 30.70 23.30 34.40 36.80 39.30
BTALU200-B 252 196 103 62 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 42.70 43.80 46.00 48.90 52.20 55.60
BTALU240-B 292 236 103 62 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 56.00 57.30 60.20 63.90 68.20 72.60

Slope = 15°
BTALU90-B 142 86 103 62 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.40 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 116 103 62 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 17.50 18.00 18.90 20.10 21.40 22.90
BTALU160-B 212 156 103 62 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 28.90 29.50 30.90 32.70 34.70 36.90
BTALU200-B 252 196 103 62 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 41.50 42.30 44.10 46.60 49.40 52.40
BTALU240-B 292 236 103 62 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 54.00 55.70 58.10 61.20 64.90 68.80

Slope = 30°
BTALU90-B 142 86 103 62 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.40 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 116 103 62 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 17.00 17.30 18.10 19.10 20.30 21.50
BTALU160-B 212 156 103 62 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 28.00 28.70 29.90 31.40 33.20 35.10
BTALU200-B 252 196 103 62 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 40.30 41.50 43.10 45.20 47.60 50.30
BTALU240-B 292 236 103 62 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 53.40 55.20 57.20 60.00 63.20 66.60

Slope = 45°
BTALU90-B 142 86 103 62 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.40 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 116 103 62 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 16.50 17.00 17.60 18.50 19.50 20.70
BTALU160-B 212 156 103 62 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 27.50 28.40 29.40 30.80 32.40 34.10
BTALU200-B 252 196 103 62 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 40.30 41.50 42.90 44.80 47.00 49.40
BTALU240-B 292 236 103 62 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 54.10 55.50 57.50 60.00 63.00 66.10

1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail

67
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connectors for Glulam Timber

ATF Concealed Beam Hanger

The first part of the connector is fixed into a pocket on the header timber with nails and the second part is fitted on the
end of the in-coming beam with screws. No slots or dowel holes are necessary, speeding up installation.

Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel

Order nails and screws separately.

5mm

ATF Installation

5mm

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ATF Item Codes and Performance Values

Connector Characteristic
Minimum Fasteners
Dimensions [mm] Capacity [kN]
Model Joist
No. Height
[mm] Header Nails Joist Screws
A C Download
Qty Type(1) Qty Type(2)
Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°)

ATF55/110-B 140 110 55 8 4.0 X 60 11 5.0 X 50 5.5

ATF55/150-B 180 150 55 11 4.0 X 60 15 5.0 X 50 7.5

ATF55/190-B 220 190 55 14 4.0 X 60 21 5.0 X 50 10.5

ATF75/150-B 180 150 75 17 4.0 X 60 22 5.0 X 50 11.0

ATF75/190-B 220 190 75 21 4.0 X 60 28 5.0 X 50 14.0

1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail

2. 5.0 x 50 refers to CSA 5,0 x 50-DE Connector Screw with a reduced head height

68
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connectors for Glulam Timber

ETB Concealed Beam Hanger

The ETB concealed connector comes in two parts. The first is pocketed in the header timber and fixed with nails, while
the second part is fitted to the end of the beam with screws.

Material: Joist Plate: 10mm Aluminium. Header Plate: 6mm Aluminium

Order nails and screws separately.

C
10 mm

Strong-Tie®
SIMPSO N
A

SIMPSO N ®
Strong-Tie
Header Joist

ETB Item Codes and Performance Values

Connector Characteristic
Minimum Fasteners
Dimensions [mm] Capacity [kN]
Model Joist
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

No. Height
[mm] Header Nails Joist Screws
A C Download
Qty Type(1) Qty Type(2)
Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°)

ETB90-B 115 92 60 6 4.0 x 60 4 5.0 x 80 13.0

ETB120-B 150 123 60 9 4.0 x 60 6 5.0 x 80 18.7

ETB160-B 185 168 60 11 4.0 x 60 8 5.0 x 80 24.2

ETB190-B 220 197 75 19 4.0 x 60 11 5.0 x 80 32.2

ETB230-B 255 232 75 19 4.0 x 60 14 5.0 x 80 40.0

1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nails

2. 5.0 x 80 refers to SCRB/95580 Screw

69
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LIB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger

The LIB hanger is an innovative face fix hanger for connecting I-joists to I-Joist headers
without the need for backer blocks.

• Backer free installation saves time and cost.

• Bend over bottom tabs provide increased performance.
• Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist).
• Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable).
• CE marked in accordance with ETAG015.

F1
Dimensions
Hanger Dimensions
Model Header Holes Joist Holes
[mm]
Reference
A B Ø6.4 Ø4.1 Ø4.1
LIB 40 - 200 140 - 295 4 14 4

F2

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Performance Values
Safe Working Load Characteristic Loads
Fasteners
[kN] [kN]
Header R1, SWL, Long Term R1,k
Model I-Joist Headers I-Joist Headers R2, SWL, Short Term I-Joist Headers I-Joist Headers R2,k
Reference Joist
Face LVL Flanges Solid Sawn Flanges LVL Flanges Solid Sawn

N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30

Qty Qty
10 4 3.2 3.8 2.0 7.4 8.9 3.4
LIB
14 4 4.8 5.6 2.0 11.2 13.4 3.4

70
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Available Sizes
Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height 78 91 142
40 72 99/100 182 196
[mm] (B) [mm] 47/48 50 56 63 66 75 (75) (89) 96 109 122 128 (140) 146
(38) (69) (96) (2x89) (2x96)
(45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (72) (2x38) (90) (2x47) (2x53) (2x60) (2x63) (2x69) (2x72)
(39) (70) (97) (2x90) (2x97)
(2x39) (2x45) (2x70)

145 140 • •

195 190 • • • • • • • • •

200 195 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

220 215 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

235 230 • • • • • • • • •

240 235 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

245 240 • • • • • • • • •

300 295 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: LIB to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 45mm = LIB200/47.
Search LIB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

Installation

8
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face
seat is flush with bottom of header. nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.

Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.
secure with specified fastener.

71
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

The LITB hanger is a new top fix hanger for connecting I-Joists to I-Joist headers without the
need for backer blocks.

• Top flange with backer free installation saves time and cost.
• Bend over bottom tabs provide increased performance.
• Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist).
• CE marked in accordance with ETAG015.

F1

Dimensions
Hanger Dimensions
Model Header Holes Joist Holes
[mm]
Reference
A B Ø6.4 Ø4.1 Ø4.1
LITB 40 - 200 145-300 4 18 4

F2

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Performance Values - I-Joists
Safe Working Load Characteristic
Fasteners
[kN] Loads [kN]
R1, SWL, Long Term R1,k
Model Header Joist I-Joist Headers R2, SWL, Short Term I-Joist Headers I-Joist Headers R2,k
I-Joist Headers
Reference
LVL Flanges Solid Sawn Flanges LVL Flanges Solid Sawn
Top Face
N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30
Qty Qty Qty
2 10 4 3.8 4.3 2.0 8.9 10.1 3.4
LITB
2 14 4 6.8 7.3 2.0 16.1 17.2 3.4

Performance Values - Timber Nailer

Safe Working Load Characteristic
Fasteners
[kN] Loads [kN]
R1, SWL, Long Term R1,k
Hanger
Model R2, SWL, Short Term 38-50mm 75-100mm R2,k
Width Header Joist 38-50mm 75-100mm
Reference
[B] Nailer Nailer Nailer Nailer
Top Face
N3.75x30 N3.75x75 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x75 N3.75x30
Qty Qty Qty
40 - 96 3.28 4.85 1.8 7.86 11.64 3.6
LITB 2 4 4
99 3.95 4.85 1.8 9.49 11.64 3.6

72
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Available Sizes
Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height 78 91 142
40 72 99 182 196
[mm] (B) [mm] 47 50 56 63 66 75 (75) (89) 96 109 122 128 (140) 146
(38) (69) (96) (2x89) (2x96)
(45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (72) (2x38) (90) (2x47) (2x53) (2x60) (2x63) (2x69) (2x72)
(39) (70) (97) (2x90) (2x97)
(2x39) (2x45) (2x70)

145 145 • •

195 195 • • • • • • • • •

200 200 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

220 220 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

235 235 • • • • • • • • •

240 240 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

245 245 • • • • • • • • •

300 300 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: LITB to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 45mm = LITB200/47.
Search LITB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

Installation

Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring Step 2: Install 8 face nails and 2 top nail as specified, starting with the
seat is flush with bottom of header. bottom face nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

and top nails.

Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.
secure with specified fastener.

I-Joist on Timber Nailer

LITB hangers can also be used to support I-joists from timber nailers which are
fixed to the top of a steel beam. Note: where the LITB is shallower than the depth of
the supporting steel, a timber packer structurally fixed within the web of the steel is
required to prevent hanger rotation. Refer to page 72 for performance values of LITB’s
onto Timber Nailers.

73
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITB/HITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

The ITB/HITB hangers eliminates the requirement for backer blocks when ITB
supported from an I-joist header.
OPEN TOP
FLANGE
The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced TO EASE
INSTALLATION
capacity and improved ease of installation.

• Eliminates the need for backer blocks with an I-joist to I-joist

connection.
• Bottom flange location tabs quickly set the hanger onto the I-joist TRIANGULAR
B OPTIONAL
header. NAIL HOLES
• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation. FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
• Only one size of nail required - 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist.
• Optional nail holes for additional download and uplift capacity.

Material: 50
Pre-galvanised mild steel. BOTTOM A
FLANGES
PAN NAIL HOLES
ITB Installation:
Patent: GB2400384
• Standard Installation (I-joist headers without backer blocks), position
the ITB hanger onto the face of supporting I-joist, ensuring the
bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom HITB/-LT
chord and fill all round and obround holes with the specified nails,
starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger sides are
8 vertical before fixing the top nails. Install the nails into the holes in the
bottom flanges.
• Sit the carried joist into the ITB Hanger and install the specified nails
through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
• Enhanced Installation (I-joist headers with backer blocks installed)
it is necessary to fit backer blocks into the web of the I-joist header,
ensuring they are tight to the underside of the top chord. All round,
obround and triangular holes are then to be filled with the specified
nails, starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger
sides are vertical before fixing the top nails.
• Enhanced Uplift (I-joists or solid joists with additional joist nails) fit
web stiffeners onto the carried joist and fill all joist triangular nail
holes with specified nails.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• When required, backer blocks and web stiffeners are to be installed
in accordance with I-Joist manufacturer’s recommendations.
Patent: GB2400384

HITB Installation:
• Designed for use with multiple headers.
• Use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails during this installation.
• Ensure the supporting I-joists are connected together in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommended connection methods, i.e.
MJC connectors, or filler blocks.
• Position the HITB hanger onto the face of the supporting I-joists,
ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the
bottom chord.
• Fill all face round and obround holes with nails. Install nails into the
Typical ITB
holes within the bottom flanges. Installation
• Flatten the hanger’s open flanges to the top chords of the supporting
I-joists and install a minimum of 4 nails per flange, 2 to the front and
2 to the rear of the joists.
• Bend the bottom chord tabs over the top face of the bottom chord
and install nails through the obround holes into the the top face of the
bottom chord.
• Sit the carried joist into the HITB hanger and install the nails through
the round and obround holes into the joist.
• Web stiffeners required with HITB and HITB-LT.

Typical HITB
Installation

74
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITB Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height (B) 78
91
[mm] [mm] 40 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75) 96 99/100
(89)(90)
(38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38) (2x47) (96)(97)
(2x45)
(2x39)

145 145 •

195 195 • • • • • •

200 200 • • • • • • • • •

220 220 • • • • • • • • • • • •

235 235 • • • • • •

240 240 • • • • • • • • • •

245 245 • • • • • •

300 300 • • • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: ITB to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 45mm = ITB200/47.
Search ITB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

ITB Performance Values

Number of Fasteners Safe Working Load Characteristic
Dimensions [mm]
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm)(1) [kN] Capacity [kN]
Installation
No.
A B Header Joist
LongTerm Short Term
Download Uplift
Download Uplift 8
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater than 35mm Thick
40 Min 145 Min
Standard 12 2 4.63 1.00 9.15 1.20
100 Max 300 Max
ITB (H/W)
40 Min 145 Min
Enhanced 18 6 8.35 3.81 19.45 7.61
100 Max 300 Max
I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater than 45mm Thick
40 Min 145 Min
Standard 12 2 4.84 1.00 10.93 1.14
100 Max 300 Max
ITB (H/W)
40 Min 145 Min
Enhanced 18 6 7.61 4.04 17.92 7.96
100 Max 300 Max
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

75
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HITB-LT Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height (B)
[mm] [mm] 50 63 66 72 75 96 99/100 122 128
(47) (60) (63) (70) (72) (2x47) (97) (2x60) (2x63)

145 145 • •

195 195 • • • • • •

220 220 • • • • • • • • •

235 235 • • • • • •

240 240 • • • •

245 245 • • • • • •

300 300 • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: HITB-LT to suit an I-Joist (solid sawn flanges) with height 220mm and width 60mm = HITB-LT220/63.
Search HITB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

HITB Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height (B)
91
8 [mm] [mm] 47
(45)
56
(53)
63
(60)
72
(69)
(90)
99/100
(96)
109
(2x53)
122
(2x60)
(2x45)

200 200 • • • • • • • •

220 220 • • • • • • • •

240 240 • • • • • • • •

300 300 • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: HITB to suit an I-Joist (LVL flanges) with height 220mm and width 53mm = HITB220/56.
Search HITB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

HITB Performance Values

Number of Fasteners Safe Working Load Characteristic

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Dimensions [mm]
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm) (1) [kN] Capacity [kN]
Installation
No. LongTerm Short Term
A B Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 35mm Thick
47 Min 200 Min
HITB (H/W) Standard 22 8 8.00 3.60 17.50 11.43
128 Max 300 Max
I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick
47 Min 145 Min
HITB-LT (H/W) Standard 22 8 8.10 4.60 19.10 11.07
128 Max 300 Max
1. Refers to 3.75 X 30mm Square Twist Nail

76
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITBS
Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
The revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and ITBS
stock holding.

The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in I-joist to I-joist connections. It can
be handed left or right on site by the carpenter, removing confusion when the floor
is built opposite to the drawing. The ITBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5°
skew, reducing the need for ‘special’ skew hangers. Finally, the ITBS is a Backer
Free hanger removing the need for Backer Blocks in standard installation. Overall,
the revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and stock
holding.

• Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5°. B

• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skew - adjusted on site, removing any
handing confusion and reducing stock holding.
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks when supported from an I-joist header.
• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.
• Only one size of nail required - 3.75 x 30mm.
• Can be used on I-joist or solid joist headers.
• Optional nail holes for additional download.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel. 8

A
ITBS Available Sizes
Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Hanger
Height Height (B) 78
91
[mm] [mm] 40 47 50 56 63 66 72 75 (75) 96 99/100
(89)(90)
(38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x38) (2x47) (96)(97)
(2x45)
(2x39)

195 195 • • • • • •

200 200 • • • • • • • • •

220 220 • • • • • • • • • • • •
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

235 235 • • • • • •

240 240 • • • • • • • • • •

245 245 • • • • • •

300 300 • • • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: ITBS to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 45mm = ITBS200/47.
Search ITBS at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

ITBS Performance Values

Number of Fasteners Safe Working Load Characteristic
Dimensions [mm]
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm) (2) [kN](1) Capacity [kN]
Installation
No. LongTerm Short Term
A B Header Joist Down Uplift (1)
Download Uplift (1)
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 35mm Thick
40 Min 195 Min
Standard 12 1 3.70 0.70 10.22 1.48
100 Max 300 Max
ITBS (H/W)
40 Min 195 Min
Enhanced 22 3 5.50 0.70 14.97 1.48
100 Max 300 Max
I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick
40 Min 195 Min
Standard 12 1 2.10 0.70 7.41 1.48
100 Max 300 Max
ITBS (H/W)
40 Min 195 Min
Enhanced 22 3 6.30 0.70 12.76 1.48
100 Max 300 Max
1. Uplift capacity governed by hanger locking hook capacity, not joist nail capacity.
2. Refers to 3.75 X 30mm Square Twist Nails

77
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Standard Installation Sequence

Step 1: Step 2:
Position the back plate Secure the acute
onto the header in the side of the backplate
required position. Ensure (inside angle) with the
backer blocks are fitted if specified nails.
enhanced performance is
required.

B
B Step 4:
Step 3:
Secure the obtuse
Adjust the angle of the
side of the back plate
backplate (if different
onto the header with
from 45°) to suit the
all the specified nails,
required angle. Use either
ensuring the face of
adjustable set square or
the back plate is tight
the guide tables shown
below: Bend one time A against the header.

only.
8

Step 5:
Offer the stirrup to the Step 6:
back plate ensuring it is Locate the floor joist into
located on the correct the stirrup ensuring the
side (which can be either joist is set tight to the back
left or right hand side). of the stirrup. The joist
should be secured into the
Once all of the hooks (on stirrup with all specified

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

the back plate) are clearly nails on the open face of
through the apertures the stirrup.
(on the stirrup) slide in
a downward direction
ensuring all hooks
engage onto the stirrup
and click into position.

Angle Guide Standard ITBS Installation Enhanced ITBS Installation

50mm Back Plate 100mm Back Plate

Skew Angle Distance Skew Angle Distance

(A) [mm] (B) (A) [mm] (B)

5o 106 5o 206
15o 104 15o 200
22.5o 100 22.5o 190
30o 95 30o 180 Backer block
37.5o 87 37.5o 166 installed in
45o 79 45o 149 accordance
52.5o 69 52.5o 130 with the I-Joist
60o 58 60o 109 manufacturer’s
67.5o 46 67.5o 86 requirements.

78
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IHS I-Joist Hole Support

The IHS is designed to strengthen I-joists when holes are required to be cut in
locations not normally permitted.

• Allows holes to be cut 50mm from

bearing point, which allows services to
run close to external walls.
• Variable hole sizes from 150mm to a
maximum width of 250mm.
• Supplied as 2 sets of 2 interlocking
plates (1 set per side of I-joist) which
always allows the IHS to be fitted, even
when services are already in-situ.
• Helps to eliminate expensive and time
consuming joist trimming for SVP (soil
vent pipe) runs.

IHS INSTALLATION:
• Each IHS consists of 2 sets of 2 interlocking plates with 1 set required for each side of the I-joist.
• The outer edge of the holes cut into the web of the I-joist can be a minimum of 50mm from the inner face of the
8
blockwork.
• Holes can be cut into the web of the I-joist before or after installation of the IHS.
• Holes must fit within the internal aperture of the IHS.
• Place the IHS onto the I-joist so that the top and bottom sliding flanges are aligned vertically central onto the top
and bottom chords of the I-joist.
• Open or close the IHS to the required width, ensuring that the two sections overlap by at least one row of nails
(minimum overlap of 45mm).
• Install 3.75x30mm square twist nails through all round holes into the top and bottom chords of the I-joist.
• Repeat the above steps to install plates on the other side of the I-joist, completing the installation.

Fasteners (1)(2)
Joist Height
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Item Code Bracket Opening Size

[mm]
150mm 250mm
195 to 200 IHS195
220 to 225 IHS220
2 overlapping
235 IHS235 24 32
IHS pieces
240 to 245 IHS240
300 to 302 IHS300

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

2. Total number of fasteners per hole in joist.
Hole cut into the joist IHS
(round or rectangular)

50mm from
the face of the
Overlapping bearing to the
plate installed. hole edge.
Overlapping plates on both
sides of the joist installed.

79
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IHS Item Codes and Performance Characteristics :

Shear Capacity at Location of IHS [kN]

Permissible
Maximum Allowable
I-Joist Joist Height (intermediate floor joist Characteristic
Joist Type IHS Item Code Hole Size with IHS
Manufacturer [mm] applications)
(d x w in mm)

V hole (IHS installed) V k,hole (IHS installed)

Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply

195 IHS195 100 x 250 2.62 3.49 3.38 8.51
220 IHS220 120 x 250 2.76 3.72 6.80 9.06
JJI-Joist A+
235 IHS235 140 x 250 2.90 3.86 7.06 9.42
(47mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 2.97 3.96 7.25 9.66
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.41 4.55 8.32 11.09
195 IHS195 100 x 250 2.91 3.88 7.09 9.46
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.07 4.10 7.49 9.98
JJI-Joist B+
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.18 4.23 7.74 10.32
(63mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.25 4.33 7.91 10.55
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.67 4.89 8.95 11.93
James Jones 195 IHS195 100 x 250 3.06 4.08 7.46 9.95
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.22 4.30 7.85 10.47
JJI-Joist C
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.33 4.43 8.11 10.81
(72mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.40 4.53 8.28 11.04

8 300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.81 5.08 9.29 12.39

195 IHS195 100 x 250 3.46 4.61 8.44 11.25
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.62 4.83 8.83 11.77
JJI-Joist D
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.72 4.96 9.07 12.10
(97mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.79 5.05 9.24 12.32
300 IHS300 200 x 250 4.20 5.60 10.24 13.66

220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.50 2.11 5.93 8.30

SJL 45 240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.62 2.27 6.38 8.93
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.95 2.73 7.68 10.75
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.49 2.09 5.88 8.23

Steico SJL 60 240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.60 2.25 6.32 8.85
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.93 2.70 7.59 10.62

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.48 2.07 5.83 8.16
SJL 90 240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.59 2.22 6.26 8.76
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.90 2.66 7.49 10.48

200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.17 2.53 5.21 6.08

220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.53 2.95 6.06 7.07
38
240 IHS240 145 x 250 2.83 3.30 6.78 7.91
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.41 3.98 8.18 9.54
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.25 2.63 5.41 6.31
220 IHS220 125 x 250 262 3.05 6.28 7.33
45
240 IHS240 145 x 250 2.93 3.41 7.02 8.19
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.53 4.12 8.48 9.89
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.40 2.80 5.75 6.71

MetsaWood, 58
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.79 3.25 6.69 7.81

FinnJoist 240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.12 3.64 7.48 8.73

300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.76 4.39 9.09 10.54
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.48 2.89 5.95 6.94
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.88 3.36 6.91 8.06
70
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.22 3.76 7.73 9.02
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.89 4.53 9.32 10.88
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.48 2.89 5.95 6.94
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.88 3.36 6.91 8.06
89
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.22 3.76 7.73 9.02
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.89 4.53 9.32 10.88

LP LPI 20Plus 225 IHS220 130 x 250 3.46 4.75 9.63 13.24

80
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MJC Multiple Joist Connector

The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two I-joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit, trans-
ferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply. The MJC is an improved solution
to the traditional filler block detail, which historically has been time consuming to fit and difficult to
check if fitted correctly. It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on
any joist size – regardless of height or width.

• Quick and simple to install.

• Safely joins multiple joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.
• Easy to see that MJC’s are installed (where as filler blocks are not visible).
• One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.
• Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.

Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1)

Safe Working Load [kN] Characteristic Load [kN]
Number of
MJC’s (2) LVL 45mm Solid LVL 45mm Solid Metal
Flanges Sawn Flanges Flanges Sawn Flanges Web
4 6.84 3.79 16.46 9.10 9.12
8 10.26 5.69 24.69 13.65 13.68

Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)

2 3.42 1.90 8.23 4.55 4.56 8
4 5.13 2.84 12.35 6.86 6.84

1. Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load.
2. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load.
3. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.

MJC Installation with Timber I-Joist

400mm
Step 1:
Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist - ensuring that
they are centred about the incoming load at 400
c/c (may be adjusted within 10mm each way).
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Please note that the connectors can be installed in

any orientation. Secure each MJC with 4no.
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails, to the top and
bottom joist flanges as shown.

Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are
flush and joists are parallel.

Secure the joist using 3.75 x 30mm

Square Twist Nails ensuring all round nail
holes are filled into the top and bottom
joist flanges.

81
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ZS - Slotted Z-Clip
The ZS clip allows I-joists or solid sawn timber to
be used as noggings between joists to support
floor decks or partitions.

• Fully interlocking top flange works on all

I-joist header widths to prevent overlapping
E
of opposing clips.
• Slotted bottom flange allows I-joist off-cuts
to be used as noggings.
• Triangular nail hole for use with 50mm wide B
headers, also it ensures that nails can be
staggered when ZS clips are interlocked.
• Embossed bottom flange provides greatly
enhanced resistance to bending.
• Obround nail holes in the bottom flange
A C
ensure easier angled nailing.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Patent: GB2394757
Installation:

• Use all specified fasteners.

8 • Nail to underside of the noggin.
• Place top flange onto header beam and nail
in place.

ZS Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Loads
Dimensions [mm] Characteristic Loads [kN] (1)
[kN](1)
Item Code Qty.
A B C E C24 I-Joist C24 I-Joist

ZS38N 38 46

ZS45N 52 45 39 31 4 1.80 1.90 3.60 3.80

ZS47N 47 37

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. Loads given are per noggin - not per Z-Clip.
2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

Typical I-joist Installation

ZS Clips interlock allowing back-to-back installation on any I-joist header width. Triangular holes
prevent header nails from lining up.

82
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance

Top Fix Hangers - Loads.
The tables below represent the available model series SWL’s and characteristic capacities for the top flange hangers that
are applicable to the stated installation configurations.

Hanger Selection:
Step One: Select hanger from the tables below based on header type and required capacity.
Step Two: Refer to relevant pages to determine model number based upon joist size.

S IM
S troP S O
ng-T N
ie®

ITSE Installation GLTV Installation LBV Installation HB Installation

Solid Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the range of top flange hangers on solid headers.
Performance values are based upon the model series and do not vary on hanger width or height.

Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic

Model
Web
Stiffener Header Short Header Types
Capacity [kN] 8
Series
Required Joist Term
Top Face Uplift C16 LVL Uplift Download
ITSE No 4(2) 2(2) 2(1) 1.07 5.34 6.45 1.80 8.81
LBV No 6(3) 4(3) 2(1) 1.07 9.05 11.41 1.51 17.85
HB Yes 6(2) 16(2) 10(2) 6.94 16.93 26.42 13.09 40.65
GLTV Yes 4(3) 6(3) 6(2) 4.92 18.95 33.36 - -

I-Joist Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITSE, LBVand HB hangers used on I-joists as headers.

Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic

Web Backer I-Joist
Model Capacity [kN]
Stiffener Blocks Header Solid Header Short Header Types
Series
Required Required Width Joist Term C24
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Top Face Uplift LVL Uplift Download

ITSE No Yes ≥ 38mm 4 (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 1.07 3.36 4.67 1.80 8.52
LBV No Yes ≥ 76mm 6 (1) 4 (1) 2 (1) 1.07 3.94 5.47 2.08 13.30
HB Yes Yes ≥ 89mm 6 (1) 16 (1) 10 (1) 4.97 12.91 13.56 8.76 30.23

Timber Nailers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for hangers used on timber nailers.
The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables. Nailers are timber members attached to the
top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to LBV hangers.

Fasteners Safe Work Loads [kN] Characteristic

Nailer Hanger
Model Capacity [kN]
Depth Width Header Short Long
Series
[mm] [mm] Joist Term Term
Top Face Uplift Download Uplift Download
38-50 40-96 2 (1)
4 (1)
4 (1)
1.80 3.28 3.60 7.86
LITB 38-50 100 2(1) 4(1) 4(1) 1.80 3.95 3.60 9.49
75-100 40-100 2(2) 4(2) 4(1) 1.80 4.85 3.60 11.64
38-50 41-100 4 (1)
2 (1)
2(1) 0.90 4.67 1.80 6.60
ITSE
75-100 41-100 4(2) 2(2) 2(1) 0.90 5.34 1.80 8.81
38-50 47-128 6(1) 4(1) 2(1) 0.67 5.47 1.34 10.20
LBV
75-100 47-128 6(2) 4(2) 2(1) 0.67 9.05 1.34 16.17
38-50 47-128 6(1) 4(1) 10(1) 1.75 8.41 3.50 20.20
HB
75-100 47-128 6(2) 12(2) 10(1) 4.38 14.64 8.76 35.14

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails

2. 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails
3. 4.0mm x 100mm Round Wire Nails
4. ITSE hangers can be installed without any joist nails, however this option provides no uplft capacity.

83
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

ITSE
The ITSE hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip™” which secures the I-Joist without the need for any
fasteners - where no uplift is required.

• Value-engineered for maximum performance. The offset seat feature allows better joist bearing
positioning. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need
for web stiffeners (I-Joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners).
• Reduced embossing on the ITSE’s top flange, and the hanger height shorter than the joist height B 129-150
allows easier fitting for smooth floor alignment.
• Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN): This feature is specifically designed for I-joists when used
Patent
with the MIT. With Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), the slotted hole material is not removed, but issued EP1212493
to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. PAN minimises splitting of the
flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle.
• These models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.
• When fitting onto I-Joist headers, backer blocks are required. See I-Joist manufacturer's details.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

A
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. Face flange triangle hole (optional) secures hanger against header.

Typical ITSE Installation Typical MIT/ITSE Installation on Timber ITSE incorporates the “Strong Grip™” that secures
Nailer mounted onto Steel Beam the I-Joist without the need for any fasteners –
where no uplift performance is required.
ITSE - Available Sizes

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Hanger Width (A)
Joist Height Hanger Height (Joist Width) [mm]
[mm] (B) [mm] 48 50 56 63 66 72 75 92 96 99/100
(45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (89)(90) (2x47) (96)(97)
145 144 •
195 194 • • • •
200 199 • • • • • • •
220 219 • • • • • • • • • •
235 234 • • • •
240 239 • • • • • • • •
245 244 • • • •
300 299 • • • • • • • • • •
350 349 • • • • •
360 359 • • • • • • •
400 399 • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required hanger reference. Example: ITSE to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 53mm = ITSE199/56.
Search ITSE at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

ITSE Shot Fired to a Steel Header

Use specified
Qty Fasteners fastener installed
Safe Working as shown where
Widths
Load [kN] uplift is required.
Steel Support Joist Nails(4)

47mm to 100mm 4: shot-fired pins 2: 3.75 x 30mm 5.27

1. The ITSE hanger can be shot-fired to steel. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
2. The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
3. Pins must be installed in the round holes provided in the top flange of the ITSE.
4. Refers to 3.75 X 30mm Square Twist Nails.
84
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable Option)

LBV joist hangers for support I-joists and structural composite timber from
timber members.
64mm
• This design configuration has the material section where it counts,
resulting in maximum load values.
• The LBV is designed especially for use with multiple ply headers of
38mm or 45mm thick.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table. B
• Web stiffeners are required for use with the sloped or skewed LBV.
• The LBV hangers may be used for weld on applications. The
minimum required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld
on each side of the top flange tabs. Weld-on applications produce
maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this
application. Special considerations should be taken when welding
galvanised steel.

Options:
8
• Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact A
Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
• LBV hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. See
table for load adjustment factors. LBV Installation
• To order specials, use model number SPEC LBV and add required
dimensions and directions: D=seat sloped down, U=seat sloped
up, R=skewed right, L=skewed left. Example: SPEC LBV H = 220,
W = 91. D30 L45 is an LBV220/91 with a sloped down seat 30° and
skewed left 45°.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors

Sloped Down & Sloped Up &
Item Code Sloped Down Sloped Up Skewed
Skewed Skewed
LBV 1.0 0.91 1.0 0.91 0.91

1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.

LBV Skewed Left Option LBV Skewed Left Installation LBV is acceptable for weld-on applications

SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE

SKL MAX 45 DEGREES

85
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LBV - Available Sizes: Widths 40mm - 72mm

Hanger Width (A)
Joist (Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger Height
Height
(B) [mm] 40 47/48 50 56 63 66 72
[mm]
(38)(39) (45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70)
145 145 •
195 195 • • • •
200 200 • • • • •
220 220 • • • • • • •
225 225 • •
235 235 • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • •
245 245 • • • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • •
350 350 • • • •
356 356 • •
360 360 • • • • •
400 400 • • • • • • •
406 406
450 450 • •
457 457

LBV - Available Sizes: Widths 75mm - 128mm

8 Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist
Hanger Height
Height 78 91
(B) [mm] 75 96 99/100 109 122 128
[mm] (75) (89) (90)
(72) (2x47) (96) (97) (2x53) (2x60) (2x63)
(2x38) (2x39) (2x45)

145 145 •
195 195 • • • • • •
200 200 • • • • •
220 220 • • • • • • • •
225 225 • •
235 235 • • • • • •
240-241 240 • • • • • •

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

245 245 • • • • • •
300-302 300 • • • • • • • •
350 350 • • • • • •
356 356 • •
360 360 • • • • •
400 400 • • • • • • • •
406 406 •
450 450 • • • • •
457 457 •

1. How to specifiy the required hanger reference. Example: LBV to suit a 2 ply LVL beam with height 220mm and width 39mm = LBV220/78.
Search LBV at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

86
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HB Top Flange Joist Hanger

HB is a joist hanger for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from timber 90

headers. The HB is designed especially for use with single ply headers of thicknesses 89mm
or more.
75

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners
B
specified in the table.
• Web stiffeners are required for use with the HB hanger.
• The HB hanger may be used for weld on applications. The minimum required weld for the
top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld on each side of the top flange tabs.
• Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed. 90
A

• Uplift loads do not apply for this application.

• Special considerations should be taken when welding galvanised steel.

Options: Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact factory for
details. HB series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. See table for load
adjustment factors.

Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors

Item Code Sloped Down Sloped Up Skewed

Sloped Down &
Skewed
Sloped Up &
Skewed
8
HB 0.9 0.7 0.96 0.59(2) 0.7
1. Calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.
2. For header heights above 355mm use 0.87 for the HB sloped down and skewed.
Standard HB Installation

HB - Available Sizes
Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height 142
Height 91 182
[mm] 96 99/100 109 122 128 (140) 146
(B) [mm] (89)(90) (2x89)
(2x47) (96)(97) (2x53) (2x60) (2x63) (2x69) (2x72)
(2x45) (2x90)
(2*70)"
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

195 195 • • • •
200 200 • • • • • •
220 220 • • • • • • • • •
235 235 • • • •
240 240 • • • • • • •
245 245 • • • •
300 300 • • • • • • • • •
350 350 • • • • •
360 360 • • • • • •
400 400 • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required hanger reference. Example: IUSE to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 53mm = IUSE199/56.
Search IUSE at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.
2. See Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance page for capacities and fasteners.
3. HB hangers are made to order. Please allow 2 days for manufacture. Other special sizes can be made. Please contact the
Technical departmant.

SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE

SKL MAX 45 DEGREES

HB Skewed Left Option HB Skewed Left Installation

87
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

GLTV Structural Composite Timber Hanger

GLTV is for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from timber headers.

• These hangers offer design flexibility and versatility.

• GLTV hangers are designed for use with structural composite lumber headers (not I-Joist)
and may take heavy loads. The top flange nails are sized and specifically located to prevent
degradation of the header due to splitting of laminations.

Material: Top flange and stirrup - mild steel. Hot-dip galvanised. 75

SAFE WORKING LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the SWL is 0.5 of the table
load. B
75
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in
the table.
• All multiple members must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into
the hanger. 130
• May be used for weld on applications. The minimum required welds for the top flanges are
A
6mm x 63mm, fillet welds located at each end of the top flange.
• Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed.
• Uplift loads do not apply for this application.

8 Options:

• Other widths and heights can be made to ordercontact Simpson Strong-Tie® for details.
• Straddle available-specify S dimension.
•
SIM
Can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. StroPSO
ng N
-Tie®

• For skews greater than 15°, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50.
• For sloped and skewed GLTV configurations the SWL is the lesser of the table load or 4.46kN.
• For sloped only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 28.91kN for the GLTV.
• For skewed only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 29.13kN for the GLTV.
• To order all welded specials, contact Simpson Strong-Tie®.

Typical GLTV Installation

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

GLTV - Available Sizes
Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Hanger
Joist Height 78 91 142
Height 182
[mm] (75) (89) (140)
(B) [mm] (2x89)
(2x38) (90) (2x69)
(2x90)
(2x39) (2x45) (2x70)

195 195 • • •
200 200 • • •
220 220 • • • GLTV Skewed Left
225 225 • • • (Top View)
235 235 • • •
240-241 240 • • • •
245 245 • • •
300-302 300 • • • •
350 350 • •
356 356 • • •
360 360 • • •
CL
400 400 • • •
406 406 • •
450 450 • •
457 457 • •

1. How to specifiy the required hanger reference. Example: GLTV to suit LVL Joist with height Typical GLTV Sloped Down
200mm and width 75mm = GLTV200/75. Skewed Right with Low Side Flush
Search GLTV at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

88
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger

The IUSE is a face fix hanger for supporting I-joists from timber
members.

This hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip™” which secures the I-Joist
without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.

The joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hang-
er, eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may
require web stiffeners.

The top tab allows for easier installation.

B
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Patent
Enhanced Uplift Loads: EP1212493
The IUSE has optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly
attached web stiffeners will be required for enhanced uplift. Please
contact I-Joist manufacturer for details.

Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
C 8
A
When fitting onto an I-Joist header, backer blocks are required. See
I-Joist manufacturer for details.

Options:
Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified.
However these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Typical IUSE Installations.

Top tabs can be flattened

against the header when
it is taller than the hanger
(shown right).

IUSE incorporates the

“Strong Grip™” that secures
the I-Joist without the need
for any fasteners – where
no uplift performance is
required.

Use specified fastener

installed as shown where
uplift is required.

89
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

IUSE - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A)
(Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Height Hanger Height
[mm (B) [mm] 91
48 50 56 63 66 72 75 96 99/100
(89)(90)
(45) (47) (53) (60) (63) (69)(70) (72) (2x47) (96)(97)
(2x45)
145 144 •
195 194 • • • •
200 199 • • • • • • •
220 219 • • • • • • • • • •
235 234 • • • •
240 239 • • • • • • • •
245 244 • • • •
300 299 • • • • • • • • • •
350 349 • • • • •
360 359 • • • • • • •
400 399 • • • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required hanger reference. Example: IUSE to suit an I-Joist with height 200mm and width 53mm = IUSE199/56.
Search IUSE at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

IUSE - Performance Values: 3.75 x 30mm Header Nails

Long Term Download Characteristic Download
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
8 Safe Working Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]
Supporting Member
A B C Header Joist (1)
C16 / I-Joist LVL C16 / I-Joist LVL
144 6 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
194 - 199 10 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
219 - 234 12 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.2
See Above 239 - 244 51 14 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.9
299 16 2 5.56 6.5 14.4 21.6
349-359 20 2 6.26 7.31 16.2 24.3
400 22 2 6.26 7.31 16.2 24.3
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

IUSE - Performance Values: 3.75 x 75mm Header Nails
Long Term Download Characteristic Download
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
Safe Working Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]
Supporting Member
A B C Header Joist (1)
C16 / I-Joist LVL C16 / I-Joist LVL

144 6 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68

194 - 199 10 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
219 - 234 12 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
See Above 239 - 244 51 14 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
299 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
349-359 20 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
400 22 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

Face Fix Hanger Uplift Performance Values

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Fastener Qty
C16 & I-Joist PSL, LSL or LVL C16 & I-Joist PSL, LSL or LVL
(3.75 X 30mm) (1)
Short Term Uplift Short Term Uplift Uplift Uplift
0 (Strong Grip only) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 0.90 1.35 1.80 2.70
4 1.80 2.70 3.60 5.40
6 2.70 4.05 5.40 8.10
8 3.60 5.40 7.20 10.80

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

90
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers

MIU and HIU are face mounted hangers for supporting I-joists from timber
members.

• The MIU and HIU hangers feature Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), which
minimises splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a
better angle. With PAN nailing, the slotted hole material is not removed, but
is used to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle.
• Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating
the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.

B
Material:

Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Enhanced uplift loads: A

The MIU and HIU have optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly
C
attached web stiffeners may be required for Enhanced uplift. Please contact
Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

Installation:
8
Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners
specified in the table.

• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is
laterally supported by the sides of the hanger, I-joist manufacturers may
require web stiffeners.
• If fitting onto an I-Joist header, backer blocks will be required. See I-Joist
manfufacturer for details.

Options:

These hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.

Typical MIU/HIU Installation

with correct PAN configuration

91
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MIU - Available Sizes
Hanger Width (A)
Hanger Height (Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Height
(B)
[mm] 78 91
[mm] 72 96 99/100 109 122 128
(75) (89)(90)
(69)(70) (2x47) (96)(97) (2x53) (2x60) (2x63)
(2x38)(2x39) (2x45)

145 142 •

195-202 192 • • • • • • • •

220-245 217 • • • • • • • •

300-302 280 • • • • • • • •

350-360 330 • • • • • • • •

400-406 380 • • • • • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: MIU to suit a 2 ply I-Joist with height 240mm and width 63mm = MIU217/128.
Search MIU at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

MIU - Performance Values: Nailed Installation

Long Term Download Characteristic Download
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
Safe Working Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]

Supporting Member
A B C Header (1) Joist (2)
C16 / I-Joist LVL C16 / I-Joist LVL

142 8 2 3.42 3.96 9.15 14.24

8
192 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35

See Above 217 - 280 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35

330 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35

380 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35

1. 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nail.

2. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

HIU - Available Sizes

Hanger Width (A)
Hanger Height (Joist Width) [mm]
Joist Height
(B)

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

[mm]
[mm] 142 146 182 196
(2x69)(2x70) (2x72) (2x89)(2x90) (2x96)(2x97)

195-202 192 • • • •

220-245 217 • • • •

300-302 280 • • • •

350-360 330 • • • •

400-406 380 • • • •

400-406 380 • • • •

1. How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: HIU to suit a 2 ply I-Joist with height 195mm and width 69mm = HIU192/142.
Search HIU at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

HIU - Performance Values: Nailed Installation

Long Term Download Characteristic Download
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
Safe Working Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]

Supporting Member
A B C Header (1) Joist (2)
C16 / I-Joist LVL C16 / I-Joist LVL

192 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35

217 - 280 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35

See Above 64
330 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35

380 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35

1. 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nail.

2. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.
92
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MH Sacrificial Floor Detail

The MH provides a cost efffective and easy to install method of fixing a set of I-joists (solid or LVL flange) that provide
support for a sacrificial floor deck in buildings where work is continuing. A sacrificial floor deck is a temporary deck that
closes off an opening in the floor zone - such as a stairwell.

The MH is a one-piece galvanised joist hanger, available in a range of widths.

• Suitable for use with solid or LVL flanged I-joists.

• Seat tab ensures easy and accurate placement and alignment.
• Manufactured from pre-galvanised mid steel.

For the sacrificial joist installation, a MH hanger MUST be fitted to the top and bottom flanges. This prevents rotation
of the joists. The hangers are intended for one use only. Once removed they MUST NOT be re-used.

The stated performance values are based upon 2 no. MH hangers being installed as per the installation illustration
below.

8
B

A
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

MH Item Codes and Performance Values

Number Safe Characteristic

Dimensions [mm] of Working Loads (2) Loads (2)
Model Fasteners (1) [kN] [kN]
No.
Carried I-Joist I-Joist
A B C Support
Member (Solid and LVL Flange) (Solid and LVL Flange)

MH40 40 55 56 4 2

MH46 46 52 56 4 2 2.5 4.6

MH50 50 50 56 4 2

1. 3.75x30mm square twist nails.

2. Based upon 2 no. MH hangers installed - one to top and one to bottom flange.

93
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists

The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light
duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists

• Suitable for use with I-joist headers.

• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature
when not required. B
• Fully tested on a range of headers.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: For I-Joist headers fill all round holes with nails. The hanger C

depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation,
A
if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried
member.

MH Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Dimensions Number of
[mm] Fasteners(1) C24 LVL All Flange C24 LVL All Flange
Model
Flanges Flanges Type Flanges Flanges Type
No.
Carried Long Term Long Term Uplift Uplift Short
A B C Support
Member Download Download Short Term
Download Download
Term
8
MH40 40 55 56 4 2

MH46 46 52 56 4 2 2.00 1.50 0.90 3.90 3.60 1.80

MH50 50 50 56 4 2

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

HU/U Face Fix Hangers

Heavy-duty hangers designed for applications requiring additional strength.

• HU/U hangers have round and triangle nail holes in to the face and joist.
•

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral
restraint is added to the top of the carried member.
• If fitting to an I-Joist header, backer blocks will be required. See I-Joist manufacturer for details.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Composite HU/U hangers can be installed according to two different nailing schedules. To achieve maximum published
loads all round and triangular holes must be filled with the specified fasteners.

A C
Typical HU Installation

94
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

Safe Working Characteristic

Joist Size Dimension [mm] Qty Fasteners
Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]
Model C16 & I-Joist C16 & I-Joist LVL
No. Short LVL Header
Width Height Header Header Header
A B C Nailing Face (3)
Joist Term Uplift
[mm] [mm] Uplift Long Term Download Long Term Download Download Download

Min 12 4(1) 2.14 7.42 8.09 3.60 14.57 22.61

184-241 HU7 46 170 64
Max 16 8(1) 4.27 9.89 10.78 7.20 19.43 30.15
Min 18 6(1) 3.20 11.12 12.13 5.40 23.68 35.03
241-302 HU9 46 235 63
Max 24 10(1) 5.34 14.83 16.16 9.00 31.57 46.70
45
Min 22 6(1) 3.20 13.60 14.83 5.40 29.70 43.24
302-356 HU11 46 279 63
Max 30 10(1) 5.34 18.54 20.22 9.00 40.50 47.52
Min 28 8(1) 4.27 17.30 18.87 7.20 38.88 47.52
356 HU14 46 346 63
Max 36 14(1) 7.47 22.25 24.26 12.60 47.52 47.52
241 U3510/14 59 229 51 Std 14 6(1) 3.20 8.65 9.44 5.40 18.70 22.36
58
302 U3516/20 62 268 50 Std 16 6(1) 3.20 9.89 10.78 5.40 21.74 25.82
Min 14 6(1) 3.20 8.65 9.44 5.40 18.23 27.14
241-302 HU2.75/10 70 229 63
Max 18 10(1) 5.34 11.12 12.13 9.00 23.44 34.89
Min 16 6(1) 3.20 9.89 10.78 5.40 21.50 31.39
302-356 HU2.75/12 70 273 63
Max 22 10(1) 5.34 13.60 14.83 9.00 29.57 43.16
68
Min 18 8(1) 4.27 11.12 12.13 7.20 24.63 35.55
356-406 HU2.75/14 70 330 63
Max 24 14(1) 7.47 14.83 16.18 12.60 32.84 47.40
Min 20 8(1) 4.27 12.36 13.48 7.20 27.64 39.65
406 HU2.75/16 70 357 63
Max 26 14(1) 7.47 16.07 17.52 12.60 35.94 47.52
89-114 HU24-2 79 78 63 Std 4 2(1) 1.16 2.47 2.70 2.62 3.11 5.94
Min 10 4(2) 2.34 6.18 6.74 5.24 11.85 18.64
184-241 HU28-2 79 178 63
Max 14 6(2) 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.86 16.80 26.10
241 U210-2 79 216 50 Std 14 6(2) 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.86 18.70 22.36 8
2ply 38
Min 14 6(2) 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 17.72 26.84
241-302 HU210-2 79 224 63
Max 18 10(2) 6.69 11.12 12.13 13.10 22.79 34.50
Min 16 6(2) 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.14 31.19
302-356 HU212-2 79 268 63
Max 22 10(2) 6.69 13.60 14.83 13.10 29.07 42.89
Min 10 4(2) 2.69 6.18 6.74 5.24 11.70 18.54
184-241 HU48 90 173 63
Max 14 6(2) 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 16.39 25.96
241 U410 90 212 50 Std 14 6(2) 3.96 8.65 9.44 7.86 18.70 22.36
Min 14 6(2) 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 17.72 26.84
2ply 45 241-302 HU410 90 219 63
Max 18 10(2) 6.69 11.12 12.13 13.10 22.79 34.50
or 89
Min 16 6(2) 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.04 31.14
302-356 HU412 90 262 63
Max 22 10(2) 6.69 13.60 14.83 13.10 28.94 42.81
Min 20 8(2) 5.36 12.36 13.48 10.48 27.54 39.60
356-406 HU416 90 346 63
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Max 26 12(2) 8.05 16.07 17.52 15.72 35.81 47.52

Min 14 6(3) 4.79 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.00 26.38
2ply 52 241-302 HU4.12/9 106 219 63
Max 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 21.86 33.91
Min 16 6(3) 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.78 31.54
300-356 HU212-3 120 262 63
2ply 58 Max 22 8(3) 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 29.94 43.37
302 U3512-2 120 285 50 Std 16 6(3) 3.96 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.74 25.82
Min 14 6(3) 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.72 26.84
200-302 HU5.31/9 135 196 63
Max 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 22.79 34.50
Min 16 6(3) 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.04 31.14
241-302 HU5.31/11 135 240 63
3ply 45 or Max 22 8(3) 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 28.94 42.81
133 Min 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 24.50 35.48
302-356 HU5.31/14 135 297 63
Max 24 12(3) 9.54 14.83 16.18 17.76 32.66 47.31
Min 20 8(3) 6.36 12.36 13.48 11.84 27.54 39.60
356-406 HU5.31/16 135 324 63
Max 26 12(3) 9.54 16.07 17.52 17.76 35.81 47.52
Min 10 4(3) 3.20 6.18 6.74 5.92 11.04 18.05
200-241 HU480/180 180 150 63
Max 14 6(3) 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 15.46 25.28
184-241 HU530/180 180 175 63 Std 14 6(3) 6.36 8.65 9.44 8.88 16.58 26.10
Min 14 6(3) 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.92 26.95
2ply 89 or 241-302 HU410-2 181 231 63
Max 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 23.04 34.66
4ply 45
Min 16 6(3) 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.35 31.31
302-356 HU412-2 181 282 63
Max 22 8(3) 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 29.35 43.04
Min 20 8(3) 6.36 12.36 13.48 11.84 27.61 39.63
356-406 HU414-2 181 352 63
Max 26 12(3) 9.54 16.07 17.52 17.76 35.89 47.52

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
3. 4.0 x 100mm round wire nails.

95
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

HGUS Face Fix Heavy Engineered Timber Hanger

The HGUS joist hanger for supporting solid composite beams
from timber members. Double shear joist nailing allows
distribution of the carried member’s load through two points
on each nail for greater strength. Nails are supplied with each
hanger.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:

Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.

100mm nails must be driven at 45° into joist obround holes,

through carried member and into the carrying member (or
B
through the joist into the header) to achieve the table loads.

A
C

8 Item Codes and Performance Values

Qty Fasteners Safe Working
Dimension [mm]
(4.0mm x 100mm) Loads [kN]
Joist Size Model
[mm] No. Carried Long Medium
A B C Support
Member Term Term

89 x 241 HGUS48N 92 180 36 10 27.78 34.74

89 x 241 to 457 HGUS410N 92 229 46 16 35.09 35.09
89 x 300 to 457 HGUS412N 92 265 56 20 40.94 40.94
89 x 350 to 457 HGUS414N 92 316 66 22 43.53 43.35

133 x 200 to 302 HGUS180/135N 135 180 36 10 27.78 34.74

133 x 240 to 457 HGUS5.50/10N 140 214 100 46 16 35.09 35.09

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

133 x 300 to 457 HGUS5.50/12N 140 265 56 20 40.94 40.94

133 x 350 to 457 HGUS5.50/14N 140 316 66 22 43.35 43.35

180 x 240 to 457 HGUS7.25/10N 184 219 46 16 35.09 35.09

180 x 300 to 457 HGUS7.25/12N 184 270 56 20 40.94 40.94

180 x 350 to 457 HGUS7.25/14N 184 320 66 22 43.35 43.35

92-184 27.78 34.74

Variable Spec HGUS48N* 180 100 36 10
185-300 18.28 20.80

1. Supplied with 4.0 x 100mm Galvanised Round Wire Nails.

2. * Denotes manufactured to order.

96
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger THAI

THAI is a one piece joist hanger for supporting composite timbers from timber
members.

The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy
identification of the hanger, even after installation.

• Designed for I-joists, has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give
height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle
nailing helps eliminate splitting of the I-joist’s bottom flange.
• Not all strap nail holes need to be filled, see table for nailing requirements. B SIMPSON®
Strong Tie

• THAI-2 must be factory ordered for hanger width needed. See table for
allowable widths.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

E
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes".
Two different installation methods are available depending on the availability of
nailing surface. Web stiffeners are required when using this hanger type. A

Maximum Nailing:
For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed.
Typical THAI Installation
Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full table load and 8
two 3.75 x 30mm nails driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist’s bottom
flange. The THAI has additional nail holes - not all holes are required to be filled
to achieve listed loads.

Minimum Nailing:
For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install
nails into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and 3.75 x 30mm nails
driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist bottom flange. Then two nails
into each strap at the top of the support after forming a tight bend. Bend top
flange a minimum of 65mm.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

THAI Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Characteristic
Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
Working Load [kN] Capacity [kN]
Joist
Model
Width
No. Carrying Member(1)
[mm] Long Medium Short
Carried
A B E Term Term Term Download Uplift
Member(2) Download Download Uplift
Top Face

Minimum Nailing: With Top Flange Wrap Over

38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 40 580 238 4.1 4.7 0.5 9.87 1.05
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 46 577 235 4.1 4.7 0.5 9.91 1.05
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 59 570 228 4 2 2 4.2 4.8 0.5 9.99 1.05
89 x 241 to 256 THAI422 90 555 220 4.2 4.8 0.5 10.00 1.05
Variable THAI-2 76-133 550 224 4.4 5.0 0.5 10.57 1.05

Maximum Nailing: With All Nail Holes Filled

38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 40 580 238 4.8 5.5 0.5 11.48 1.05
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 46 577 235 5.5 6.3 0.5 13.21 1.05
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 59 570 228 - 20 2 6.9 7.8 0.5 16.44 1.05
89 x 241 to 356 THAI422 90 555 220 9.4 10.7 0.5 22.45 1.05
Variable THAI-2 76-133 550 224 8.9 10.2 0.5 21.38 1.05

1. For carrying member use 3.75 x 75mm nails.

2. For carried member use 3.75 x 30mm nails.

97
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

LIB Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger

The LIB is a face fix hanger for connecting joists, either metal web or solid, to metal web headers
without the need for plywood gussets.

• Backer free installation saves time and cost.

• Only one nail type required (3.75 x 30mm square twist).
• Optional installation with SDS screws for enhanced performance values.
• Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable).
• CE marked in accordance with the ETAG015 B

F1

Dimensions

Model Hanger Dimensions Header Holes Joist Holes

Reference
A B Ø6.4 Ø4.1 Ø4.1
LIB 50 - 200 190-415 4 14 4

F2

Performance Values
Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristics Loads [kN]
9 Fasteners
R1, SWL, Long Term R1, k
Model R2, SWL, Long Term R2 , k
Reference Header Joist Nail Screw Nail Screw

SDS25212 SDS25212
Qty Qty N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30
(6.2x63) (6.2x63)
8 4 2.8 - 2.0 6.6 - 3.4
LIB
4 4 - 3.6 2.0 - 8.4 3.4

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Available Sizes

Joist Hanger Hanger Widths (A) (Joist Width) [mm]

Height Height Installation
[mm] (B) [mm] 50 75 100 125 146 150 196
(47) (72) (97) (122) (2x72) (147) (2x97)
1. Position hanger
195-202 190 • • • • • • • onto joist header,
218-225 215 • • • • • • • ensuring seat is
flush with bottom of
253-254 249 • • • • • header.
304 300 • • • • • • •

356 350 • • • • •
2. Install 8 face
373 370 • • • • •
nails as specified,
417-421 415 • • • • • • • starting with the
bottom face nails.
1. Example of item code when ordering: LIB to suit 304/72mm metal web joist is LIB304/75.
Search LIB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items. Ensure side flanges
are vertical before
nailing top face
nails.

3. Insert joist into

hanger and secure
with 4 joist nails.

98
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

LITB Top Fix Metal Web Joist Hanger

The LITB hanger is a top fix hanger for connecting Metal Web joists to Metal Web joist headers.

• Top flange helps reduce installation time.

• Only one nail type required
(3.75x30mm square twist).
• CE marked in accordance with ETAG015.

F1
Dimensions
Hanger Dimensions Header Holes Joist Holes
Model
Reference
A B Ø6.4 Ø4.1 Ø4.1
LITB 50 -200 195 - 304 4 18 4

F2

Performance Values
Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristics Loads [kN]
9
Header
Model
Reference Joist R1, SWL, Long Term R2, SWL, Short Term R1, k R2 , k
Top Face

Qty Qty Qty N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30

LITB 2 8 4 4.6 2.0 11.0 4.0

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Available Sizes

Joist Hanger Hanger Width (A) [mm] (Joist Width)

Height Height Installation
[mm] (B) [mm] 50 75 99 125 146 150 196
(47) (72) (97) (122) (2x72) (147) (2x97)
1. Position hanger onto joist
195 195 • • • • • • • header, ensuring seat is flush
with bottom of header.
202 202 • • • • • •
2. Install 8 face nails as specified,
219 219 • • • • • • • starting with the bottom face
nails. Ensure side flanges are
225 225 • • • • • vertical before nailing top face
253-254 253 • • • • • • • nails.
3. Insert joist into hanger and
304 304 • • • • • • • secure with 4 joist nails.

1. Example of item code when ordering: LITB to suit 202/72mm metal web joist is
LITB202/72. Search LITB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

Metal Web Joist on Timber Nailer

LITB hangers can also be used to support metal web joists from timber nailers which are fixed to
the top of a steel beam. Note: where the LITB is shallower than the depth of the supporting steel,
LITB used with Metal
a timber packer structurally fixed within the web of the steel is required to prevent hanger rotation. Web Joist on Timber
Refer to page 72 for performance values of LITB’s onto Timber Nailers. Nailer

99
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

MJC Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector

The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two metal web joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit, transferring the
incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply.

It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on any joist size – regardless of height or width.

• Quick and simple to install.

• Safely joins multiple Metal Web Joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.
• One product fits all joist height and width combinations.
• Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.

MJC joining Metal Web Joists

Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1) Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)

Number of Safe Working Load Characteristic Number of Safe Working Characteristic

9 MJC’s (2) [kN] Performance [kN] MJC’s (4) Load [kN] Performance [kN]

4 3.80 9.12 2 1.90 4.56

8 5.70 13.68 4 2.85 6.84

1. Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load.
2. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load.
3. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.
4. Number of MJC’s between each incoming load.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

MJC Installations with
Metal Web Beams

Step 1:
Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist -
ensuring that they are centred about the
incoming load at 400mm c/c (may be
adjusted within 10mm each way). Please
note that the connectors can be installed
in any orientation.

Secure each MJC with 4 no.

3.75 x 30mm square twist nails
to the top and bottom 400mm
joist flanges as shown.

Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush
and joists are parallel.

Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm

square twist nails per MJC into the top
and bottom joist flanges as shown.

100
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers

The IUB/HIUB hangers support metal web joists and solid timber
joists without the need for plywood gussets. IUB

They incorporate the unique feature of bottom flanges, which provide

enhanced capacity.
SDS SCREW
• Can be used on metal web joists or solid joist headers. HOLE
• Eliminates the need for plywood gussets when supported from
a metal web joist.
• IUB Bottom flanges provide enhanced download capacity and
TRIANGULAR
OPTIONAL
B
quickly sets the hanger onto the header. NAIL HOLES
• Obround holes in face to provide easier nailing access in tight FOR ADDITIONAL
UPLIFT
locations.
• IUB: Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to speed installation
and reduce the likelihood of splitting.
• IUB has hexagonal holes for SDS screw installation and
optional triangular nail holes for additional download, when 50
BOTTOM A
used in conjunction with a plywood gusset, and additional uplift FLANGES
capacities. PAN NAIL
HOLES
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Position the hanger onto the face of supporting floor joist,
ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside
of the bottom chord.
• Install 3.75 x 30mm nails into the holes within the hanger bottom
9
flanges. Fill all face round and obround holes with 3.75 x 30mm HIUB
square twist nails.
• Sit the carried joist into the hanger and install 3.75 x 30mm nails B
through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
• For enhanced uplift, fill all joist triangular nail holes with 3.75 x
30mm nails.
• For SDS screw installation the IUB may be installed with 4 no.
6.2 x 63.5mm long SDS screws through the hexagonal holes in
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

the face.
A C

Standard IUB Installation HIUB Installation

SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS

TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR PAN NAIL
ENHANCED UPLIFT HOLES

CARRIED
JOIST

101
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

IUB - Available Sizes

Hanger Width [mm]
Joist Height Hanger Height (Joist Width [mm])
[mm] [mm] 75 100 125 150
(72) (97) (122) (147)
195-202 190 • • • •

218-225 215 • • • •

253-254 249 • • • •

304 295 • • • •

373-380 375 • •

417-418 415 • • • •

421-424 419 • •

How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: IUB to suit metal joist with height 195mm and width 72mm = IUB195/75. Search IUB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

IUB - Performance Values: Nailed Installation

Number of Fasteners Characteristic
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Safe Working Loads [kN]
(3.75 x 30mm) Capacity [kN]
Long Term Short Term
A B C Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift
47 - 150 190 - 419 50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00

IUB - Performance: SDS Installation

Characteristic
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN]
Capacity [kN]
Header Joist Long Term Short Term
A B C Download Uplift
(6.2 x 63mm) (3.75 x 30mm) Download Uplift
9
47 - 150 190 50 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00

47 - 150 215 - 419 50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00

1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.

2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie®, order code SDS25212.
3. Minimum header width 72mm for SDS installation.

HIUB - Available Sizes

Hanger Width [mm]
Joist Height Hanger Height (Joist Width [mm])

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

[mm] [mm] 75 100 125 146 150 200 246 296
(72) (97) (122) (2x72) (147) (2x97) (2x122) (2x147)
202 202 • • • • • • • •

219 218 • • • • • • • •

225 225 • • • • • • • •

253-254 253 • • • • • • • •

304 304 • • • • • • • •

373 373 • • • • • • • •

417-418 417 • • • • • • • •

421-424 420 • • • • • • • •

How to specifiy the required Hanger reference. Example: HIUB to suit metal joist with height 202mm and width 72mm = HIUB202/75. Search HIUB at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

HIUB - Performance Values: Nailed Installation

Number of Fasteners
Hanger Dimensions [mm] Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]
(3.75 x 30mm)

Long Term Download Download

Short Term
A B C Header Joist Uplift
Uplift
Standard Enhanced Standard Enhanced
Installation Installation Installation Installation

75 - 296 202 - 420 63 16 8 8.1 10.8 3.5 19.2 23.4 7.0

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail - CE marked in accordance with EN 14592.

2. Safe Working Loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers.
3. Characterstic Capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers.
4. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist without timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.
5. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist with timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.
102
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger (Skewable)

The IUBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber
connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing.

The IUBS is fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5° degrees skew, reducing

the need for “special” skew hangers.

• Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5°

degrees. B
• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skewed - adjusted on
site removing any handing confusion and reduce stocking.
• Use SDS25212 for enhanced download capacity.
• Can be used on metal web joist or solid joist headers.
• Optional nail holes for additional download.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Patent: GB 2396630

C
A

IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: Standard Installation

Safe Working Loads Characteristic Capacity
Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners (1)
Joist Joist [kN] [kN]
Model
Width Height
No. Long Term Short Term
[mm] [mm] A B C Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift 9
195-202 IUBS195/75 75 195 64
218-225 IUBS215/75 75 215 64
72
253-254 IUBS249/75 75 249 64
304 IUBS295/75 75 295 64
10 2 5.30 0.70 12.72 1.30
195-202 IUBS195/100 100 195 64
218-225 IUBS215/100 100 215 64
97
253-254 IUBS249/100 100 249 64
304 IUBS295/100 100 295 64
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation

Safe Working Loads Characteristic Capacity
Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
Joist Joist [kN] [kN]
Model
Width Height
No. Long Term Short Term
[mm] [mm] A B C Header(2) Joist(1) Download Uplift
Download Uplift
195-202 IUBS195/75 75 195 64
218-225 IUBS215/75 75 215 64
72
253-254 IUBS249/75 75 249 64
304 IUBS295/75 75 295 64
4 2 7.20 0.70 17.18 1.30
195-202 IUBS195/100 100 195 64
218-225 IUBS215/100 100 215 64
97
253-254 IUBS249/100 100 249 64
304 IUBS295/100 100 295 64

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS25212.
B
Angle Guide Table
100mm Backplate 100mm Backplate
Skew Angle A Distance B [mm] Skew Angle A Distance B [mm]
5˚ 206 45˚ 149
15˚ 200 52.5˚ 130
22.5˚ 190 60˚ 109
30˚ 180 67.5˚ 86
37.5˚ 166
A 103
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

Step 1 Step 2
Position the back plate onto the Secure the back plate
header in the required position. (inside angle) with the
specified fasteners.

Step 3
Adjust the angle of the
Step 4
Secure the obtuse side of the back
back plate (if different from 45°) to suit the
plate onto the header with all the
required angle. Use either adjustable set
specified fasteners, ensuring the face
square or the guide tables shown on previous
of the back plate is tight against the
page. Bend one time only.
header.
B

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Step 5 Step 6
Offer the stirrup to the back plate Locate the floor joist into the stirrup
ensuring it is located on the correct ensuring the joist is set tight to the
side (which can be either left or right back of the stirrup. The joist should
hand side). be secured into the stirrup with all
specified nails on the open face of the
Once all of the hooks (on the stirrup.
back plate) are clearly through
the apertures (on stirrup) slide in (Note: For enhanced download capacity
a downward direction ensuring all use SDS25212 screws.)
hooks engage onto the
stirrup and click into position.

104
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

IUQ/HIUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Panel Hangers

The IUQ and HIUQ is the first hanger range specifically designed
to allow engineered joists to be face fixed to a structural insulated
panel (SIP), when used in conjunction with the CSA screws and
Simpson Strong-Tie® patented SDS screws respectively.
(CSA & SDS screws supplied with hangers).

• The IUQ and HIUQ (standard and heavy duty respectively) can
be used with either metal web or engineered I-joists.
• Joists no longer sit on top of the wall, thus eliminating thermal
bridging at the joist/wall junction.
• Cuts down on the time consuming and costly process of CSA
placing timber blocking pieces between the joists and the wall Screw
B
panels, creating a better air seal.
• Installation is simple and efficient, requiring 4 CSA screws for
the IUQ installation and 4 SDS screws for the HIUQ installation.
• The square twist nails can be installed into the joist at a
positive angle to help reduce the chance of splitting the joist
bottom chords. A

IUQ Hanger

IUQ Installation
(CSA screws)

9
B

SDS
Screw
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

HIUQ Installation
(SDS screws)
C A

HIUQ Hanger

IUQ and HIUQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Loads Characteristic Capacity
Size Range [mm] Joist Fastener Qty
[kN] [kN]
Model Series
Carried
Short Term Long Term
A B C Support Member Uplift Download
Uplift Download
(3.75x30)1
IUQ 75 - 150 190 - 419 50 4(2) 2 1.0 5.0 2.0 12.0

HIUQ 75 - 300 190 - 450 50 4(3) 8 4.0 8.1 8.0 19.5

1. Refers to 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

2. Refers to CSA5.0X50 (50mm long) screws.
3. Refers to SDS25212 (63.5mm long) screws.

105
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

IUQ - Available Sizes

How to specifiy the required Hanger reference.
Hanger Hanger Width (A)
Joist Height Height (Joist Width) [mm] Example:
[mm] (B)
75 99 125 150 IUQ to suit metal joist with height 202mm and width 100mm = IUQ190/100.
[mm] Search IUQ at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of IUQ sizes, including those
(72) (97) (122) (147)
for supporting I-joists.
195-202 190 • • • •
HIUQ to suit metal joist with height 219mm and width 122mm = HIUQ219/125.
218-225 215 • • • • Search IUQ at www.strongtie.co.uk for a full list of items.

253-254 249 • • • •

304 300 • • • •

373 370 • •

417-418 415 • • • •

421-424 419 • •

HIUQ - Available Sizes

Hanger Hanger Width (A)
Joist Height Height (Joist Width) [mm]
[mm] (B)
75 100 125 146 150 196 246 296
[mm]
(72) (97) (122) (2x72) (147) (2x97) (2x122) (2x147)
195 195 • • • • • • • •
202 202 • • • •
219 219 • • • • • • • •
225 225 • • • •
253-254 253 • • • • • • • •

304 304 • • • • • • • •
9 356 356 • • • •

373 373 • • • •

417-418 417 • • • • • • • •

421-424 420 • • • •

IUQ and HIUQ Installation

IUQ Step 1: IUQ Step 2: IUQ Step 3:

Position the IUQ hanger so that Install 4 CSA 50 x 50mm screws Sit the joist into the IUQ hanger and install 2 3.75 x

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

the top of the Joist is level with into the top hanger face fastener 30mm square twist nails into the joist through the
the top of the SIP panel. holes only. obround holes.

HIUQ Step 1: HIUQ Step 2: HIUQ Step 3:

Position the top of the IUQ Install 4 x SDS25212 screws into Sit the joist onto the IUQ hanger and install 8 no.
hanger side flanges level with the top hexagonal holes only. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails into the joist.
the top of the SIP panel.

106
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

JES Joist End Support

The JES is a two piece metal-work system which
enables the use of engineered timber I-joists in
loft conversions, offering a safe and economic
alternative to the traditional method which
requires steel girders.

It provides reinforcement to the joist ends where

they are cut to fit within the eaves of the existing
roof. Each JES is supplied as 2 plates as required
for each joist end.

The I-Joists are installed from wall plate to wall

plate, which means there is no need for a costly
Party Wall Agreement.

Why Convert Lofts Using I-Joists? Watch the video at:

youtube.com/strongtieuk
• No need to install steel girders.
• No need to hire a crane.
• I-joists installed from wall plate to wall plate. No RSJ

• No need for a Party Wall Agreement.

• Light weight.
• Loft conversions also possible in timber frame houses.
• Suits roof slopes of 30° or greater.
No Crane Hire
Note: I-Joists supplied by others, see table below.

Patent Pending.
No Party Wall Agreement
10

JES Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Load [kN] Joist End
Characteristic
Reaction
I-Joist Dimensions [mm] Joist End
I-Joist
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

JES Item Code

Manufacturer Medium Reaction
Long Term Short Term
Term
Width Height [kN]

200 JES116SCR
2.28 2.90 3.77 7.70
220 JES136SCR
240 JES156SCR
Metsa Wood 38-89
300 JES216SCR
3.61 4.58 5.95 11.50
360 JES276SCR
400 JES316SCR
195 JES099SCR
220 JES124SCR
2.44 3.10 4.03 8.05
235 JES139SCR
James Jones 45-97 245 JES149SCR
300 JES204SCR 3.03 3.65 5.00 9.84
350 JES254SCR 3.16 4.01 5.21 10.45
400 JES304SCR 3.66 4.65 6.04 11.95
240 JES156SCR
Steico 300 JES216SCR
90 3.26 4.14 5.39 10.94
(LVL Flange) 360 JES276SCR
400 JES316SCR
LP 63 225 JES144SCR 3.24 4.12 5.30 10.72

107
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

JES Installation
Step 1:

Use one plate as a template to mark the cut line and fastener hole
positions on the end of the I-joist as shown, ensuring that the ends are
Cut
flush.

Remove the JES plate before cutting and drilling the I-joist.

JES (Joist End Support)

Patent Pending
Step 2

Cut and drill the I-joist. Use a 6mm diameter drill bit to
create the holes.

Step 3

Securely install a JES plate on both sides of the I-joist using the M6 x 30mm Hex bolts and
washers supplied. Note the position of the lip on the JES which must be installed with the
lip following the top-most edge of the adapted I-joist.

Step 4

Position I-joist in between the existing

trusses as shown, ensuring that a
minimum 90mm of end bearing is achieved.

Joist layouts will vary - please refer to

engineer responsible for floor design.
10

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

VP Loft Vent Plate
The VP is part of the I-Loft system.

The vent plate is a 1.2mm thick, 300mm long

galvanised steel plate which provides a
fast and cost effective solution to providing
ventilation in the roof space.

Once installed, it allows the six 20mm diameter

holes to be drilled, whilst maintaining the
strength of the solid sawn timber.

By providing a ventilation path though the roof,

over the insulation in the loft conversion ceiling,
the condensation problems arising from the
difference in temperature between the inside
and outside are avoided.
VP50/300

108
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

TCP Truss Clip A

The TCP truss clip attaches girders, trusses and rafters to wall plates to provide wind uplift
restraint.

• TCP Truss Clips may be used for general purposes and as all-purpose ties wherever one
member crosses another.
• Speed prong provides temporary attachment for ease of installation.
100
• Obround holes for easier nail driving.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. 106

TCP Item Codes and Performance Values

Typical
Qty Fasteners(2) Safe Working
Characteristic TCP Installation
Load
A Capacity
Model No. Short Term
[mm] Uplift
Uplift
Truss Wall Plate [kN]
[kN]

TCP38 38 6 6 2.13 3.30

TCP47 47 6 6 2.13 3.30
TCP50 50 6 6 2.13 3.30

1. Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at CERAM Building Technology.
2. 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails.

GS Glide Shoe 10
Glide shoes are specially designed to allow horizontal movement between raised tie trusses and wallplates.

The GS allows lateral movement of raised tie trusses up to 15mm during installation of roofing materials and resists
uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of the truss as determined by the truss designer.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

GS Item Codes and Performance Values A

Safe Working Loads Characteristic Capacity
25
A Qty Fasteners(1)
[kN] [kN]
Model No. [mm]
62
Carried Short Term Short Term
Support Lateral Uplift
Member Lateral Uplift

GS38 38

GS50 50
97

GS75 75
10 6 3.3 1.4 6.6 2.8
GS100 100
43
GS150 150

GS200 200

1. 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails.

109
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger

The HGUS is a joist hanger for supporting mono trusses and girder
trusses from timber members. The HGUQ version uses SDS screws
instead of nails for even faster and easier installation.

HGUS: Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried

members load through two points on each nail for greater strength
(see illustration).

HGUS Installation: Double Shear

• Use all specified fasteners. Nailing
• Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified HGUS
below.
• 75mm nails must be driven at 45° through the joist dome, pan
or obround nail holes, into the joist , then the header to achieve
the table loads.

Double Shear Nailing

Unique double shear nailing feature guides the joist nails into the B
joist at a 45° angle. This provides easier nail driving as the installer
doesn’t need to swing the hammer sideways.

HGUQ: The SDS screws help transfer the load between plies of
the supporting truss when they penetrate all plies.
C
A
HGUQ Installation: Use all specified fasteners.
• Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified HGUQ Above.
Typical Installation Below
below.
• The thickness of the supporting timber must be equal or
greater than the screw length.
10
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Options: Other widths of HGUS and HGUQ are available made to

order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

HGUS/HGUQ Item Codes and Performance Values
Dimensions Safe
Number of Fasteners
Joist [mm] Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Characteristic
Model
Size Download Uplift
No. Short Long Medium
[mm] Carried Capacity [kN] Capacity [kN]
A B C Support Term Term Term
Member Uplift Download Download

HGUS Nailed Installation (4)

2 Ply 35 HGUS125/80N 80 122 20 8 - 10.08 11.52 25.08 7.83

2 Ply 35 HGUS145/80N 80 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78

2 Ply 47 HGUS125/105N 105 110 20 8 - 10.08 11.52 25.08 7.83

100
2 Ply 47 HGUS145/105N 105 132.5 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78

3 Ply 35 HGUS145/120N 120 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78

3 Ply 47 HGUS145/155N 155 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78

HGUQ SDS Screw Installation (5)

2 PLY 47 HGUQ180/105SCR 105 180

3 PLY 35 HGUQ180/120SCR 120 180

100 26 - SDS25312 8 - SDS25212 10.40 21.30 24.40 45.50 20.70
3 PLY 47 HGUQ180/155SCR 155 180

4 PLY 47 HGUQ180/202SCR 202 180

1. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS 5268 and are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
2. Characteristic values have been determined in accordance with ETAG015, TR26 and EN 14358 for use with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
3. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
4. Hanger supplied with 3.75x75mm round wire nails.
5. Hanger supplied with SDS25312 (89mm) and SDS25212 (63.5mm) SDS screws.

110
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

THM Mono Truss Hanger

The THM (Truss Hanger Mono) is a joist
hanger for supporting mono trusses from
timber members.

The THM hanger offers two installation

options:

• Square twist nails only.

• Square twist nails and double shear B
nailing.

Features Speed Prongs for ease of

installation.

THM Installed with

Double Shear Nailing
Square Twist Nails
Double shear nailing feature
allows nails to be installed at
a 45° angle. This provides
easier nail driving as the
installer doesn’t need to
swing the hammer sideways.

10
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

THM Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Characteristic
Dimensions [mm] Number of Fasteners
Joist Working Loads [kN] Capacity [kN]
Model
Size
No. Long Medium
[mm] Carried
A B C Support Term Term Download
Member
Download Download

Installation With Square Twist Nails Only

35 or 38 x 100 to 150 THM230/38 38 96

44 x 100 to 150 THM230/44 44 93

75 10(1) 6(1) 3.4 3.9 7.3
47 x 100 to 150 THM230/47 47 91.5

50 x 100 to 150 THM230/50 50 90

Installation With Double Shear Nails

35 or 38 x 100 to 150 THM230/38 38 96

44 x 100 to 150 THM230/44 44 93

75 10(1) 6(2) 4.4 5.1 9.8
47 x 100 to 150 THM230/47 47 91.5

50 x 100 to 150 THM230/50 50 90

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails.

111
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

THA Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

THA is a one-piece joist hanger supporting trussed rafters and composite timbers from THA
timber members.

Provides great support with ease of installation.

Install using one nail size (3.75x30mm square twist) or use our patented option featuring
additional 3.75x75mm nails for increased performance. For further performance use
3.75x75mm nails throughout. A separate set of performance values are published for
each installation. Available in seat widths from 38mm to 100mm. B

• Location tab allows easier alignment to the carrying member.

• Choice of installation specifications to suit wrap-over or face fix. E

• Speed prongs enables positioning of the hanger without nails before completing the
install.

• Nailing schedules are stamped into the strap to provide the correct information to C
site operatives. A
• The distinctive wide strap enhances the performance of the critical part of the
connection by increasing the nail spacing and providing greater bearing area on the Examples of THA
supporting girder. Installation
Configurations
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Alternate installation methods are available
depending on the availability of nailing surface.
Maximum Nailing: For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly
installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for table load.
Minimum Nailing: For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the
support. Install nails into each strap in the face and top of the hanger and for the THA,
75mm nails at a 45° angle through the joist into the support. Bend top flange a minimum
of 45mm for the THA.
10
C27 / TR26 Graded Timber
Carrying Carried Fasteners
Install Model Dimensions [mm] Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Loads
Member Member
Method No. Carrying Member Download
Depth Depth Carried Short
Download Uplift
A B C E Face Top Member Long Medium Term

THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 30mm Joist Nails)

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
197mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Face Fix to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 20(1) - 6(1) 5.20 5.90 1.90 12.40 3.70
222mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
122mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Wrap Over to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 8 (1) 4(1) 6(1) 4.40 5.00 1.90 10.50 3.70
197mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5

THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 75mm Double Shear Joist Nails)

38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5

197mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Face Fix to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 20(1) - 6(2) 6.40 7.30 2.70 15.40 5.30
222mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
122mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Wrap Over to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 8(1) 4(1) 6(2) 6.80 7.80 2.70 16.40 5.30
197mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5

THA Installation (Using 3.75 x 75mm Nails Throughout)

197mm 50 THA50 50 220 63 107.5

Face Fix 26(2) - 6(2)
to 222mm 100 THA100 100 220 63 107.5
8.60 9.80 2.70 20.46 5.30
147mm to 50 THA50 50 220 63 107.5
Wrap Over 14(2) 4(2) 6(2)
197mm 100 THA100 100 220 63 107.5

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Load’s are determined by test/design model and are based on C27/TR26 graded timbers.
4. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.

112
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

THGQ Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger

THGQ is a heavy duty girder truss hanger designed to support multiple
ply girder trusses from a vertical member of a girder truss.

• Use with SDS screws instead of bolts - simplifying installation.

• SDS screws (6.2 x 63mm) supplied with each THGQ.
• Maintains the strength of the supporting truss as no material is
removed during installation.
• Suitable for use on girder trusses with bottom chord depths equal
to or greater than 147mm.
• For use in Service Class 1 and 2 conditions only.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

E B
Installation:

• Fill all holes with the specified fasteners to achive published load
capacities.
• Multiple ply supporting trusses must be fastened together, as
specified by the truss manufacturer, to act as one member.
• The overall thickness of the supporting trusses should be equal to
C
or greater than the length of the SDS screw (63mm).
A

10
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

THGQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Min. Width Safe Working Loads Characteristic
Dimensions [mm] Fastener Qty(1)
of Vertical [kN](2) Capacities [kN](3)
Supported
Model No. Supporting
Member
Member Supporting Supported Med. Term Short Term
[mm] A B C E Download Uplift
Member Member Download Uplift(4)

30 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40

2 Ply 35 THGQ80SCR 147 80 675
30 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
30 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40
2 Ply 47 THGQ102SCR 172 102 675
30 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
30 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40
3 Ply 35 THGQ116SCR 197 116 675 135 305
30 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20

3 Ply 47 or 32 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40

THGQ154SCR 197 154 500
4 Ply 45 32 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
32 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40
4 Ply 47 THGQ202SCR 222 202 500
32 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20

1. SDS25212 6.2 X 63mm structural wood srews. CE marked in accordance with EN14592.
2. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on TR26 timber.
3. Characteristic capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 (TR26) timber.
4. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with the relevant design standard.

113
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

NP Nail Plate
Nail plates are used to connect two or more timber members
together. They are available in a variety of sizes.

Material:
1.5mm Pre-galvanised mild steel. Grade S250GD

Installation:
Use all specified fasteners.

NP Item Codes

Dimensions [mm]
Item
A
Code
A B
10 20 10
NP40/120 40 120 Typical

NP80/140 80 140

NP80/180 80 180 10

NP80/200 80 200
20
NP80/220 80 220 Typical

NP80/260 80 260

NP100/140 100 140 Ø4.1

NP100/200 100 200

NP100/240 100 240

B
NP100/300 100 300

10 NP140/180 140 180

NP140/200 140 200

NP140/260 140 260

NP160/340 160 340

NP200/260 200 260

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

NP220/300 220 300

Calculation Example:
Two plates (NP80/260) to connect a 100mm x 160mm
beam to a 100mm x 120mm post. 12 no. 3.75x30mm
square twist nails per connected timber member. Load
duration Kmod 0.70. Steel thickness 1.5mm.
160
120

Applied Load F1,d = 5kN

28

Nail Capacities:
R1,d = n x Rlat x kmod/Ɣm
68

Min 7xdn

3.75x30 Nails (x12)

Nails per timber = 12
Min 15xdn Rlatk = 1.02kN (3.75x30mm nails and TR26 timber)
R1,d = 12 x 1.02 x 0.7/1.3 = 6.59kN
NP80/260
Design Check Nails:
F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK
F 1,d
5/6.59 = 0.76 Therefore OK
Plate Capacities:
120
R1,d = 0.9 x Anetto x fu/Ɣm
R1,d = 0.9 x 2 x 1.5 (80-4x4.1) x 330/1.3x10-3 = 43.6kN
1. N = Number of nails.
Design Check Plates:
2. dn = Diameter of nail. F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK
5/43.6 = 0.12 Therefore OK

114
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

LSSU/LSU Light Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers

With these site adjustable hangers, you can always have the right hanger available for those special rush projects.
This versatile range of products attaches joists/rafters to timber supports at any slope, up or down or at any skew, left or right up to and
including 45°. All models are slope and skew adjustable on site, excluding the LSU3510-2, LSU4.12.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Bend only once. To ensure proper seat installation, install the bottom nails
before the side nails. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the carried
members. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. For field skewing, see install sequence below.

LSU26 LSSU410

A A

B
B

C
C
10
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

LSSU Installation LSSU Installation LSSU Installation

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Nail hanger to slope-cut Skew flange to form acute angle. Attach hanger to the
carried member, installing Bend other flange back along carrying member,
seat nail first. No bevel centerline of slots. Bend once acute angle side first.
necessary for skewed only. Install nails at an
installation. angle.

115
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

Dimensions [mm] Qty Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN](5) Characteristic Capacity [kN](5)

Joist Size Solid Sawn Flanged

Solid Sawn Flanged I-Joist or LVL Flanged
Model No. LVL Flanged I-Joist I-Joist or C24 Solid
[mm] Header Joist(1) C24 Solid Sections I-Joist
A B C Section

Short Uplift Long Term Medium Short Uplift Long Term Medium Download Uplift Download Uplift
Download Term Download Term

Sloped Hangers Only

38 x 150 LSU26 38 124 75 6(2) 5 1.28 2.84 3.24 1.28 3.03 3.46 6.81 2.55 7.26 2.55

38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 10 (2) 5 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.19 3.03 3.46 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38

38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.19 3.03 3.46 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38

45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.19 3.03 3.46 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38

(2)
47 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/50 50 170 90 10 11 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71

47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/50 50 275 90 18 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71

(2)
51 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 10 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 - - - 5.13 2.38 - -

58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.99 4.14 4.73 5.13 2.38 9.93 3.98

63 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/66 66 170 90 10 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71

(2)
63 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/66 66 275 90 18 11 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71

70 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/71 71 170 90 10 (2) 11 1.19 3.81 4.35 2.86 4.73 5.40 9.14 2.38 11.35 5.71

(2)
70 x 195 to 450 LSSU275/71 71 275 90 18 11 1.19 3.81 4.35 2.86 4.41 5.04 9.14 2.38 10.59 5.71

72 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/75 75 170 90 14 (2) 12 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71

(2)
72 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/75 75 275 90 18 12 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71

(2) 38 x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 18 (3) 12 1.19 3.81 4.35 - - - 9.14 2.38 - -

(3)
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 18 12 1.50 4.65 5.32 2.39 5.19 5.93 11.17 2.99 12.45 4.78

(2) 47 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/96 96 170 90 14 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71

(2)
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96 96 175 90 18 11 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71

97 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/100 100 170 90 14 (2) 12 - - - 2.86 5.46 6.24 - - 13.11 5.71

(2)
97 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/100 100 275 90 18 12 - - - 2.86 5.95 6.80 - - 14.29 5.71

10 (2) 51 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 24 (3) 12 2.99 4.65 5.32 - - - 11.17 5.98 - -

(2) 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 228 90 24 (3) 12 2.99 6.33 7.23 2.28 5.23 5.98 15.19 5.98 12.55 4.55

Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed

38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 9 (2) 5 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.19 1.35 1.54 3.45 1.47 3.24 2.38

38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.19 1.35 1.54 3.45 1.47 3.24 2.38

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.19 3.38 3.86 3.45 1.47 8.10 2.38

47 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/50 50 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71

47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/50 50 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71

51 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 - - - 3.45 1.47 - -

58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.99 3.38 3.86 3.45 1.47 8.10 3.98

63 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/66 66 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71

63 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/66 66 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71

70 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/71 71 170 90 9 (2) 11 1.19 2.84 3.24 2.86 2.64 3.02 6.81 2.38 6.34 5.71

70 x 195 to 450 LSSU275/71 71 275 90 15 (2) 11 1.19 2.84 3.24 2.86 2.64 3.02 6.81 2.38 6.34 5.71

72 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/75 75 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71

72 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/75 75 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71

(2) 38 x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 14 (3) 12 1.19 2.84 3.24 - - - 6.81 2.38 - -

89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 14 (3) 12 1.50 3.00 3.43 2.39 2.97 3.39 7.20 2.99 7.12 4.78

(2) 47 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/96 96 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71

(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96 96 175 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71

97 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/100 100 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 1.95 2.23 - - 4.69 5.71

97 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/100 100 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 3.40 3.89 - - 8.16 5.71

(2) 51 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 24 (3) 12 1.50 3.00 3.43 - - - 7.20 2.99 - -

(2) 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 228 90 24 (3) 12 1.83 4.64 5.30 2.28 4.95 5.66 11.14 3.66 11.89 4.55

1. Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

2. Use 3.75 x 75 Nails.
3. Use 4.0 x 100mm Nails.
4. Except LSU26, some face nails are not fitted in the flange on the acute angle side for skewed installations. Fill all nail holes on the obtuse angle side.
5. Loads are based upon supported member types.
6. LSU3510-2 and LSU4.12 factory skewed, field sloped.

116
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

VPA Variable Pitch Connector

An engineered one-piece connector for attaching I-Joist rafters
to wall plates.

• The VPA is adjustable to slopes between 15° and 45° with

a special interlock design indicating when the maximum A
pitch is reached. This product complements the versatile
LSSU.
• Designed for use with double 38mm top plates with a
50mm seat, which allows sufficient bearing area for most
rafters.
• No notching is required when using the VPA. This
connector reduces the need for bevelled plates and
toenailing. It has positive angle nailing to speed installation
and to minimise wood splitting.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners.
• Face fasteners attached to both upper and lower top plates.
• See VPA installation sequence shown.

VPA installation sequence

10
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Install top nails and face PAN nails Seat rafter with a hammer, Install “B” flange nails in Install rafter PAN nails.
in the “A” flange to outside wall top adjusting the “B” flange to the obround nails holes,
plate. the required pitch. locking the pitch.

Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity [kN]

Joist VPA Corresponding
A Solid Section I-Joists
Size Item LSSU Short Medium
[mm] Supporting Supported F1 Short F2 Short
[mm] Codes Item Code Term Term Grade C24 LVL Flanges Solid Flanges
Member (2) Member (1) Term Term
Uplift Down
Download Uplift Lateral Uplift Lateral Download Uplift Lateral

38 VPA2 LSSU28 39 8 2 1.09 3.33 1.45 1.09 5.23 1.40 0.95 5.23 3.87 1.94 5.23 1.40 0.69

45 VPA25 LSSUI25 46 8 2 1.09 3.74 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69

47 VPA50 LSSU***/50 50 9 2 0.70 2.49 0.47 - 5.23 1.40 0.95 5.23 3.87 1.94 5.23 1.40 0.69

50 VPA2.06 LSSUI2.06 52 9 2 1.09 4.16 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69

59 VPA35 LSSUI35 59 9 2 1.09 5.54 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69

63 VPA66 LSSU***/66 66 9 2 0.70 2.66 0.47 - 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69

68 VPA71 LSSU***/71 71 9 2 0.70 2.66 0.47 - 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.90 1.40 0.69

72 VPA75 LSSU***/75 75 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69

90 VPA4 LSSU410 90 11 2 1.09 4.56 1.45 1.09 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69

(2) 47 VPA96 LSSU***/96 96 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69

100 VPA100 LSSU***/100 100 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69

1. Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

2. Use 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails.
3. The characteristic loads are based on using the corresponding LSSU connector listed in the table.
117
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

RR Ridge Rafter Connector

The RR ridge rafter connector provides alignment control and correct nailing
locations. The RR may be used with any rafter slope up to 30°. 25 D
38mm
For back-to-back installations, the minimum width of
ridge is 38mm.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions
Number of Safe
[mm] Characteristic
Fasteners Working Loads
Load [kN]
Minimum (3.75 x 30mm) [kN] 82
Model No.
Joist Size [mm]
A D
Long Term
Support Joist Download
Download A

RR 38 x 95 38 102
4 4 1.40 0.62
RR47 45 x 95 47 112

SPR Timber Joist Hanger Slope Adjustable

The SPR connector supports rafters from other timber
members and can be sloped up or down by up to 45°
• Slope angle can be adjusted on-site.
• Adjustable between 0 and 45°, up or down.
• Requires one size of nail only: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.
• Supports a range of timber heights from 145mm to
250mm.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
10 • Use all specified fasteners.
• Bend only once.
• To ensure proper seat installation, install the bottom nails
prior to the side nails.
• Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the
horizontal force developed by the slope is fully

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

supported by the carried members.

SPR Dimensions
Header
Model Joist Dimensions [mm] Product Dimensions [mm] Joist Holes
Holes
Reference
Width Height A B C D F t Ø 5 [mm] Ø 5 [mm] Triangular

SPR47/140 45 145-200 47 140 74 43 78 1.5 13 8 2

SPR47/200 45 200-250 47 200 74 43 78 1.5 17 14 2

SPR91/140 2 x 45 145-200 91 140 74 43 78 1.5 18 8 2

SPR91/200 2 x 45 200-250 91 200 74 43 78 1.5 24 14 2

Product Capacities
Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Capacity
Fasteners
C24 Timber [kN]
Model
R1,SWL,Medium F1
Reference Header Joist R1,SWL,Long term R2,SWL,Short term R1, k R2, k
term

Qty Qty N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30 N3.75x30

SPR47/140 13 10 2.50 2.90 3.00 6.00 6.00

SPR47/200 17 16 5.10 5.80 6.10 12.20 12.20 F3

F4
SPR91/140 18 10 3.45 4.00 4.20 8.30 8.30

SPR91/200 24 16 6.00 6.90 7.20 14.50 14.50

118
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors
90
HRC Hip Ridge Connector
The HRC is a one-piece connector for supporting hip members
from the ridge beam or rafters. 216

It is site adjustable for slopes up to 45°, to cater for the hip pitch HRC44
for both left and right rafters.

Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel

Installation: A
• On the end of the ridge, use optional slots to secure the 148
HRC50 and HRC1.81. Bend face flanges back flush with
A
the ridge, and complete the nailing.
• On face of ridge, adjust to correct height and install nails.
• Obround nail holes ease rafter installation.
• Optional diamond holes on the HRC range (except
HRC44) are for installation convenience.
• Double bevel cut hip members to achieve full bearing
capacity.
• May be sloped to 45° with no reduction in loads.

HRC1.81
HRC50

10

Typical HRC Installation on the Edge of a Ridge

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Optional HRC Installation

HRC Item Codes and Performance Values

No. Fasteners Safe Working Loads Characteristic
Dimensions [mm]
(3.75 x 30mm)(3) [kN] Capacity [kN]

Model No.
Download
Carrying Short Term
Width (A) Ridge Each Hip Uplift Download
Member Uplift Long Medium
Term Term
HRC1.81 46 38 to 45 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46 0.94 2.82

HRC50 50 38 to 50 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46 0.94 2.82

HRC44 90 89 24 (2) 6 (2) 1.85 6.18 6.81 3.52 10.36

1. Performance values shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Use 4.0 x 90mm nails with the HRC44.
3. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

119
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Roof Connectors

VTCR Valley Truss Clip

The VTCR is designed to to connect valley trusses to common trusses.

• Structural valley connection.

• Single sided for new construction or retro fit.
• Field adjustment for pitch. Adjustable between 10 and 40 degrees.
• Eliminates bottom chord bevelling or wedging.
• Reduces valley installation cost.
• Reduces valley truss manufacture cost.

Material:

Pre-galvanised mild steel.

No. Fasteners Safe Working Load [kN] Characteristic Capacities [kN]

Model No. Common Valley

Short Term Long Term
Truss Truss Uplift Download
Uplift Download
(3.35 x 65mm) (3.75 x 30mm)

VTCR 4 3 1.64 3.5 0.94 8.00

10
90mm

VTCR Installed

C-UK17 ©2017 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

50mm

63mm

120
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

TFLS Levelling System

TFLS provides the combined function of levelling and fixing the sole plate to the foundation or substructure.

It comprises a universal base plate and packing pieces which can be added or removed as required. The system
transfers vertical and lateral loads from the wall to the foundation.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

• Suitable for use with traditional timber frame

walls and closed panel systems.
• Adaptable - accommodates structural packing TFLSB
up to 30mm deep. (Bracket)
TFLSPK140 129-150
• Universal - suitable for walls of 89mm and (Packer)
140mm construction.
• Flexible - packing pieces can easily be added
or removed from the base plate to achieve the
required depth.
• Structural - Satisfies NHBC requirements for
permanent structural packing of the sole plate
when installed at load points.
• Multiple nail holes in bracket offer a variety of
nailing options.

Patent Pending GB 0816765.2

TFLSB

Multiple nail holes (ø 3.1mm).

89mmm
Typical TFLS
Installation
11
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

140mmm
83mmm

TFLSPK140 TFLSPK89
(140x39 Packer) (89x39 Packer)

TFLS Installed
with SIP Panels.
TFLS Item Codes
Model
Description Size [mm]
Number

TFLSB Universal Bracket 89 x 140 x 83 x 1.0

TFLSPK89 89mm Packer 89 x 39 x 2.0

TFLSPK140 140mm Packer 140 x 39 x 2.0

121
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

TFLS Bracket and
packers.
Standard Installation.
TFLS installed at
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position
1200mm centres, unless
and install the TFLS bracket, including one packer underneath otherwise specified.

the sole plate.

Position and install a second TFLS bracket at one end of

the sole plate and level to the first by adding packers to the
second TFLS bracket. If necessary, install a third TFLS at the Wall Panel Stud

other end of the sole plate and level to the first. Bottom Rail of
Wall panel

Infill between TFLS brackets with additional brackets. Level by

Sole Plate
adding packers as necessary to each bracket. Ideally position
infill brackets under load points (stud positions) at centres 129-150
specified by the engineer/building designer.
TFLS packers.

Repeat process around the rest of the building. Once the Packers installed
ground floor walls are in situ, install packers under the load at intermediate
load points.
points not supported by a TFLS bracket.
DPC

Bracket/packer configuration may be used as

illustrated below.

Alternate Installation
(aids levelling the mortar bed).
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position and
Mortar/screed infill between
install the TFLS bracket including one packer. TFLS packers.

Position and install a second TFLS bracket at the opposite end

of the foundation slab and level to the first by adding packers as
necessary to the second TFLS bracket.

Infill between first and second TFLS brackets with additional

brackets. Level by adding packers as necessary to each bracket. TFLS Bracket and packers.

Using the levelled TFLS as a guide, mortar between the brackets

11 to produce a level base for the sole plate to sit on - ensuring the
mortar bed is the full width of the sole plate.
Please Note:

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• The TFLS is laid on top of the DPC.
• Fixing of the TFLS bracket to the foundation and the sole plate shall be in accordance with the
engineer’s instructions.
• If the TFLS bracket and/or packers are installed at every load point then it is not necessary to
fill the void between the underside of the sole plate and the foundation with structural grout
(filling of void may be required to satisfy other regulations or requirements, i.e. Part L and Part E
regulations).

SPA Sole Plate Anchor

Versatile anchor to attach timber sole plates to concrete
foundations.

Installation:

• Fasteners can be located where suitable.

• The SPA is laid on top of the DPC, lined up and shotfired to
the concrete base.
• The timber is then laid down and secured with nails through
the upright flange of the anchor.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Typical SPA Installation

122
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

ETFSS Hold Down Strap

ETFSS hold down strap provides restraint against uplift to timber frame
structures keeping them firmly to the ground.

The ETFSS is the first timber frame strap to be CE marked. Incredibly strong
yet just 1.2mm thick, and can be used on cavity widths from 50 to 100mm.

• Quick and simple to install.

• One size strap suits cavities from 50 to 100mm.
• CE Marked.
• Tested at Ceram Building Technology in accordance with BS EN 846-4, ETFSS = 345mm
ETFSS06 = 155mm
evaluated in accordance with BS EN 845-1.
• Meets NHBC Technical requirements.
• Meets NSAI Technical requirements.

Material: Stainless steel.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take
the required fasteners specified in the table.

ETFSS Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimension [mm] Qty of Fasteners SWL Declared

Model Cavity
Short Term Load
No. [mm]
Uplift [kN] [kN]
Overall Length Thickness Width Type Timber End

380mm
Opt 1 6 50 3.0 6.3
ETFSS 800
Opt 2 8 51-100 1.5 3.2
1.2 33
4 50 2.7 5.4
ETFSS06 610 Opt 1
4 51-100 1.4 2.9

Opt 1 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round holes.
11
Opt 2 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round and triangular holes.
50-100mm
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

75mm
33mm

Typical ETFSS Installation

Location and spacing of straps to be

specified by the building designer.

123
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while
maintaining a clear cavity.

The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or
SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Accommodates movement in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of
movement.

Location Density of Ties Spacing [mm]

BTS50N
All South East England and
Town and City sites where basic
4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375
wind speed does not exceed
52m/sec

All sites where basic wind

speed 7 ties per m 2 600 x 225
exceeds 52m/sec

Available Options
Length of
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie
[mm]
[mm]

BTS50N SWT50 50 124

BTS75N SWT75 75 149

BTS100N SWT100 100 174

BTS Installation

Performance Values
11 Tensile Compressive
Declared Declared
Strength Strength
Model Type Tensile Compressive
Application at 1mm at 1mm
Range Classification Strength Strength

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Displacement Displacement
[N] [N]
[N] [N]
Timber Frame
BTS Type 6 600 200 414 138
Wall Tie

SWT SIP Wall Tie Type 6 714 238 414 138

Timber Frame Installation

Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails
(supplied with tie).

SIP Installation
For use on SIP's the SWT is installed with a stainless steel screw
(supplied with the tie) and can be positioned anywhere on the panel.

SWT Installation

SWT Screw
124
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

IC Insulation Clip
The IC Insulation clip provides a quick and simple method of retaining rigid insulation within a timber frame panel,
creating a controlled gap for services. The IC saves time by allowing the insulation to be installed from the same side
as the sheathing, which elminates the need to turn the panel during construction. And since it fixes to the stud via the
speed prong feature - no nailing is required.

• Sizes to suit common stud widths.

• Multiple depths to suit common thickness of rigid insulation.
• Insulation installed same side as the sheathing - panel no longer needs to be turned during construction.
• No nails required, speed prong feature fixes into the stud.
• Split into two halves for single use around door and window openings, cripple studs and panel end studs
• Manufactured from 0.5mm galvanised steel.

Installation:
1. Make up the timber frame panel with the top and bottom rails and studs.
2. Position IC clip on the studs and fix.
3. Cut rigid insulation to size and push fit between the studs.
4. Fix sheathing board onto the panel.

Sheathing Insulation clip

11
IC Item Codes
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Stud Width Height

Item Code
Thickness [mm] [mm]

IC71/38 71

IC81/38 81

IC91/38 91

IC101/38 101

IC106/38 106
Rigid insulation Timber stud 38mm 38
IC111/38 111
Front View Top View
Sheathing Timber top rail
IC121/38 121

IC136/38 136

Insulation clip IC165/38 165

Insulation clip
Timber stud IC176/38 176

IC71/45 71
Timber stud
IC91/45 91

IC101/45 101

IC106/45 106
45mm 45
Rigid insulation IC111/45 111
Sheathing Rigid insulation
IC121/45 121

IC165/45 165

IC176/45 176
Timber bottom rail

125
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

HELI Helical Timber Frame Tie

Type 6 stainless steel timber frame wall ties for fixing wood frame structures to masonry facades in new build
and retrofit applications.

• Ties are hammered directly into timber frame studs.

• The frame tie is encapsulated within the mortar bed at the outer leaf connection.
• A continuous helix ensures multiple drip points between the timber frame and the masonry wall.
• Rolled and twisted, helical ties have a nominal diameter of 5mm and a cross-section of just 6.25mm2.
• Suitable for use with cavities ranging from 50mm to 125mm.
• Can be used in conjunction with IRC insulation retaining clip where insulation has to
be retained in the cavity.
• An installation tool is required to hammer the tie into the timber frame.

Material: Stainless Steel

SDS Drill or
Hammer Installation Tool

11 Timber Frame Tie Performance Values

Minimum Declared Tensile Strength Declared Compressive Strength
Type Mortar Tensile at 1mm Compressive at 1mm
Model

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Classification Class and Strength Displacement Strength Displacement
Designation [N] [N] [N] [N]

HELI05 6 M2 (iv) 820 500 580 490

1. Maximum permissible differential movement is 24mm.

Timber Frame Tie Embedment Parameters

Cavity Tie Minimum Tie Embedment Depth [mm]

Item Code Width Length
[mm] [mm]
Timber Frame Mortar
HELI05180A2 50 - 75 180 35 70

HELI05205A2 75 - 100 205 35 70

HELI05230A2 100 - 125 230 35 70

126
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

TFPC Timber Frame Panel Closer

TFPC timber frame panel closer is used to draw timber panels
together. It helps minimise air leakage at the joint between timber
frame panels and avoids the damage to the exterior substrate
when using screws alone. It can also be used for panel to sole
plate applications. The unique (patent pending) screw guide
ensures that the fastening is driven quickly and accurately.

• Screw guide ensures fast, accurate installation.

• Simple method of joining panels and reducing air leakage
without damaging the exterior substrate.
• Screw thread design clinches the panels firmly together.
• For panel-to-panel or panel-to-sole plate connections.
• Includes SDW22458 (8mm x 117mm) structural screw.
• Includes 3.75X30mm square twist nails.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel (2.5mm thickness).

11
Panel-to-Panel Installation Panel-to-Sole Plate Panel Closer Installed Cross Section
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Installation

TFPC Performance Values

Fasteners Characteristic Capacity [kN]
Dimensions [mm]
Item Code Screw 1 Nail 2 Shear Uplift
A B C Qty Type Qty Type R1,k R1,k
TFPC 21 54 50 1 SDW22458 2 3.75X30 3.0 1.9

1. SDW22458 refers to 8.0 x 117mm SDW structural screw (included).

2. 3.75X30 refers to 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail (included).

Screw Guide ensures 45°

driven angle.

A B

127
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

Panel-to-Panel Installation:

Securely fix the first panel in place (propping if necessary). Position the second panel in line with the first and apply mastic to the verti-
cal stud (if required). Connect the panels using the TFPC as follows:

1. Use 4 x TFPC per 2.4m vertical panel joint, starting 300mm from the base, then at 600mm centres.
2. Position the TFPC (panel closer) so that the edge of the TFPC is in line with the edge of the timber frame panel.
3. Fix the TFPC to the timber frame panel using two 3.75 X 30mm square twist nails (included).
4. Insert the SDW22458 structural screw into the panel closer, maintaing an angle of 45° to close the gap between the panels.
5. Fold the breather membrane over the TFPC and fix in place.
6. It is recommended to fit the bottom TFPC first, then the top one, followed by the two in the middle.

4 x TFPC per 2.4m

Install Nails Install SDW Screw
Panel

11 Panel-to-Sole Plate:

1. Use 1 x TFPC at 600mm centres horizontally or as specificed by the structural engineer.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

2. Position the TFPC (panel closer) so that the bottom edge of the TFPC is in line with the bottom edge of the timber frame panel.
3. Fix the TFPC to the timber panel using two 3.75 X 30mm square twist nails.
4. Insert the SDW22458 structural screw into the panel closer, maintaining an angle of 45°, to fix the timber panel to the sole plate.

Panel

Sole Plate

Install Two Nails Install SDW Screw

128
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Frame Connectors

PWT Party Wall Tie

The PWT200 is the first connector specifically 75 62 50 50 62 75

designed and engineered to connect the party 75 62 50 50 62 75

walls of timber framed buildings.

It’s manufactured using minimum material section for optimum sound performance. This allows the tie to meet the
requirements of Part E of the Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound), whilst incorporating a unique
stiffening rib for maximum structural capacity. The Party Wall Tie has cavity widths of 50, 62 and 75mm stamped on the
upper surface to help check for a consistent cavity width up through the building.

As it has been designed specifically for purpose, the nail holes (just four 3.75 x 30mm at each end) are positioned to
ensure the minimum edge distances are always achieved.

• Meets the requirements of Part E of The Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound).
• Suits timber frame party wall cavities from 50 to 75mm.
• Can be used on Closed Panel Construction – where 50mm stiffening rib helps to check that minimum 50mm cavity
width has been achieved.
• Minimum material section for optimum sound performance.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Quick and easy installation using only 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails – 4 per side.
• Nails holes positioned to ensure Minimum Nail Edge Distances are always achieved.
• In order to minimise the risk of sound transfer, it is recommended that the PWT200 is installed at 1200mm centres,
unless otherwise specified by the building designer or engineer.
• The PWT200 is to be installed at, or near ceiling level.

PWT Performance Values

Dimensions [mm] Fasteners
Safe Working Load
Model No.
[kN]
Length Width Material Qty Specification
11
PWT200 200 25 1.5 8 3.75 x 30mm 1.78
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Typical PWT Installation

Below: PWT Installed to SIP

129
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

A34/A35 Framing Anchors 36 36 36 36

The A35 anchor’s exclusive bending slot allows
instant, accurate bending on site for all two and
three-way ties.
76
Balanced, completely reversible design allows 63
the A35 to be used to secure a wide variety of
connections. A35

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. 38

Installation: Use all the specified fasteners. A34

A34/A35 item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic Characteristic
Fasteners
Model Direction C16 Timber Capacity [kN] Capacity [kN]
Type of (3.75 x 30mm
No. of Load Per Connector Per Pair of Connectors
Square Twist) Long Term Medium Term C24 Timber C24 Timber
F1 1.30 1.49 0.97 -
A34 1 8
F2 1.06 1.21 0.63 -

F1 1.30 1.49 1.33 -

2 12
F2 1.46 1.67 0.89 -

F1 0.98 1.12 0.60 5.26

3 9 F2 0.64 0.73 0.59 -

A35
F3 0.98 1.12 0.46 -

F1 0.98 1.12 1.03 5.26

4 12 F2 0.98 1.12 1.14 -

F3 0.57 0.65 0.84 -

1. Some illustrations show connections that would cause cross grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In which
case, consider mechanical reinforcement.
2. When framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum thickness is 47mm.
3. Framing anchors must be installed diagonally opposite each other for the higer characteristic capacities to be applicable.

Type of connections
1: A34 2: A35 3: A35 4: A35

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

12
F1 F1
F2 F2
F3
F3

Beam to Posts Ceiling Joists

A and B Legs Outside To Beam
Chimney Framing

Joists
To Beam

Studs to Plate Joists to Plate

with B Leg Outside with A Leg Inside

130
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

L70 Reinforcing Bracket

A reinforcing angle designed to transfer loads between 2 ply floor joists/
metal web joists. The L70 Reinforcing Angle may be used in pairs to transfer 35
the loads between floor joist plys.

60
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.
• Use in pairs; as illustrated. The distance between the centre of each
L70 in the pair should not exceed 300mm. 178
• Nail the shorter sides of the L70’s into the sides of the loaded joist
member.
• Nail the longer sides of the L70’s into the top of the clipped joist
member.
• Floor decking shall be applied to the top chord of each joist. Attach
decking to each joist with nails or screws at a maximum of 300mm
centres.

60mm
LOADED
Safe Working
TRUSS
Model No. Fasteners (2) Loads [kN] (1) CLIPPED
Qty FLOOR TRUSS
No. (3.75 x 30mm)
C16 Timber TR26 Timber
L70 2 16 3.42 3.96 300mm (MAX)

1. Maximum allowable load transfer for each pair of L70 reinforcing angles, subject to load
transfer rates within the table below.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. Allowable loads shown are for joist top chord applications only.
4. Allowable loads shown are for downward vertical floor loads only.

% of Applied Load Transferred to Clipped Truss

F TRANSFER
L/D

L70 Position L/D Typical L70 Installation

L/D
Greater or equal
Less Than 12
12
Middle 2 ⁄ 3 of Joist Span 40% 20%

End 1⁄ 6 of Span 25% 20%

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

1. L/D = Truss Span [mm] divided by Joist Depth [mm].

2. The joist designer shall determine the L/D ratio required to ensure satisfactory joist performance. 12
3. The joist designer shall design each joist to meet all applicable code requirements.
4. The joist designer must determine the quantity and spacing of pairs based on load capacity requirements. Provide a pair of L70’s at each load
application point unless the loaded joist is designed for the total load applied between the L70’s. (Load transfer shall not exceed the applicable table
value or the limits stated in the notes).
5. Loads may not be increased for construction or other loading conditions.

A Angles W2
The ‘A’ angles versatility means it can be used in many applications requiring 90° fixing.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. A88

Fasteners SWL [kN] W1

Material Dimensions [mm]
Model Base Post
Thickness
No. F1 F2
[mm]
A B C Bolts Nails Bolts Nails
A21 1.2 38 50 35 - 2(1) - 2(1) 0.61 0.51
L
A23 1.2 38 50 70 - 4 (1)
- 4 (1)
1.22 1.22

A33 2.5 75 75 38 - 4(2) - 4(2) 1.80 0.96

A88 2.5 200 200 50 3 - 10mm - 3 - 10mm - - -

1. Use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

2. Use 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
Typical
A21-A23
Installation

131
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

Technical Information
Characteristic Values

The characteristic values (Fk) have been determined in accordance with Eurocode 5 and ETAG 015, which are defined
by the relevant European Technical Approval. The design values are obtained from the following formula:

Fdesign = Fk x kmod
ᵧ m

Where: Kmod - modification factor, dependent on the service class, the duration of load and the type of material used.

ᵧ m
- partial safety factor.

b b

F1
F1 e F1 e
f
F2 F3

Beam or Rigid Support Beam or Rigid Support

2 brackets per assembly 1 bracket per assembly

Beam or Rigid Support

The above is only valid if the application is in accordance with the diagrams shown above.
All units are in kilo Newtons [kN].

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

12
Load Application

F1 - Tensile Force

When application is with 2 brackets the tensile force occurs in the central axis of the joint.

When application is with 1 bracket only:

If the structure prevents rotation or failure of the supported member, the tensile resistance is equal to half of the
value for 2 brackets - otherwise:

The tensile resistance of the assembly depends on the distance << f >> between the vertical contact surface
and the point of load application.

F2 & F3 - Lateral Force:

When application is with 1 bracket only: the value of resistance is equal half of that given for two brackets.

132
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

Combined Loads

In cases of combined loads, the following check shall be verified: F1 + F2 + F3 :

F2 and F3 are opposing forces.

Type of Application

The characteristic values published are dependent on the type of application and material to which they are fixed.
There are three main categories as shown below.

Fixing - Timber/Timber Fixing - Timber/Timber Fixing - Timber/Concrete

Type Beam/Beam Type Post/Beam Type Beam/Rigid Support

For each of these types of application, full nailing conditions apply, ie. every nail hole is filled.

Timber Strength Class

The values correspond to the the use of timber class C24 for structural applications.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

12
For a higher grade of timber the tabular values remain unchanged.
For a lower class of timber the tabulated values should be factored down with the kdens coefficient as shown:

Where = Characteristic density of timber used in accordance with BS EN 338.

350 = Characteristic density of timber class C24 in accordance with BS EN 338.

133
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

ABR/E/EB Reinforced Angle Brackets

Heavy angles for general connecting of timber at 90° angles. Reinforced ribs add extra rigidity. Brackets vary in terms of
holes/slots to allow for the use of different nails and/or screws.

Typical application include fixing trusses, purlins and posts. Suitable support materials include solid timber, composite
timber, laminated timber and trusses.
C
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel (except E2IX: stainless steel).
C
C
C
C

A A
A

A A

B B
B
B B

E5/2C50 E2/2,5/7090 E9S/2,5 EB/7076 ABR105-R

Dimensions [mm] Fixing Hole Qty x Diameter [mm]

Model
Nails Bolts
No. Thickness A B C
Leg A Leg B Leg A Leg B
E5/2C50 2.0 75 48 65 7 x Ø 5.0 6xØ5 1 x Ø 11 1 x Ø 11
E2/2,5/7090 2.5 90 90 65 10 x Ø 5.0 10 x Ø 5 1 x Ø 11 1 x Ø 11
E2IX(5) 2.5 90 90 65 10 x Ø 5.0 10 x Ø 5 1 x Ø 11 1 x Ø 11
E9S/2,5 2.5 150 90 65 14 x Ø 5.0 8xØ5 2 x Ø 11 1 x Ø 11
E9/2,5 2.5 150 150 65 14 x Ø 5.0 14 x Ø 5 2 x Ø 11 2 x Ø 11
ABR70 2.0 70 70 55 6 x Ø 5.0 6xØ5 1 x Ø 8.5 1 x Ø 8.5
EB/7076 3.0 90 48 76 12 x Ø 5.0 7xØ5 3 x Ø 13 1 x Ø 13
ABR105-R 3.0 105 105 90 14 x Ø 5.0 10 x Ø 5 1 x Ø 11 3 x Ø 11

Connection with Timber/Timber type Beam/Beam: 2 Brackets

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Fixing Holes Characteristic Values [kN]
12 Model
Nails Tension (F1) Shear (F2=F3)
No.
Leg A Leg B Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1)
Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E5/2C50 7 6 5.20 6.40 4.90 6.40
E2/2,5/7090 10 10 6.60 10.60 7.60 10.50
E9S/2,5 14 8 4.70 7.70 8.70 11.90
E9/2,5 14 14 4.90 8.20 9.30 13.00
ABR70 6 6 4.40 7.10 4.40 6.80
EB/7076 12 7 4.90 7.90 10.70 16.30
ABR105-R 14 10 8.90 14.30 13.60 19.10

Connection with Timber/Timber type Post/Beam: 2 Brackets

Fixing Holes Characteristic Values [kN]
Model
Nails Tension (F1) Shear (F2=F3)
No.
Leg A Leg B Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2) Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E9S/2,5 14 8 2.80 4.80 7.10 9.80
E9/2,5 14 14 3.10 5.10 6.70 9.60

1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm

long CNA connector nail with
Connection with Timber/Concrete Support type Beam/Rigid Support: 2 Brackets a diameter of 4mm.
Fixing Holes Characteristic Values [kN] 2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm
Model long CNA connector nail with
Nails Bolts Tension (F1) Shear (F2=F3) a diameter of 4mm.
No.
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
Leg A Leg B Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1)
Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1)
Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1)
4. Load capacities are only
E5/2C50 7 1 Ø M10 3.90 6.00 2.20 2.90 applicable when using 4mm
EB/7076 12 1 Ø M12 12.70 16.80 6.90 11.05 diameter annular ring shank
nails.
134
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are used to assemble structural joinery for
internal applications.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions [mm] Fixing Hole Qty x Diameter [mm]

Model
No.
Thickness A B C Nails Bolts

EA444/2C50 2.0 40 40 40 6 x Ø5 -
A
EA554/2C50 2.0 50 50 40 8 x Ø5 2 x Ø11

EA664/2C50 2.0 60 60 40 10 x Ø5 2 x Ø11

EA756/2C50 2.0 50 70 60 10 x Ø5 2 x Ø11

C B

EA444/2C50
A
EA554/EA664/EA756

EC Light Duty Angle Bracket

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

These angle brackets are used for many DIY applications. They are 12
generally adapted to reinforce structural pieces of furniture.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Fixing Hole Qty x

Dimensions [mm] Diiameter [mm]
Model
No.
Thickness A B C Screws EC80/2,5C50
A
EC30/2C50 2.0 30 30 15 4 x Ø4.2mm

EC40/2C50 2.0 40 40 15 4 x Ø4.2mm

EC50/2C50 2.0 50 50 15 4 x Ø4.2mm

EC80/2,5C50 2.5 80 80 15 6 x Ø4.2mm

B
EC90/3C50 2.0 90 90 18 4 x Ø5.0mm
C

135
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

EFIXR/S Adjustable Angle Brackets EFIXS120C50

These angles are used for internal connections.

• Various bracket heights.

• Two slotted fixing holes for easier adjustment.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions [mm] Fixing Hole Qty x Dimension [mm]

A
Model
No.
Thickness A B C Nails Bolt Slots [mm]

6.5 x 30
EFIXR553C50 2.0 50 50 30 8 x Ø5
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 50
EFIXR753C50 2.0 70 50 30 9 x Ø5
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
EFIXS100C50 2.5 98 52 30 10 x Ø5
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
EFIXS120C50 3.0 117 52 30 10 x Ø5 C B
8.5 x 30

END Multi Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are designed to ensure versatility.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Dimensions [mm] Fixing Hole Qty x Dimension [mm]

Model A
No.
Thickness A B C Leg A Leg B

9mm Hole
6.5 x 30mm
END55/1,5C50 1.5 55 72 30
Slot
9 x 25mm Slot

2 x 6.5mm Hole 9mm Hole

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

12 END100/1,5C50 1.5 100 72 30 B
6.5 x4 5mm Slot 9 x 25mm Slot
C
1. Use M6 bolts A and M8 Bolts B.

ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket

Simple angle brackets which are very versatile, used for timber to timber
connections.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. A

Notes for table below.

1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter
of 4mm (Item code CNA4,0X35).
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter
of 4mm (item code CNA4,0X50).
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
C B
4. Load capacities only apply when the bracket is fixed using 4mm diameter annular
ring shank CNA nails.

No. of Nails
Dimensions [mm] Characteristic Values [kN]
(Ø5mm)
Model
No. Tension (F1) Shear (F2 = F3)
Leg A Leg B Thickness A B C
Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm
ES10/40C50 5 5 2.5 60 60 40 2.4 3.1 2.3 3.1

ES10/60C50 8 8 2.5 60 60 60 3.6 4.9 5.6 7.4

ES11/60 11 11 2.5 80 80 60 3.6 4.9 7.3 9.8

136
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Angle Brackets and Ties

ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding

The ABC angle bracket has been designed to fix vertical battens directly to the
supporting structure without the need for additonal battens, it creates a zone for
insulation and/or ventilation between the wall and the cladding.

• Connects vertical battens directly to the supporting structure (Concrete).

• No need for horizontal battens. A
• Creates a zone for insulation or ventilation.
• Reduces installation time, materials and cost.
B

Concrete
Vertical Cladding Supporting Structure Horizontal Cladding

ABC Bracket Vertical Batten

Insulation
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

12
Horizontal
Cladding Boards
Vertical F2
Cladding Boards ABC Bracket F1 ►
Horizontal Batten

Item Codes and Characteristic Performances

Characteristic Values [kN] per 1 Bracket

Vertical
Item Dimensions [mm] Fixings Horizontal
Slip under load measured at
Reference extremity of bracket (F1 on diagram (F2 on diagram
above)
above)
A B C Leg A Leg B 1mm 3mm

ABC100/2,5 97 52 65
0.22 0.36
ABC120/2,5 117 52 65

ABC140/2,5 137 52 65
2 x CSA5.0X40 1 x M8 Anchor 0.18 0.31 1.56
ABC160/2,5 157 52 65

ABC200/2,5 198 52 65
0.07 0.19
ABC210/2,5 208 52 65

1. Supporting 1 x M8 bolt.
2. Supported 2 x CSA5,0X40.

137
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Connectors

H High Wind Tie 35

Tie for trusses and rafters likely to be subject to high winds, this versatile
connector may be used for general purposes, strongback attachments
and as all-purpose ties where one timber crosses another. 41 55

H2.5A and H4 may be installed in pairs to achieve twice the stated safe
working loads. Where the truss thickness is less than 63mm install diag-
onally across from each other, as shown in the illustration below.

H2.5A
The H4 has a unique shape that requires fewer nails. The design allows
for installation on the inside of the wall plate without interfering with the
gypsum board or for installation on the outside of the wall plate without 150
interfering with the cladding material.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

55
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners.
• H4 ties are shipped in equal quantities of separate rights and lefts.

High Wind Tie Performance Values 38

Number of Fasteners Safe
(Use 3.75 x 30mm) Working Loads [kN]
Model
No. Short Lateral Short Term
To Rafters To Plates Term
Uplift F1 F2 F3 92
H2.5A 5 5 2.31 0.49 0.49
44
H4
H4 4 4 1.05 0.62 0.60 U.S. Patent
4,714,372
54
1. SWL’s are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 63mm must be used when framing
anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate.
2. Uplift SWL’s are for the H4 sole plate installation 0.92kN; 1.58kN for H2.5A.
3. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement
to resist all such forces should be considered.
4. Refers to 3.75X30mm square twist nail.

H4 Sole Plate H4 Installation

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

H2.5A Installation
Installation
(see footnote 2) F3

F1
13 F1

F4

F3

F2

F2

Top View Installation to Achieve Twice the Load

H2.5A can be installed on Install H4 diagonally Nailing H4 into both sides

the same side of the wall across from each other for of a single ply 35mm or
plate. single ply 35mm or 47mm 47mm truss may cause
trusses. the wood to split.
138
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Connectors

LS Skewable Angle
Designed to attach timber members at irregular angles, these connectors
Typical LS70
can be bent on site from 0° to 135°. The staggered nail pattern reduces the
Installation
possibility for splitting the timber and allows installation on both sides of the
member.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. LS

U.S. Patent
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Angles should be bent to suit 4,230,416
installation only once. Joists must be constrained against rotation (for
example, with solid blocking) when using a single LS Angle per connection.

LS Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe
LS70 Top View
Fasteners Working
Model Length Loads [kN] Characteristic
(3.75 x
No. [mm] Values [kN]
75mm)
Long Medium
Term Term
LS30 85 6 1.29 1.60 2.80

LS50 124 8 1.73 2.16 4.30

55 55
LS70 162 10 2.16 2.58 4.40

1. Loads are for one part only.

2. Minimum timber thickness to achieve table load is 45mm. For 35mm timber, use 81% of the table load.
3. 3.75 x 75mm refers to round wire nails.

DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors

Single sided and double sided connector plates for enhanced bolt performance SSTC
in timber. Conforms to BS EN 912: 1999 Annex C. Specification for toothed plate
connectors.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Thickness as stated in table.

DSTC
DSTC/SSTC Item Codes
Dimensions [mm]
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Model
No. Dia. Hole Dia. Material Teeth Height
dc d1 t ht

SSTC50 48 12 1.00 6.6 Typical DSTC

SSTC60 62 12 1.20 8.7 Installation 13
SSTC75 75 16 1.25 10.4

DSTC50 48 16 1.00 13.0

DSTC60 62 20 1.20 16.0

DSTC75 75 26 1.25 19.5

T Flat 'T' Shaped Bracket

Dimensions
Model Fasteners
Material [mm]
No.
2
Nails1 Bolts L H B

2.0mm
66T 8 3 150 125 38
Galvanised Steel

1. Use 4.0 x 100mm nails.

2. Use 10mm bolts.
3. Nail holes diameter: 4.3mm.
66T Typical 66T Installation
4. Bolt holes diameter 11m.
5. Please note, this item is not CE marked.

139
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Timber Connectors

PWR Partition Wall Restraint

The PWR connector is used to laterally restrain the top of a non-load bearing
partition wall by connecting it to the floor joists above. The tapered slot allows
for joist deflection when it is loaded, while still restraining the partition wall.

• Provides lateral restraint to non-load bearing partition walls.

• Allows joist deflection.

MATERIAL
Pre-galvanised mild steel.
A B

• Position the connector on top of the header rail and against the floor
joist.
• Secure the connector to the header rail with the specified fasteners.
• The bottom of the location tab should sit on the top of the header rail.
• Secure the connector to the joist with the specified fasteners, allowing
a 1-2mm gap between the underside of the fastener head and the PWR
connector.
• Maximum gap between the partition and the joist is 15mm.
• Ensure that the fastener is at the upper edge of the tapered slot as this C
allows for the deflection of the joist.

PWR PERFORMANCE VALUES

Dimensions [mm] Fasteners (1)
SWL’s [kN]
Model Reference
F1
A B C Header Rail Joist

PWR15 65 36 65 3 No 3.75 x 30 1 No 3.75 x 30 0.5

1. Galvanised or Sheradised Square Twist Nail

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

13

Floor Joist

1-2mm gap between fastener

15mm gap between joist and header rail.
head and connector.

F1 Header Rail of partition

Location Tab

140
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Column Caps and Post Bases

CPT Concealed Post Base

The new CPT concealed post base provides a clean, concealed look while
Flitch
providing a 25mm stand off height above concrete. The 25mm standoff
Plate
reduces the potential for decay at the post end.
145mm
The CPT can be fixed to concrete base with either M12 chemical or
mechanical anchors (sold separately).
Standoff
Material: Base
Flitch plate, washers and standoff base are pre-galvanised
steel. The standoff base has an additional textured, flat black powder
coat finish for aesthetic purposes. The 12mm diameter dowels are
mechanically galvanised. A
B

CPT Item Codes

Connector Fasteners Characteristic Capacities [kN]
Timber Dimensions
Model
Post Size [mm] Anchor Post Dowels
No. Uplift Download Lateral Lateral
[mm]
F1 F2 F3=F4 F5=F6 Force Directions
A B Qty Diameter Qty Specification
F1
89 x 89 to
CPT44Z 89 89 2 M12 3 Ø12 x 70 11.20 59.40 3.90 7.30 F5
100 x 100
F4
133 x 133 to
CPT66Z 133 133 2 M12 3 Ø12 x 70 16.30 91.20 3.90 9.10 F3
150 x 150
F6
184 x 184 to
CPT88Z 184 184 2 M12 3 Ø12 x 70 16.30 123.10 3.90 9.10
203 x 203 F2

CPT Installation

Lines on
part to
locate
end of
post 1"

127mm
for flitch
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

plate

Step 1: Use the flitch plate as a Step 2: Drill 13mm holes Step 3: Cut a 5mm wide slot on the
template to mark dowel locations. perpendicular to the post at marked side adjacent the drilled holes. Check
locations. that the flitch plate slides freely.

14
Standoff
base

Flitch plate

Nut

Washer

Step 4: Fix down the flitch plate to Step 5: Lower the post onto the flitch Step 6: Drive the dowels into the post.
concrete foundation and lower the plate with the drilled holes aligned They should be roughly centred within
standoff over the flitch plate. with the three holes in the flitch plate. the post.
Be careful to avoid rotating the post
during installation.
141
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Column Caps and Post Bases

ABW Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off

Designed for versatility, cost effectiveness, the ABW is an adjustable post base with a 25mm A
stand off for the post to help prevent moisture induced decay to the timber post.

• Slot in the base enables flexible positioning around the anchor bolt. C

• Can be installed onto a threaded bar in poured concrete or with a resin or mechanical
anchor into solid concrete.
25mm B
Stand off
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:
• Place the base washer and nut on the anchor bolt, loosely fasten the nut.
• Place the stand off base and then the post in the ABW and fasten on three vertical sides.
• Make any necessary adjustments to post placements and tighten the nut anchor securely.
• Bend up the fourth side of the ABW and fasten.
• Not recommended when the top of post/column is not restrained (e.g. fence post).

Fasteners
Characteristic
Post Material Dimensions Capacities [kN]
Model [mm] [mm] Post
Size
No. Anchor
[mm]
Dia.
Nails Uplift
Stand-Off Sides A B C
ABW44Z 89 x 89 90 90 56 53.90 3.10
1.5 1.5 8 (1)
ABW44RZ 100 x 100 103 103 56 58.20 -
14
ABW66Z 133 x 133 138 141 71 105.90 7.40
2.5 2.0 14 (2)
ABW66RZ 150 x 150 152 152 71 110.40 6.60

1. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.

2. 4.0 x 90mm nails.

PBS Post Base with Stand Off

The PBS post base is installed into wet concrete and features a 25mm stand off to help prevent moisture induced
decay to the timber post.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Material: Pre-galvanised mid steel.

Installation: Embed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the 25mm stand off base.

Fasteners Safe Working Loads [kN] Characteristic

Post Material Dimensions
Model Capacity [kN]
[mm] [mm] Post
14
(1)
Size Short Term (C24)
No. Short Term F1 Short Term F2 Long
[mm] Bolts Uplift Term
Nails
Base Strap W1 W2 D Qty Dia. Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Down Up(3) Down(4)
PBS44A 89 x 89 2.5 2.0 90 89 89 14 (2) 2 14 10.68 6.96 5.18 1.02 3.94 3.94 29.65 16.0 54.5

1. Use nails or bolts.

2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
3. Up = Uplift.
4. Down = Download.

HB

D
142
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction *

Column Caps and Post Bases

PPRC Adjustable Post Base

Allows the structure to be adjusted after it has been built. Adjust the off the ground
height from 100 to 150mm even after the post has been installed. Suitable for post
sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm. A B

Material: 5mm dichromate coated steel.

Installation: F
• Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor or chemical
anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.
• 130 x 130mm plate fixes to the ground.
• 100 x 100mm plate fastens to the post.
• Always install bases in the same direction. E D
• PPRC can be adjusted with a 30mm wrench after both plates are attached.

PPRC Performance Values

Dimensions [mm] Material Characteristic
Model
Thickness Finish Hole Sizes Capacity [kN]
No.
A B D E F [mm] Download

8 x Ø12 Holes
PPRC 100 100 130 130 100 - 150 5 BC 48.8
16 x Ø16 x12 Slots

BC - Dichromate coating according to BS EN ISO 2081

PPA Elevated Post Base with 100mm Stand Off*

For post base installations requiring a higher standoff distance. Suitable for post
sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.

Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

A B
Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor or
chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.

PPA Performance Values F

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Dimensions [mm] Holes Characteristic

Model
Capacity [kN] C24
No.
A B D E F Qty Dia. Download

PPA100 100 100 130 130 100 8 12 55.9 D

E

14
APB Adjustable Elevated Post Base*
APB features a post mounting plate on a screw allowing it to be
adjusted to a specific standoff height ranging from 100-150mm.

Suitable for post sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.

B

Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel.

A
Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical
anchor or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach F
screws.

APB Performance Values

Dimensions [mm] Holes Characteristic
Model D
Capacity [kN] C24 E
No.
A B D E F Qty Dia. Download

APB100/150 100 100 130 130 100-150 8 12 45.0

143
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Column Caps and Post Bases

PBH Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base H

The PBH is suitable for heavy duty post support applications including
C
Glulam timber posts with a standoff height of 200mm. Dowels included.

PBH75 suitable for posts 75 x 75mm to 120 x 120mm.

PBH120 suitable for posts 120 x 120mm to 200 x 200mm.

Material: 8mm hot-dip galvanised mild steel plate. F

A B
Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor
or chemical anchor system (order separately).

PBH Item Codes

Dimensions Holes
Dowels
[mm] (Base)
Model
No. Dia. Size
A B D E C H F Qty Qty
[mm] [mm]
E
D
PBH75 75 75 100 160 110 45 200 2 13 2 ø8.0 x 80

PBH120 120 120 155 155 110 90 200 4 13 4 ø8.0 x 120 PBH75

PBH Performance Values

H
Characteristic Loads [kN]
Model
No. Download (F1) Uplift (F2) Lateral (F3) Lateral (F4) C

Timber Steel Timber Steel Timber Steel Timber Steel

PBH75 170.00 109.00 7.80 8.60 5.30 3.90 5.30 3.80

PBH120 219.00 109.00 20.70 22.80 7.70 3.90 7.60 3.80

Installation Sequence
A B

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

E D

PBH120
14

F2 F1

F4 F3

Force Directions
144
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Column Caps and Post Bases

PC Post Cap and EPC End Post Cap

Specially produced connectors for post to beam connections. The PC A
B
extension side plates function as tie straps where splices occur. EPC option
should be used where the beam ends at the post.
SON
SIMP Tie® C
g-
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Stron

OF POST
PC/EPC Item Codes and Performance Values

CENTER
B A
E
Fasteners
SWL [kN] D
Dimensions (3.75 x 75mm)(1)
[mm] Post
Model Surfaces Short Term PC SIM
Size P
StronSON
No. g-Ti ®
e
[mm] C
A B C D E Post Beam Uplift Lateral
E

CENTER
OF POST
89 X 89 6.58 5.60

PC4Z 90 178 76 67 41 89 X 140 8 10 6.58 5.60 D

EPC
89 x 185 6.58 6.14

89 x 89 5.02 4.78

EPC4Z 90 133 76 67 41 89 x 140 8 10 5.02 5.47

89 x 185 5.02 5.47

1. Refers to 3.75 x 75mm round wire nail.

EPC
PC Installation
Installation

CC Column Cap (made to order)

Column made to order for standard timber or engineered wood
sizes. Bolts available separately. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for
details. Specify dimensions as detailed in the table below.
A B
30
Material: 5mm mild steel. 30
30
Installation: use 16mm bolts.
75
CC Dimension Ranges C
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SI
St M P S
Range [mm] ro O N
ng
Ti ®
Dimensions [mm] e

Minimum Maximum

A 75 225 100

B 280

75
C 100 200
14
H 75 250
H
See column cap specification order form on next page.
65

CB Post Base 75
(made to order)
110
420
CB post base for pre-pour concrete applications.
SIM

This item is not CE marked. Holes Ø18mm. Str P S O N

ong
Tie®

200
Material: 5.0mm mild steel, hot dip galvanised.

(75 B A m)
mm 0m
-20 20
0m m-
m ) 75m
(

145
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Column
COLUMN CAPCaps and Post Bases
SPECIFICATION/ORDER FORM

From | Company:

Tel: Fax: Date:

Make a note of the dimensions on the relevant diagram below and fax to: 01827 255616
Please refer to minimum and maximum dimension ranges on opposite page.

SPEC CC

SPEC ECCLL
ECCLR = opposite hand.
C

C2

A2

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SPEC CCT
C

14
C2
A2

A3
SPEC CCC A2
C2
C3

H
146
Every
Base
Covered.

“With the off-site construction

footprint increasing all the time,
we’ve seen a growing demand
for post base and column
support solutions, prompting us
to not only make more options
availble ‘off the shelf’ but to
expand our ‘made to order’
service to cope with ever more
interesting and unique house
designs.”

-Jon Head
Sales Director
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

HES/LES
Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Straps
A direct replacement for traditional restraint straps, the innovative design
of these lightweight straps allows ease of handling and installation whilst HES
maintaining the structural strength and robustness of much heavier weight (inc. Mortar Key)
types.
B1
The HES (heavy engineered strap) & LES (light engineered strap) replace
traditional heavy and light restraint straps in roof and floor construction.
Reducing the thickness to 1.5mm allows the HES strap to span over the top of
floor joists and the bottom chords of trusses without the need for notching.

HES straps are less than 40% of the weight, quicker to fit, and overcome many
fixing problems associated with traditional heavy straps. 129-150
B2
The LES is designed for vertical applications e.g. holding down wall plates.

• CE Marked.
• 1.5mm thick.
• Formed edge design gives additional strength on bend. 35
• Complies with BS EN 845-1.
33
• Quicker to install - can fit over top of floor joists and truss bottom chords.
• Easier to course with blockwork. B2
• No need to notch joists.

Material: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel

Horizontal strap installation: Approved Document A of the

Patent GB 2423532
Building Regulations requires lateral restraint to be provided at each floor at a
maximum of 2 metre centres.

Restraint straps "perpendicular" to the floor joists are required to be held tight LES
against the masonry and fixed across the first 3 joists.

Restraint straps "parallel" to the floor joists are required to be held tight to the B1

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

masonry and be at least 1200mm long.

The characteristic tensile strength for horizontal restraint straps should not be
less than 8kN.

Vertical strap installation: Vertical strapping at least 1 metre in length

should be provided at eaves level at intervals not exceeding 2 metres.

HES/LES Item Codes and Performance Values

15 Dimension
[mm]
Fasteners Characteristic
Model
Type Load
No. Masonry Floor Joist or
B1 B2 Wall Plate [kN]
Wall Rafter
HES06B10 500 100

HES08B10 700 100

8 off Certificate numbers
Heavy
HES10B10 900 100 - 3.75x30mm - 8.0 HES: RD1160211A
Engineered Strap
Square Twist Nails
HES12B10 1100 100 LES: RD1160211B
HES15B10 1400 100

LES06B10 500 100

LES08B10 700 100 5 off 3 off

Light
5.5x50mm - 3.75x30mm 4.0
Engineered Strap
LES10B10 900 100 Wood Screw (1) Square Twist Nails

LES12B10 1100 100

1. Wood screws to be plugged and screwed into masonry. The lowest fixing to be within 150mm of the bottom of the strap.

148
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

H/L Flat Twist Double Twist

Heavy/Light Restraint Straps
H and L straps are designed to The Building Regulations, BS 5268 Part
9 MI
3 and other building standards for vertical and horizontal restraint when N.
connecting timber floor and roof systems to masonry walls. T
• Heavy restraint straps meet requirements for lateral restraint of roof B
trusses, rafters and joists tied into masonry walls. 45
±5 B
• Light restraint straps are designed for vertical loads such as wall B
plates on top of masonry walls.
• All common sizes in stock from 500 to 2000mm long, T2
100mm increments.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. T

1
Finish: Pre-galvanised and edge coated.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

Bend Double Bend
• Horizontal lateral restraint straps should be spaced not more than
2m centres and attached to at least 3 timber members through the B B
B2
use of noggings and packing. Attach to timber members using a B1

minimum of 8 no. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. The bend length
B
should be a minimum of 100mm and should be positioned at the 1
centre of an uncut block or brick.

• Vertical restraint strapping should be at least 1m long. Where straps

are fixed to masonry, hardened nails Ø4mm x 75mm long or wood
screws into plugs Ø5.5 x 50mm long should be used. The number
of fixings should be in accordance with the design requirements and
the lowest fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of
the vertical strap.

To order: Specify model series, overall length, bend (B) dimension and/or
twist (T) dimension.
B
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

T1
B1
Example: Heavy strap that has an overall length of 1m, a bend at 10cm
and a twist at 20cm. (See illustration for detail on measuring bend & twist
dimensions).

H 10 B10 T20 Bend and Twist

Strap Bend Twist

Strap
Length Length Length
Type
(dm) (cm) (cm)
15
Common Bent Strap Sizes Common Twisted Strap Sizes Common Flat Strap Sizes
Dimension [mm] Dimension [mm] Dimension [mm]
Model Model Model
No. No. No.
B B1 B T1 B

H06B15 600 150 H06T15 600 150 H10F00 1000

H08B15 800 150 H10T15 1000 150 L10F00 1000
H10B15 1000 150 L06T10 600 100
H12B15 1200 150 L10T10 1000 100
H15B15 1500 150 L12T10 1200 100
H16B15 1600 150 L12T15 1200 150
L06B10 600 100
L10B10 1000 100
L12B10 1200 100

149
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

Floor Applications
Strap is easier to course
with blockwork

The solid timber or I-Joist nogging can be fitted by

either skew nailing or ZS Clips (using ZS clips will
make fitting easier).

The HES strap can be fitted over joists without the The HES strap can be used in
need to notch the web or flange. conjunction with solid timber noggins.

The HES or H strap can also be fitted underneath the The HES strap can be fitted over metal web

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

top flange of the I-Joist. joists without the need to notch the flange.

Installation:

Horizontal lateral restraint straps should

be spaced not more than 2m centres and
attached to at least 3 timber members
through the use of noggings and packing.
15
Attach to timber members using a
minimum of 8 no. 3.75 x 30mm square
twist nails. The bend length should be
a minimum of 100mm and should be
positioned at the centre of an uncut block
or brick.

The downturn of strap is to be held tight

against the cavity face of the inner leaf of
blockwork.
HES strap used in conjuntion with solid timber joists.

150
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

Roof Applications
Fixing to Solid Noggings

• Straps to be installed at not more than 2m centres (or 1.25m where appropriate) along pitch of
1 gable end.
• Ensure the position of the straps coincides with the block bed joint.
• Install HES or H strap to underside of solid noggings. Noggings to be fixed horizontally to avoid
twisting of the restraint straps. (1)
• The downturn of strap is to be held tight against the cavity face of the inner leaf of blockwork (2),
preferably located and bedded on a substantial piece of blockwork, i.e. over the centre of a full
block, with a single cut block over the strap. (3)
2 • Fix straps to noggings/trusses with eight 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails, evenly distributed
along the length of the strap. (For NHBC warrantied buildings, in accordance with NHBC
3 Standards 2017, section 7.2.8, four 50mm (minimum) x 4mm steel screws or four 75mm x 4mm
round wire nails, with one fixing into the third rafter, shall be used instead of the square twist
nails).
• Strap to be of sufficient length to be fixed to a minimum of three trusses.

Fixing to Longitudinal Binder to Truss Web

• Straps to be installed at not more than 2m centres (or 1.25m where appropriate) along pitch of
2 gable end
• Install HES or H strap on the 25 x 100mm longitudinal Web bracing (1)
• Where the position of the strap does not coincide with an existing longitudinal binder, then the
1
strap may be fixed to an additional 25 x 100mm binder, as shown in the detail below. The binder
is to be fixed over four trusses and nailed twice to each rafter with 3.35 x 65mm round wire nails.
• The downturn of strap is to be held tight against the cavity face of the inner leaf of blockwork (2),
preferably located on the full block. Notch the blocks to accommodate the twist of the strap and
ensure notch is fully mortared.
• Fix straps to bracing with eight 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails, evenly distributed along the
length of the strap (For NHBC warrantied buildings, in accordance with NHBC standards 2017,
section 7.2.8, eight 25mm x 4mm steel screws shall be used instead of the square twist nails).
• Strap to be of sufficient length to be fixed to a minimum of three trusses.

Fixing to Longitudinal Binder to Truss Web

1

3 • Straps to be installed at not more than 2m centres (or 1.25m where appropriate) along pitch of
gable end.
• Install HES or H strap on the 25 x 100mm longitudinal Rafter bracing (1)
• Where the position of the strap does not coincide with an existing longitudinal binder, and block
bed joint, then the strap can be fixed to an additional 25 x 100mm binder. The binder is to be
fixed over four trusses and nailed twice to each rafter with 3.35 x 65mm round wire nails.
• Ensure the position of the additional binder and strap coincide with the block bed joint
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• The downturn of strap is to be held tight against the cavity face of the inner leaf of blockwork (2),
preferably located and bedded on a substantial piece of blockwork, i.e. over the centre of a full
block, with a single cut block over the strap (3) (notch the block to accommodate the twist of the
strap and ensure notch is fully mortared).
2
• Fix straps to bracing with eight 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails, evenly distributed along the
length of the strap (For NHBC warrantied buildings, in accordance with NHBC Standards 2017,
section 7.2.8, eight 25mm x 4mm steel screws shall be used instead of the square twist nails).
• Strap to be of sufficient length to be fixed to a minimum of three trusses.

Vertical Application: 15
Fix LES or L strap to wall plate with 3 No.
3.75 x 30mm square twist nails and to
masonry with 5 off dia. 5.5 x 50mm wood
screws, plugged and screwed into masonry.

The lowest fixing should be located within

150mm of the bottom of the vertical strap.

Where L strap is fixed to truss, install with 3.75

x 30mm square twist nails, quantity depending
on required uplift values.

LES or L Strap to Wall Plate Twisted L Strap to Truss

151
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

FMS Folded Mini Strap

The FMS strap range provides restraint to masonry walls when the walls are supporting joist ends. They make
installation easier, quicker and more cost effective - without compromising on wall stability.
Bend Reinforced
In place of the traditional heavy strap at 2.0m c/c spacing, the FMS strap with Embossment
is installed to provide restraint at every joist end, whether built in or on
hangers. So there’s no need to calculate where the straps go, or worry FMS
about getting one in the wrong place.

Only 3 No 3.75 x 30mm

Every job gets done quicker and more smoothly. The FMS strap goes on square twist nails required
every joist end up to 600mm c/c spacing, and blockwork up to 125mm to fix to joist
thick. 129-150
• Ideal solution for 2 ½ & 3 storey buildings which require straps on joist
ends when built in to masonry walls
• Improves quality of build 375mm
• Saves time and labour costs
• Greatly reduces scope for installation errors
• Simplifies on-site inspection process
• Accepted by NHBC

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

FMS - For use where the joist and FMSB - For use in conjunction FMSC - For use with coursing
hanger are the same height: with joists built into walls: masonry hangers:

1. Place carried joist into hanger, 1. Sit joist onto blockwork, 1. Place carried joist into hanger,
securing joist into the hanger by ensuring that joist is fully securing joist into the hanger by
installing all specified fixings. bearing onto supporting installing all specified fixings.
2. Sit FMS strap on top of joist masonry. 2. Fit FMSC strap to side of joist
as shown above, ensuring the 2. Fit FMSB strap to side of joist as shown below, ensuring the
return is hooked over supporting at the bottom as shown above, return is hooked over supporting
masonry and is tight against ensuring the return is hooked masonry and is tight against
15 outer face of masonry. over supporting masonry and outer face of the masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square is tight against outer face of the 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square
twist nails into the side of joist. masonry. twist nails through holes into the
4. Build remaining block work above 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30 square side of joist.
joist and strap. twist nails through holes into 4. Build remaining block work
side of joist. above joist and strap.
4. Build remaining blockwork
between and above joist and
strap. See note 2.

Notes:
1. All joist ends require a folded mini strap.
2. Standard masonry hangers require a minimum of 3 courses (675mm)of blockwork with mortar fully cured before applying a load to the floor.

152
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

HSA Herringbone Strut

Superior alternative to unreliable, slow and costly
timber struts. Meets bracing requirements for long
span domestic floors.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

B
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. 53

• Generally required at centre of span when floor

27mm HSA
joists exceed 2.5 metres. Spans exceeding 4.5
metres require two rows spaced at 1/3 and 2/3
span.
• HSA come sized to suit joist centre spacing of
400, 450 & 600mm.
• See tables for spacing. Common model width
27mm.

HSA Selection Guide HSA Item Codes

Joist Spacing [mm]

Qty Fasteners
Joist Size B
Model No. (3.75x30mm
[mm] [mm]
square twist nail)
400 450 600

50 x 175 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA400 480 2

50 x 200 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA450 530 2

50 x 225 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA600 660 2

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

15

Typical HSA Installation

153
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

LSTA Strap Tie

A
Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used as ridge ties
and at wall intersections. LSTA24

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

• Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Otherwise, the LSTA9
load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.

B B
LSTA Item Codes and Performance Values
Dimensions [mm] SWL Characteristic
Model
Material Qty Fasteners(1) (Long Term) Capacity
No.
A B [kN] [kN]

LSTA9 1.0 32 228 8 1.40 75

LSTA18 1.0 32 457 14 2.45 5.10

LSTA24 1.0 32 610 18 3.15

1. Refers to 3.75X30mm square twist nail.

LTS/MTS Strap Ties

Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members.

• Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used
as ridge ties and at wall intersections.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

• Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Other-
wise, the load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.
MTS
Installed

LTS/MTS Item Codes and Performance Values

15 Model
Material
Dimensions [mm]
Qty Fasteners(1)
SWL
Characteristic
Capacity
No. (Long Term) [kN]
A B [kN]

LTS18 1.2 32 457 12 2.07 2.89

MTS12 1.5 32 302 12 2.41 4.02

1. Refers to 3.75X30mm square twist nail.

154
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

HTT - Tension Tie

Ideal for existing or new construction, tension ties provide a high strength
timber to concrete, or timber to masonry, tension connection.

The long vertical leg makes it possible to add the required number of
fasteners (CNA nails or CSA Screws) in a vertical post and still comply to A
relevant standards with regards to fastener spacing requirements.

The unique design of the HTT – a multi ply seat formed from a single piece
of steel - gives the tension tie extra strength at the concrete / masonry
anchorage point.
HTT22E
HTT5
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
C B

HTT Product Dimensions

Dimensions [mm] Qty Holes Flange A Qty Holes Flange B
Model
Reference Key Hole
A B C t tbase Ø4.7 Ø5 Ø17 Ø17
Ø21 -> Ø16
HTT5 404 62 64 2.8 11.4 26 1

HTT22E 558 62 64 3.0 12.5 31 3 1

HTT Product Capacities

Fasteners Characteristic Capacity - C24 Graded Timber [kN]
Model
Reference Flange A Flange B R1,k
Qty Qty Anchor CNA4.0x40 CNA4.0x50 CNA4.0x60 CSA5.0x40 CSA5.0x50

HTT5 14 1 M16 18.6 23.3 24.8 - -

HTT22E 24 1 M16 37.5 42.3 48.4 45.5 53.9

Fasteners Safe Working Loads - C24 Graded Timber - Short Term [kN]
Model
Reference Flange A Flange B R1,SWL
Qty Qty Anchor CNA4.0x40 CNA4.0x50 CNA4.0x60 CSA5.0x40 CSA5.0x50

HTT5 14 1 M16 9.3 11.7 12.4 - -

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

HTT22E 24 1 M16 18.8 21.2 24.2 22.8 27.0

Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

(1) Use the specified quantity and type of fasteners to attach the strap to the timber structure.
(2) For HTT the holes illustrated right must always be filled.
(3) Bolt the base of HTT to the concrete, or masonry, with a suitable anchor.
Refer to section 19 for suitable Anchor / Resin fixings.
(4) It must be checked that the anchor fulfils the following: F1,d
≤1
Ranchor,d
15
For HTT5 these For HTT22E these
holes must holes must
always be filled. always be filled.
F1
F1

Typical HTT
Timber frame
installation
Typical HTT
installation into
a masonry wall

155
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Restraint Straps

FB Fixing Band
FB fixing band is for all general light strapping needs. Perfect for DIY, industrial and
agricultural applications. Comes in convenient 10 metre rolls.

W
NE FB20A fixing band is supplied in a heavy duty plastic dispenser, which keeps it
secure making it much easier to unroll. FB20S

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel and stainless steel options available.

Installation:

• FB can be easily bent or twisted for many versatile installations.

• Install FB20A using 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
• Install FB20S using stainless steel nails.

FB20A

FB20S FB20A in Rugged Dispenser

FB Item Codes
Dimensions [mm] Hole Sizes [mm] Characteristic
Model

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Material Material Tensile Capacity
No.
Width Length Round Square [kN]

FB20A Pre-galvanised mild steel 0.9 20mm 10M Ø4 & Ø7 7x7 3.0

FB20S Stainless Steel 1.0 20mm 10M Ø4 & Ø6.5 - 5.0

15

156
 Simpson
Simpson
Strong-Tie
Strong-Tie
®
Connectors
®
Connectors
for Timber
for Timber
andand
Masonry
Masonry
Construction
Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profile

The UK’s most popular solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry
walls/columns. The only system with “snap out” ties which can be positioned
anywhere along the channel for a universal fit.

The C2K Crocodile Wall Starter is a quality engineered wall connector system that
has been developed for use with most brick and block modules. This system has
been designed for multi-purpose use where reliability and durability are important
requirements. It provides lateral support to masonry wall panels in conversion,
33
extension and new building work.

• BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work.

• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.

The multi-purpose ‘no flange profile’ that has been designed to cater for brick and
block walls of widths from 60 to 250mm. Ideal for internal and external applications
where both sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.

Material:

Stainless Steel Profiles: Austenitic stainless steel.

Mild Steel Profiles: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.

Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy powder coating.

2236
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

16 Typical C2K Installation. 16

The appropriate fixings and fastenings are included Fixing
in the C2K packaging. Positions

2203

157
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profile

Installation:

• Use all specified fasteners.

• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed into the bricks or block and not into mortar
joints.
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into the mortar joints.
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.

Model No. Connector Total New Wall

No. Shear
Width Length Thickness
Fixings Strength1
Galvanised Stainless Steel [mm] [mm] [mm]

C2KG C2KS 6 33 2236 60 - 250 3.5kN

1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of autoclave aerated concrete blocks with a minimum crushing
of strength 3.5 N/mm2.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

“... ferritic stainless steel is unlikely to
have sufficient corrosion resistance
for use in cavity walls...”

Not all stainless steel is the same

According to the BRE (Building Research Establishment):

16 Simpson Strong-Tie wall starters are manufactured

from premium quality ‘austinetic’ stainless steel.
Some wall starters are made from the inferior
‘ferritic’ type of stainless steel. If a magnet sticks to
it, then the steel is NOT austenitic.

158
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

WTS Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie

Type 2, Type 3 and Type 4 Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties.

WTS2: Type 2 Wall Ties: Masonry General Purpose

Type 2 wall ties are suitable for general purpose applications such as domestic and small commercial buildings up
to 15m in height. They can also be used in buildings with heights exceeding 15m, but should only be used in those
situations if shown to be of adequate performance by calculation. Use in flat sites where the basic wind speed is up to
31 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.

WTS3: Type 3 Wall Ties: Masonry General Purpose

Sames as Type 2, but with the fundamental wind velocity limited to 27 m/s.

IRC001 Insulation Disc

• Suitable for use with
all cavity wall ties.
• Used to hold
insulation material
back to structure.

WTS4: Type 4 Wall Ties: Masonry Light Duty

Type 4 wall ties are light duty, suitable for box-form dwellings up to 10 metres high with leaves of similar
thickness, including internal separating cavity walls. Use in flat sites in towns and cities where the basic wind speed
does not exceed 25 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.

WTS4: Type A Approval

WTS4-200 and WTS4-225 ties meet the requirements of Approved Document E: Resistance to the Passage of Sound and are
suitable for use in separating party walls of new build attached dwellings.

WTS2, WTS3 and WTS4 Performance Values

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Tensile Strength
Minimum Mortar Declared Compressive
WTS Type Declared Tensile at
Class Compressive Strength at 1mm
Type Classification(1) Strength [N] 1mm
and Designation Strength [N] Displacement [N]
Displacement [N]

WTS2 Type 2 M2 (iv) 2060 950 2040 1650

WTS3 Type 3 M2 (iv) 1100 950 800 740

WTS4 Type 4 M2 (iv) 1350 530 460 290

Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length

Length of
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie
[mm]
[mm]
16
WTS2-200
50-75 200
WTS4-200

WTS2-225
76-100 225
WTS4-225

WTS2-250
101-125 250
WTS4-250

WTS2-275
126-150 275
WTS4-275

WTS3-300 150-175 300

159
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

Recommended Positioning and Density

For walls in which both leaves are 90mm or
thicker, masonry ties need to be placed at
not less than 2.5 per square metre (900mm
horizontal x 450mm vertical centres).

The ties should be evenly distributed

throughout the wall area, with the
exception of around openings and should be
staggered where possible.

Insulation Board

Where insulation board is installed within the

cavity and restrained by ties with insulation
retaining clips
(Simpson Strong-Tie ref. IRC001), it may be
necessary to reduce the
horizontal spacing of the ties to 600mm.

At vertical edges of an opening,

unreturned or unbonded edges, and vertical
expansion joints - additional ties should be
used at a rate of one per 300mm (height) and
located not more than 225mm from the edge. Please note: ties should be embedded into
the mortar. Not shown above for clarity.

Length of Tie and Embedment

Wall ties should be of the correct length to ensure
they are fully embedded in the masonry.

The tie should have a minimum embedment

of 50mm in each leaf, but also allow for site
tolerances relating to the cavity width and centring

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

of the tie.

The recommended tie lengths will therefore

achieve an embedment of between 62.5mm and
75mm.

For the most suitable tie length, see the

“Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length”
table (previous page).

Sound Resistance: As stated within the Approved Document E 2003 - Resistance to the Passage of Sound - wall ties used
in external and separating cavity walls have to have a minimum value of dynamic stiffness to reduce the transmission of airborne
16 noise. Ties are separated into Type A and Type B.

• Type A: Can be used in separating walls and external walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They
can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 4.8 MN/m3.
• Type B: Can only be used in external cavity walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They can be
butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 113 MN/m3.

160
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

WST Stainless Steel Wall Starter Tie

WST is a screw in wall starter tie designed to join new masonry to existing walls
without the need for jointing. Each tie is supplied with a nylon wall plug.

• Provides lateral stability for brickwork to blockwork.

• Suitable for use with interior or exterior walls.
• Simply drill a hole, place the wall plug and screw the tie into place.
• CE marked to EN 845-1:2013.
135mm
Applications:

• Extensions.
• Conservatories.
• Garden Walls.

Material 38mm

• Wall Tie: Austenitic Stainless Steel.

• Wall Plug: Nylon.

Installation

• Ties should be fixed at 225mm vertical centres and be central to each leaf of the new wall.
• Drill a hole for the wall plug (Ø10 x 45mm) and insert the nylon wall plug.
• Ties may be fixed horizontally into the mortar joint of the existing wall, or at an angle of 30° to
the horizontal and then bent into the bed joint of the new brickwork. When fixing the tie into
the mortar joint, ensure the mortar is sound (i.e. not soft or crumbly) and is capable of taking
the fixings and the loads applied to it.
• Build the tie into the new leaf of the blockwork, ensuring that it is surrounded by mortar.

WST Performance Values

Declared Tensile Tensile Strength at Declared Shear Shear Strength at

Item
Strength 1mm Displacement Strength 1mm Displacement
Code
[N] [N] [N] [N]
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

WST135 1560 1450 1860 940

Note: Performance values stated above are based upon tests undertaken with the wall plug installed into mortar of compressive
strength class M2 designation (iv), that had cured for 28 days.

Typical WST Installation.

16

161
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

WSTC Stainless Steel Cavity Wall Tie

WSTC is a screw in cavity wall tie suitable for connecting a new leaf of masonry to
an existing structure.

• Supplied with nylon wall plug and neoprene 'O' ring.

• Suits cavities 50 to 125mm.
• CE marked to EN 845-1:2013.

Material

• Wall Tie: Austenitic Stainless Steel. B

• Wall Plug: Nylon.
• 'O' Ring: Neoprene.

Applications

• Inner leaf walls for existing structures such as barn conversions.

Installation
38mm
• Tie should be fixed into brickwork, blockwork or stone.
• Tie must be installed horizontally.
• Position the tie so that the mortar end is located in the bed joint of the new leaf of
blockwork or brickwork.
• Drill a hole for the wall plug (Ø10 x 45mm) and insert the nylon wall plug.
• Slide the neoprene 'O' ring onto the tie and screw into the plug.
• Build the tie into the new leaf of blockwork ensuring that it is surrounded by mortar.

WST Performance Values

Tensile Strength Declared Compressive
Tie Length Cavity Declared Tensile
Item at Compressive Strength at 1mm
B Widths Strength
Code 1mm Strength Displacement
[mm] [mm] [N]
Displacement [N] [N] [N]

WSTC180 180 50 - 75 1560 1150 2250 1860

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

WSTC200 200 76 -100 1560 1150 2250 1860

WSTC230 230 101 - 125 1560 1150 2250 1860

Typical WSTC Installation.

16

162
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

CWT Cavity Wall Tie

21.5mm
CWT is a strip cavity tie with a designed embedment length of 62.5mm. It can be
used in conjuction with the IRC001.

• Suitable for use with cavities 50-175mm.

• Conforms to PD 6697:2010 as a Type 1 wall tie which can be used for all
types of building of any height and location in the British Isles.
• Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during construction and
prevents water from crossing to the inner leaf of the masonry.
B
Material:
Astenitic stainless steel.

Installation:
For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm
or more, unless otherwise specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally, 450mm centres vertically and staggered
where possible with a minimum density of 2.5 ties per square metre.
B ( 0.5 )
Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control joints. These should
be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre to centre.

Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of cavity widths this is
usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal tie spacing to 600mm centres.

CWT tie can be used with IRC001 insulation discs to hold rigid insulation in place.

CWT Performance Values

Tensile Strength
Minimum Mortar Declared Compressive
Type Declared Tensile at
Class Compressive Strength at 1mm
Classification(1) Strength [N] 1mm
and Designation Strength [N] Displacement [N]
Displacement [N]

Type 1 M2 (iv) 3020 1470 2630 2133

1. In accordance with PD6697.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length

Length (B) of
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie
[mm]
[mm]

CWT50 50 175

CWT75 51 -75 200

CWT100 76 - 100 225

CWT125 101 - 125 250

CWT150 126 - 150 275

CWT175 151 - 175 300 16

Typical CWT installation.

Please note: tie should be
embedded into the mortar. Not
shown above for clarity.

163
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Tie and Insulation Clip

LWTS: Type 3 Cavity Ties: 18mm
General purpose ties suitable for cavity
widths up to 75mm. Suitable for use in
masonry cavity walls of domestic houses
and small commercial buildings up to 15m B
in height, where the basic wind speed does
not exceed 44m/s.

Material: Cavity Wall Tie: Austenitic

stainless steel. Insulation Clip: Black plastic.

LWTS
Installation:
For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of
90mm or more, unless otherwise specified
place ties at 900mm centres horizontally,
450mm centres vertically and staggered
where possible with a minimum density of
2.5 ties per square metre. IRC001 Insulation Disc

Additional ties should be used at the

• Suitable for use with all
cavity wall ties.
unbonded vertical edges of an opening or
at movement control joints. These should
• Used to hold insulation
material back to structure.
be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening
edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre
• 75mm diameter.

to centre.

Ties should be embedded into each leaf by

at least 50mm, however to allow for normal
tolerances of cavity widths this is usually
increased. When using insulation batts, it
may be necessary to reduce the horizontal
tie spacing to 600mm centres.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

LWTS Performance Values
Declared Tensile Declared Compressive
Minimum
Cavity Tensile Strength Compressive Strength
Wall Tie Length Type Mortar Class
Model No Width Strength at 1mm Strength at 1mm
B [mm] Classification(1) and
[mm] Displacement Deflection
Designation
[N] [N] [N] [N]

LWTS 50 - 75 205 Type 3 M2 (IV) 1330 600 2050 1125

1. In accordance with PD6697.

16

164
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

FTC Cavity Frame Tie

FTC is a cavity frame tie which can be used for masonry to masonry Ø8mm x 30mm
or concrete to masonry or steel to masonry construction.
50mm

• 8mm diameter vertical slot to accomodate M6 fixings.

• Suitable for use on cavities ranging from 50mm to 150mm.
• Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during
construction and prevents water from crossing the cavity to the
building's inner leaf.
B
Material: Austenitic stainless steel.
21.5mm
Installation:
• Install to concrete with mechanical or resin anchors; to steel with self drilling screws and to masonry with
suitable plugs and screws.
• Minimum 18mm diameter washer required in all instances. For stated tension loads to apply, the fixing must
be installed at the bottom of the slot.
• Isolation pads or sleeves are required to isolate stainless steel frame ties from mild steel support or fixings.

FTC Performance Values

Declared Compressive
Cavity Widths Declared Tensile Tensile Strength at
Compressive Strength at 1mm
[mm] Strength [N] 1mm Displacement [N]
Strength [N] Displacement [N]

Up to 75 3080 1026
1670 556
76 - 150 2410 1011

1. Fasteners not specidied. Installer to select own fastener. Tensile capacity to be a minimum of SST declared load or fastener tensile/pull-out load.

Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length

Please note: tie should
Length (B) be embedded into the
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie mortar. Not shown for
[mm]
[mm]
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

clarity.

FT175C C ( 0.3 ) 50 125

FT200C 75 150

FT225C 100 175

FT250C 125 200

FT275C 150 225

Brick to block work installation.

16

Brick to steel installation. Brick to concrete installation.

165
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

FT Frame Tie
When fixing windows, door frames etc. to masonry the frame tie
provides enhanced mortar keying and reduces the risk of injury from
50mm
sharp edges.

Length
Item Code Item Code
B B
(Galvanised) (Stainless Steel)
[mm]
FT150 FT150S 100
FT175 FT175S 125
FT200 FT200S 150
FT225 FT225S 175
FT250 FT250S 200
21.5mm

Frame Tie would be fully

embedded into mortar.

FT-DB Frame Debonding Tie

50mm
If tying new masonry to an existing structure with individual ties,
the designer may choose a frame debonding tie.

Length
Item Code B
B
(Galvanised)
[mm]
FT150DB 100
FT200DB 150
FT250DB 200

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

BST/DBST Bonding and Strip Debonding Ties
If straight joints are formed in runs of masonry wall, the designer may either wish to form a
bond or allow movement. This can be achived using bonding or debonding strip ties.

BST/DBST Item Codes and Performance Data

DBST

Item Code Shear

Declared
Strength
Length B Shear B
Material at 1mm
[mm] Strength
Displacement
Bonding Debonding [N]
[N]
16 Tie Tie

BST200G DBST200G Galvanised

200
BST200S DBST200S Stainless
BST225G DBST225G Galvanised
225 959 333
BST225S DBST225S Stainless BST
BST250G DBST250G Galvanised
250
BST250S DBST250S Stainless
B

166
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

CH Channel and Tie System

An accepted method of tying masonry to a framed structure is the use of steel 25mm
channels and ties. This allows the channel to be fixed to the framed structure during
or shortly after construction and the ties to be applied later by the bricklayer as the
masonry is raised. 14mm

Channels are available in stainless steel or epoxy powder coated galvanised steel.

The latter when used in conjuction with stainless steel ties, being approved by
B.R.E. Report No. 235599.

CH25 Channel
CH Channels
Item Code Item Code Length B
(Stainless Steel) (Epoxy Coated Galvanised) [mm]
Cavity Tie
CH25/14SS0750 CH25/14PG0750 750
CH25/14SS1200 CH25/14PG1200 1200
CH25/14SS2400 CH25/14PG2400 2400
CH25/14SS2700 CH25/14PG2700 2700
B 21.5mm
CH25/14SS3000 CH25/14PG3000 3000

• Structural engineer to determine the correct fixing to be used to secure the channl to the structure.
• Hole diameter in channel = Ø5.5mm at 75mm cc.

CH Cavity Ties
Cavity ties are used to tie masonry back to framework across a cavity, yet resist the ingress of moisture.
Tensile Load [N] Compressive Load [N]
Item Code Clear Cavity Length B
(Stainless Steel) Width [mm] [mm]
1mm Servicability Ultimate 1mm Servicability Ultimate
CH/T50C 50 117.5
CH/T75C 75 142.5 400 1200 700 2100
CH/T100C 100 167.5

CH Bonding Ties
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Bonding ties are designed to bond masonry firmly back to the frame, resisting both lateral and longitudinal forces. One example of their
use would include a short run of masonry fixed to a column adjacent to an opening. In such cases the wall is particularly vulnerable to
lateral loads, hence bonding ties are a solution.
Shear Load [N]
Item Code Length B
(Stainless Steel) [mm]
1mm Servicability Ultimate
CH/T150B 142.5 240 720

CH Debonding Ties
Debonding ties are designed to provide a level of lateral stability whilst allowing the wall to move longitudinally. This is achieved by
providing plastic sleeves for the ties within which the tie can slip.
Shear Load [N]
Item Code Tie Length Sleeve Length
(Tie) B [mm]
1mm Servicability Ultimate
[mm] 16
CH/T150DB 142.5 240 720 140

Bonding Tie Debonding Tie (with sleeve)

167
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while
maintaining a clear cavity.

The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or
SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Manufactured from austenitic stainless steel.

A Type 6 wall tie is suitable for use in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of movement.

Location Density of Ties Spacing [mm]

All South East England and Town and

City sites where basic wind speed does 4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375
not exceed 52m/sec

All sites where basic wind speed

7 ties per m 2 600 x 225
exceeds 52m/sec

Available Options
Length of
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie
[mm]
[mm]

BTS50N SWT50 50 124

BTS75N SWT75 75 149

BTS100N SWT100 100 174

BTS Installation
Performance Values
Tensile Strength Declared Compressive
Declared Tensile
Model Type at 1mm Compressive Strength at 1mm
Application Strength
Range Classification Displacement Strength Displacement
[N]
[N] [N] [N]

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Timber Frame
BTS Type 6 600 200 414 138
Wall Tie

SWT SIP Wall Tie Type 6 714 238 414 138

SWT Screw
(Supplied)
Timber Frame Installation
Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).

SIP Installation
Due to having to fix to OSB alone, when building with SIP, a stainless steel
16 screw (supplied with the tie) is required to maintain the strength of the
connection.

168
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

HELI Thin Joint Masonry Tie

Type 3 stainless steel cavity wall ties for thin joint blockwork systems of masonry construction and other
applications where the joints of the inner and outer leafs of masonry do not course.

• Ties can be hammered directly into the AAC concrete block without the need for pre-drilling.
• A continuous helix ensures multiple drip points that prevent moisture crossing the cavity.
• Suitable for use with cavities 50mm to 150mm.
• Thin joint wall ties are cold-roll profiled and twisted to form a 7mm diameter helical tie
with a cross sectional area of just 9mm2.
• Can be used in conjunction with the IRC insulation retaining clip where insulation
has to be retained in the cavity. B
• An installation tool is required to hammer the tie into the AAC block.

Material: Stainless Steel

SDS Drill(2) or SDS Drill(2) or

Hammer Installation Tool Hammer Installation Tool

Masonry Installation, shown with

IRC insulation retaining clip.

Masonry Tie Performance Values

Minimum Declared Tensile Strength Declared Compressive Strength
Type Mortar Tensile at 1mm Compressive at 1mm
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Model
Classification Class and Strength Displacement Strength Displacement
Designation [N] [N] [N] [N]

HELI07 3 M2 (iv) 1460 670 1250 620

Thin Joint Masonry Tie Embedment Parameters

Cavity Tie Minimum Tie Embedment Depth [mm]

Item Code Width Length B
[mm] [mm]
3.5 N/mm2 AAC Block(1) Mortar
HELI07205A2 50 205 80 70

HELI07230A2 50 - 75 230 80 70 16
HELI07255A2 75 - 100 255 80 70

HELI07280A2 100 - 125 280 80 70

HELI07305A2 125 - 150 305 80 70

1. AAC: Autoclaved Aerated Concrete.

2. HELI07SDS - SDS dirill installation tool - sold separately.

169
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

SCF/GCF Bricktie®-Tying Masonry Leaves Together

Bricktie® was developed to overcome the problems associated
with lifting heavy blocks in the construction of 215 mm and greater
thickness walls.

The use of Bricktie® allows the construction of collar-jointed

walls – made up from two thinner blocks in accordance with BS
5628-1. By tying the two masonry leaves together, the wall may be
designed as though it were solid construction.

Bricktie® provides an effective and time-saving solution to most

wall combinations and consists of a 20 x 3 mm flat tie welded to
two longitudinal flattened reinforcing wires.

Bricktie® is available in 175 mm width, to suit a 215 mm

collar-jointed wall, constructed from two leaves of
100 mm blockwork.

Bricktie® is widely used for tying and reinforcing composite

masonry walls.

The use of Bricktie® also enables a fair-faced block finish to both

sides of the wall by adopting a collar-joint construction. Similarly,
a single solid brick wall 215mm in thickness can be constructed
using stretcher bond couring without the need for any additional
ties.

• CE marked to BS EN 845-3:2012: For bed reinforcement applications

• Declaration of Performance CI.0014.BKZW

Dimensions & Weight

Product Dimensions
Wall Thickness
Reference Material
Wire Diameter Width Length [mm]
[mm] [mm] [mm]

SCF35W175 Stainless Steel 3.5 175 2700 215

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

SCF40W175 Stainless Steel 4.0 175 2700 215

SCF50W175 Stainless Steel 5.0 175 2700 215

GCF35W175 Galvanised 3.5 175 2700 215

GCF40W175 Galvanised 4.0 175 2700 215

GCF50W175 Galvanised 5.0 175 2700 215

16

Bricktie® should be installed on a bed of mortar (omitted from picture for clarity).
170
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

SBT/GBT Bricktor ® - Crack Control Reinforcement

Bricktor® Crack Control Reinforcement, or CCR for
short, is a thin gauge steel wire rectangular welded mesh
used by bricklayers as a non-structural crack control
reinforcement within standard brickwork mortar joints,
thin joint aircrete blockwork joints or stone walls.

The welded wire mesh is used to prevent, or reduce,

cracking in walls by bonding the masonry units together
and strengthening the parts of the masonry panel where
it is installed, providing a cost effective and reliable
method of optimising the strength and durability of the
masonry structure or façade

• Bonds and strengthens corners and wall intersections

• Minimum overlap 225mm
• Bonds walls to reinforced concrete frames
• Safe handling and easy to cut and shape on site
• Fully compliant to BS and Eurocode standards
• CE marked to BS EN 845-3:2012: For bed reinforcement applications in NON - STRUCTURAL USES.
• Declaration of Perfromance CI.0015.BKZW
• Install onto a bed of mortar not directly on to the masonry.

Dimensions & Weight

Product Dimensions
Wall Wall Thickness
Reference Material
Width Length Location [mm]
[mm] [m]

SBT60CCR Stainless Steel 60 25 1 100 - 125

SBT100CCR Stainless Steel 100 25 1 140 - 150

SBT160CCR Stainless Steel 160 25 1 190 - 200

SBT180CCR Stainless Steel 180 25 1 200 - 225

GBT60CCR Galvanised 60 25 2 100 - 125

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

GBT100CCR Galvanised 100 25 2 140 - 150

GBT160CCR Galvanised 160 25 2 190 - 200

GBT180CCR Galvanised 180 25 2 200 - 225

1. External Walls including Internal Leaf of Cavity Wall

2. Internal Walls only

Window Opening Changes in Profile

16

Door Opening Walls on Suspended Floors/Beams

171
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

SBF/GBF Brickforce® - Bed Joint Structural Reinforcement

Brickforce® is designed for structural reinforced masonry
applications and consists of two main parallel wires
joined by in-line welded cross wires. It adds strength to
help wall panels cope with lateral wind loads, allowing
the designer more flexibility and the bricklayer an easier
product to handle and position.

The main wires are manufactured into a flattened profile

to enable the product to be easily installed on to a mortar
bed without steel build-up problems at lap positions and
corners/ junctions, or when used in conjunction with wall
ties. Brickforce® is available in a range of different wire
diameters for specific structural loading situations and in
a variety of product widths to suit different block or brick
leaf construction.

To ensure the correct product is used, every strip of

Brickforce® is marked by ink jetting, with the product
name and size code, plus CE Mark

Manufactured from either stainless steel for use in

external solid or cavity walls, or galvanised steel for use
in dry internal walls.

• Suitable for a wide range of applications

• Available to suit almost any wall shape and make up
• Full continuity of reinforcement
• Easy installation by bricklayers
• CE marked to BS EN 845-3:2012
• Declaration of Performance: CI.0016.BKZW

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

16

172
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

Dimensions & Weight

Product Dimensions
Wall Wall Thickness
Reference Material Wire Diameter Width Length Location [mm]
[mm] [mm] [mm]
SBF30W60 Stainless Steel 3.0 60 2700 1 100

SBF35W60 Stainless Steel 3.5 60 2700 1 100

SBF40W60 Stainless Steel 4.0 60 2700 1 100

SBF45W60 Stainless Steel 4.5 60 2700 1 100

SBF50W60 Stainless Steel 5.0 60 2700 1 100

SBF30W100 Stainless Steel 3.0 100 2700 1 140

SBF35W100 Stainless Steel 3.5 100 2700 1 140

SBF40W100 Stainless Steel 4.0 100 2700 1 140

SBF45W100 Stainless Steel 4.5 100 2700 1 140

SBF50W100 Stainless Steel 5.0 100 2700 1 140

SBF30W150 Stainless Steel 3.0 150 2700 1 190-200

SBF35W150 Stainless Steel 3.5 150 2700 1 190-200

SBF40W150 Stainless Steel 4.0 150 2700 1 190-200

SBF45W150 Stainless Steel 4.5 150 2700 1 190-200

SBF50W150 Stainless Steel 5.0 150 2700 1 190-200

SBF30W175 Stainless Steel 3.0 175 2700 1 215

SBF35W175 Stainless Steel 3.5 175 2700 1 215

SBF40W175 Stainless Steel 4.0 175 2700 1 215

SBF45W175 Stainless Steel 4.5 175 2700 1 215

SBF50W175 Stainless Steel 5.0 175 2700 1 215

GBF30W60 Galvanised 3.0 60 2700 2 100

GBF35W60 Galvanised 3.5 60 2700 2 100

GBF40W60 Galvanised 4.0 60 2700 2 100

GBF45W60 Galvanised 4.5 60 2700 2 100

GBF50W60 Galvanised 5.0 60 2700 2 100

GBF30W100 Galvanised 3.0 100 2700 2 140

GBF35W100 Galvanised 3.5 100 2700 2 140

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

GBF40W100 Galvanised 4.0 100 2700 2 140

GBF45W100 Galvanised 4.5 100 2700 2 140

GBF50W100 Galvanised 5.0 100 2700 2 140

GBF30W150 Galvanised 3.0 150 2700 2 190-200

GBF35W150 Galvanised 3.5 150 2700 2 190-200

GBF40W150 Galvanised 4.0 150 2700 2 190-200

GBF45W150 Galvanised 4.5 150 2700 2 190-200

GBF50W150 Galvanised 5.0 150 2700 2 190-200

GBF30W175 Galvanised 3.0 175 2700 2 215

GBF35W175 Galvanised 3.5 175 2700 2 215

GBF40W175 Galvanised 4.0 175 2700 2 215

GBF45W175 Galvanised 4.5 175 2700 2 215

GBF50W175 Galvanised 5.0 175 2700 2 215

16
1. External Walls including Internal Leaf of Cavity Wall.
2. Internal Walls only.

173
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh - Guidance for Use

Simpson Strong-Tie® supplies a range of Beads, Mesh and Archformers to satisfy the requirements of
modern building design, along with the needs of traditional repair and maintenance work.

We only recommend the use of stainless steel or PVC-u

products in external applications. Galvanised steel beads
should not be used externally, unless secondary protection
against corrosion is provided.
Corrosion Protection

• In normal circumstances matured plasterwork may be regarded as dry and therefore

non-corrosive.
• The initial plaster drying out period should be kept to a minimum (maximum of 5-7 days) to
reduce the risk of possible corrosion of the steel.
• The use of water contaminated with soluble salts in plastering mixes should be avoided as should
soluble chlorides as they are likely to increase the risk of metal corrosion.
• All additives added to the render/plaster mix (e.g. Frost Proofer) shoud be checked for their
chemical components as they may adversely affect the galvanised coating of the bead.
Thin Coat Angle Bead
• Stainless steel beads are specifically designed for cement based renders and should not be used
Bead Bead
with gypsum based plasters.
• To prevent bimetallic corrosion ensure all metal fixings used in the installation are of the same
material or are separated with a suitable plastic sheathing.
• In general, metal beads should be kept dry and stored flat. Care should also be taken to prevent
damage to the galvanised coating.
• Refer to the plaster/render manufacturer for further information.

Material:
Simpson Strong-Tie® Plastering Accessories are manufactured from either:
Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel, Austenitic Stainless Steel or PVC-u.

MILD STEEL GALVANISED TO Z275 IS NOT SUITABLE FOR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS.

STAINLESS STEEL or PVC-u SHOULD BE USED IN EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS WITH THE
APPROPRIATE CEMENT BASED RENDERS.

General Installation Notes:

• The most appropriate bead should be specified in accordance with the application, required
plaster depth and desired finish. In external applications, we only recommend the use of stainless

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Perforated Mesh Wing
steel or PVC-u products. Stop Bead Stop Bead
• If galvanised beads are used externally, they should always have two coats of a suitable corrosion
proofer or zinc phosphate primer applied to them before the rend/plaster is installed.
• When using beads internally, ensure that the drying out time of the plaster is kept to a minimum,
particularly during winter months. Provide heating and ventilation to the area when necessary.
• Ensure that all metal components used in a given installation are of the same material type.
• Always wear gloves when cutting or handling to prevent injury from sharp edges.
• Beads and Mesh may be cut to size as required by using snips across the mesh and a hacksaw
across the bead's noses.
• Beads should be fixed in accordance with one of the following methods:

1. Pressing the bead’s wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm centres
both sides of the arris.
2. The wings may be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal two coat work.
3. Nailing to a background with galvanised, or stainless steel nails.
17
• When beads are used in conjunction with metal lath backgrounds, galvanised or stainless steel
tying wire may be used. Ensure the wire material matches the bead and lath materials. All wire
should be twisted tightly and the ends bent away from the finished face of the coating. (For lath
Mini Mesh Render
fixing details refer to DML and RBL sections of catalogue).
Bead Stop Bead
• Avoid damage to beads when trowelling plaster or render.
• Allow plaster/render to dry completely before applying paint.

It is the users respsonsibility to make sure that the correct product is used. If
further advice is needed, contact our technical department on 01827 255600 or
via email at uktechnical@strongtie.com.
174
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

PSB/PEB/MVB/ERS Edge Beads

Plastering and rendering made simple.
PSB Thin Coat Plaster Stop Bead
(Perforated Wing)
• Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails.
• Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form.
• Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.

Thin coat plaster stop bead (30mm Perforated Wing)

• Provides a neat finished thin coat plaster edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for
ceiling finishes.

Plaster stop bead (65mm Mesh Wing)

• Provides a neat finish plaster/render edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally and externally including those at openings, abutment of
walls and for ceiling finishes. PSB Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)

Plasterboard edge bead (25mm Wing)

• Provides reinforcement for plasterboard edges.
• Suitable for 9.5mm or 12.5mm plasterboard.

Movement bead (140mm overall width, 65mm wing)

• Movement Bead consists of two lengths of Stop Bead linked with a white PVC extrusion.
• Allows +/-3mm differential expansion or settlement movement between adjoining surfaces.

Render stop bead (16mm-19mm Render Depth, 45mm Wing)

• Designed to provide an aesthetic, enhanced weathering detail.
• Provides reinforcement to resist impact damage.
• Use stainless steel or PVC-u for all external situations.
PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead
Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel

Installation: Beads may be fixed by dabs or by masonry nails of similar material.

Plasterboard Edge Bead: Fix by pushing the bead onto the edge of the plaster board before
applying final skim coat. The bead may be reversed if required by fixing the wing to the board’s
inner surface.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Model No. We only recommend

Dimensions the use of Stainless
Galvanised Stainless Steel
Thin Coat Perforated Stop Bead
Steel or PVC-u
PSB0324 - 3mm x 2.4m
products in external
applications. MVB Movement Bead
PSB0330 - 3mm x 3.0m
PSB0624 - 6mm x 2.4m
PSB0630 - 6mm x 3.0m
Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
PSB1024 - 10mm x 2.4m
PSB1030 PSB1030S 10mm x 3.0m
PSB1324 - 13mm x 2.4m
PSB1330 PSB1330S 13mm x 3.0m
PSB1624 - 16mm x 2.4m
PSB1630 PSB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
PSB1930 PSB1930S 19mm x 3.0m
Plasterboard Edge Bead
ERS Render Stop Bead 17
PEB1030 - 9.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1330 - 12.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1530 - 14.5mm x 3.0m
Movement Bead
MVB1030 - 10mm x 3.0m
MVB1330 - 13mm x 3.0m
MVB1630 MVB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
Render Stop (Bellcast Drip Bead)
ERS24 - 2.4m
ERS30 ERS30S 3.0m

175
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

SAB/TCB/MMB Corner Beads

Angle Bead (45mm wing, 13mm plaster depth) SAB Angle Bead
• Helps for a true, straight arris
• Designed to prevent chipping and cracking to vulnerable corners.
• Use with two coat plaster application.

Thin Coat Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)

• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Perforated wings to provide an excellent plastering key.

Mini Mesh Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)

• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Fine mesh wings to provide an excellent plastering key.

Material (for item codes specified below):

Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel. TCB Thin Coat Bead

Installation: Installation usually achieved by pressing the wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at
approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may alternatively be embedded into the
first coat of plaster for normal two-coat work.

Beads may be cut to size as required by using a hacksaw and snips. Beads should be stored off the
ground and in dry conditions during site work.
Please note: where SAB
Model No.
Length is required with 53mm
(M) flange, model numbers
Galvanised Stainless Steel
suffixed “W” ie. SAB24W
Angle Bead are applicable.
SAB24 - 2.4
SAB24W SAB24SW 2.4 MMB Mini Mesh Bead
SAB27 SAB27S 2.7
SAB30 SAB30S 3.0
SAB30W SAB30SW 3.0
Thin Coat Bead
TCB2404 - 2.4
TCB3004 - 3.0

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Mini Mesh Bead
MMB24 - 2.4
MMB30 - 3.0

We only recommend the use of stainless steel or PVC-u beads in external applications.

CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh

Provide added strength and stability. Please note, there is no CE marking requirement for this
type of product.
• Supplied on a 20 metre roll.
• Available in galvanised or stainless steel.
• Assists resistance to tensile stresses where settlement occurs. Easily incorporated into
mortar course, coiled for ease of handing.

Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel

Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material
17 type. Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges. Position the mesh within CBR Masonry
the masonry bed joints, providing a minimum of 25mm cover to external faces. Overlap by a Reinforcement Mesh
minimum of 75mm if joining two lengths together. The mesh can be laid every third brickwork Primarily used to resist local
course for most reinforcement. cracking under and over
wall openings.
Model No.
Dimensions
Galvanised Stainless Steel

CBR2063 CBR2063S 63mm x 20m

CBR20112 CBR20112S 112mm x 20m
CBR20175 CBR20175S 175mm x 20m
CBR20228 CBR20228S 228mm x 20m

176 CBR20305 - 305mm x 20m

 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

PVC-u Bead
Description SST Code More plastering
Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White PAB0225W
professionals are
turning to
Thin Coat Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White PAB0230W
PVC-u bead...
Angle
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White PAAB0225W
Beads Simpson Strong-Tie® PVC-u plasterers
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White PAAB0230W beads are manufactured from high impact
and ultra violet resistant PVC-u for extruded
Angle Bead 6mm x 3.0m - White PSAB0630W profiles and in fire conditions to BS476 part
12: 1991.
Angle Bead 10mm x 2.5m - White PSAB1025W

PVC-u beads are available in lengths that

Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White PSAB1030W
differ to steel manufactured alternatives,
please contact the Sales Office for more
Angle Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory PSAB1030I
information.
Bead Angle Bead 15mm x 2.5m - White PSAB1525W
• Superior corrosion resistance.
Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - White PSAB1530W • Convenient, easy to cut lengths on site.
• Light and easy to transport.
Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory PSAB1530I • Resistant to breakage
• UV resistant.
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m - White PSAB2030W

Simpson Strong-Tie Codes explained:

Render Stop Bead 15mm 3.0m - White PBC1530W
Our bead and mesh codes follow a specific
Render system to help identify the correct type,
Stop Bead Render Stop Bead 15mm 3.0m - Ivory PBC1530I
for example PSAB1030W describes the
(Bellcast Render Stop Bead 20mm 3.0m - White PBC2030W following:
Drip Bead)
Render Stop Bead 20mm 3.0m - Ivory PBC2030I Material Type
PSAB1030W: P=Plastic
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White PPSB1030W
Abbreviated Description
Stop Bead 10mm x 2.5m - White PPSB1025W PSAB1030W SAB=Standard Angle Bead

Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory PPSB1030I Size and Length

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

PSAB1030W 1030=10mm x 3.0m

Stop Bead Stop Bead 15mm x 2.5m - White PPSB1525W
Colour
Stop Bead 15mm x 3.0m - White PPSB1530W PSAB1030W W=White

Stop Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory PPSB1530I

Stop Bead 20mm x 3.0m - White PPSB2030W

Movement Movement Bead 10mm 2.5m - White PMB1025W

Bead Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - White PMB1525W

17

Angle Bead Arch Angle Bead Render Stop Bead Plaster Stop Bead Movement Bead

177
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

TTCB Toothed Thincoat Bead

Save time and money: install thin coat bead without nails or screws - just
push and tap into place.

TTCB is pre-toothed thin coat bead that needs no nails or screws, just
push and tap it on to the corner of the wall and get plastering.

TTCB (toothed thin coat bead), features tiny teeth spaced at 40mm
intervals which grip the plaster board, holding the bead firmly in place.

Easy to install, just push and tap into place for a firm fit to the plaster
board...

• Save money on nails and screws, you won’t be needing them.

• Pre-toothed at 40mm intervals.
• Save time, just tap into place and get started with the plaster
application. Model No. Length
• Convenient - easy to dismount and reposition without damaging the
bead or plaster board. TTCB2404 2.4m

• Flexible - can be used in long or short lengths due to regular tooth

spacing. You can still use traditional fixing methods in awkward areas TTCB2704 2.7m

if preferred.
• Available in 2.4m, 2.7m and 3.0m lengths.
TTCB3004 3.0m

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

17

178
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

DML Expanded Metal Lathing

Ideal for use as a general reinforcement mesh. DML Expanded
Metal Lathing is widely used as a backing to help prevent cracks DML Expanded Metal Lathing
occurring where different materials meet. Available in galvanised
and stainless steel.

Installation:
All metal components used in any particular application must
be of the same material type. Fix with the mesh length running
across the supports (at max 350mm centres) with strand sloping
downwards and away from the face of the coating.

Timber: Using 38 x 7mm diameter head plasterer’s nails or 32 x

2mm staples, fix to each support starting from the centre of sheet.
Angle fixings away from the centre to give the lath the necessary
tension.

Steel: Bend 1.2mm tying wire into long “U”shapes and tie lath at
100mm centres by pulling tight and twisting.
When cutting wire ends, ensure that they are not left near the
surface of the plaster.
Sheet ends should be overlapped by 50mm on supports and
wired together at 150mm centres.
Sheet sides should be overlapped by a minimum of 25mm and
wired together at 150mm centres in timber and steel applications.

Fixing installed at an angle to give

necessary tension.

Model No. We only recommend the use of Stainless

Dimensions [mm] Steel for external applications.
Galvanised Stainless Steel
DML26/10 DML26S/5 2400 x 700 x 0.40
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

General Fixing Information for Fixing to Metal /Timber Supports Fixing Expanded Metal Lathing to Solid Backgrounds

End laps
should lap 50mm Fixing to supports
on supports. should be at
100mm centers.

End laps
should be 100mm
wired
together
at 150mm
intervals

25mm

17

Side laps should be not less than

25mm and should be wired
together at 150mm intervals.

179
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

RBL Rib Lath RBL Rib Lath

Plaster backing for walls, ceilings and partitions. RBL Rib Lath provides
plaster backing and is also suitable for the refurbishing of damaged
or deteriorated face of masonry walls. Available in galvanised and
stainless steel.

Installation:
Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and
BS EN 13914-2:2005 External Rendering. The apex of rib lath should
always be in contact with the fixing background.

Fixing to metal or timber supports:

All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same
material type.

Timber: Use 38 x 7mm diameter plasterer’s nails or 32 x 2mm staples to fix with ribs running at 90° to timber studs which
should be at a maximum 600mm centres.

Metal: Use 1.63mm or two strands of 1.22mm galvanised mild steel wire or stainless steel to tie around the rib where it
crosses each steel stud. Steel studs should be at maximum 600mm centres.

To join sheets of Rib Lath, the edge ribs should be overlapped and the edges tied at 150mm centres with 1.22mm tying
wire. Where the ends of the lathing finish in front of a support, overlap by 50mm, otherwise sheets should be overlapped
by 100mm with two 1.63mm ties used with each overlapping rib.

Fixing to solid backgrounds: The ribs of the lath should be held firmly against the background by the use of fixings placed
at 600 mm centres. End edges should be overlapped by 50mm, side edges by 25mm and tied or screwed at 150mm
centres.

We only recommend the use of Stainless Steel for external applications.

Model No. Dimensions [mm]

RBL4 (Galvanised)

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

2460 x 600 x 0.4
RBL4S (Stainless)

Fixing RBL to Timber Supports Fixing RBL to Timber Supports Fixing RBL to Metal Supports
using 38mm Staple using 38mm Nail using Wire Tie

17

180
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

SML/H Security Mesh

SML (Security Mesh Light) and SMH (Security Mesh Heavy) are low profile flattened meshes
ideal for sandwiching between plasterboard and structural studs or joints to improve
resistance to intrusion.

• Diamond shape restricts the use of hand tools for cutting.

• Strands are rolled flat for uniform thickness.
• Continuous mesh manufactured from a single sheet eliminates broken or weak joints. Security Mesh in
Masonry Wall
Installation:
Fix at maximum 450mm centres to supporting structures as follows:

• Timber Studs: 38mm galvanised staples, nails or screws with a 25mm diameter washer.
• Metal Studs: 30mm self-tapping screws with 25mm diameter washer.
• Brickwork: 50mm screw and plug with 25mm diameter washer.

Ceiling Panel Stud Wall Roof

Security Mesh Item Codes

Dimensions [mm] Weight
Item per SD
Code Mtl LW SW SD Sheet
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Sheet Size [kg]

Thickness Aperture Aperture Depth SW

SML 1250 x 2440 1.14 43.4 18.0 2.3 5.78

SMH 2440 x 1220 2.69 42.9 14.2 4.6 25.5

LW

SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh

A 75mm wide, fine stainless steel mesh on a 30m roll. Easy to cut and install. Allows roof space ventilation,
helps prevent birds and insects from gaining access via soffits

Security Mesh Item Codes

Item Code Dimensions

SVM3075 30m x 75mm

17

181
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

STUC Paper Backed Wired Mesh

STUC HGBM and EBM are purpose designed plaster Breather
Membrane
and render carriers manufactured from either galvanised
or stainless steel welded wire mesh on to which a
moisture absorbent sheet of chip paper is interwoven.

STUCHGBM and EBM are specifically for exterior façade

applications and includes a breather membrane to
prevent moisture penetration whilst still allowing the wall
to breathe naturally.

Chip
The chip paper assists with the wet adhesion and curing
Paper
of the plaster or render and the perforations allow the (printed side)
plaster or render to perfectly bond around the steel
wires, resulting in firm anchoring of the plaster or render
and high resistance to load and impact.

The STUC and EBM has solid flat wires incorporated

to increase the stiffness of the panel, whilst the
STUCSHGBM and STUCSEBM has two parallel, round Longitudinal
Cross Wire Wire
fixing wires.

Dimensions & Weight

Panel Size & Weights

Model Reference Material Application Usable Surface

Longitudinal Transversal Surface
(after overlapping)
[mm] [mm] [m2/panel]
[kg/panel] [kg/m2] [kg/m2]

STUC80HGBM Galv: > 215 g/m2 Timber Frame 2395 705 1.68 1.56 2.63 1.56

STUC80EBM Stainless Steel Timber Frame 2395 705 1.68 1.56 2.66 1.58

STUCSHGBM Galv: > 215 g/m2 Masonry 2395 705 1.68 1.56 2.00 1.18

STUCSEBM Stainless Steel Masonry 2395 705 1.68 1.56 2.03 1.20

Technical Specifications

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Breather Membrane
Wire Diameters
Dimensions Wire Tensile
Model Reference Materials Longitudinal Strength
Longitudinal Transversal Fixing Wire
wire
Cross Wire [N/mm2]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm]

STUC80HGBM Galv: > 215 g/m2 2350 725 6.00 x 2.00 1.50 1.50 >350

STUC80EBM Austenitic Stainless Steel 2350 725 6.00 x 2.00 1.50 1.50 >350

STUCSHGBM STUS6/60 2350 725 1.50 & 2.00 1.50 1.50 > 350

STUCSEBM STUS6/60 2350 725 1.50 & 2.00 1.50 1.50 > 350

Installation of the STUC80HGBM Installation of the STUCEBM

17 Fixing wire flat

Chip paper

Longitudinal wire
Fixing wires
(two parallel
round wires)

Cross wire Breathing Breathing Longitudinal wire

Chip paper membrane membrane
182
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

SHORT SIDE OVERLAY (TRANSVERSAL SIDE) LONG SIDE OVERLAY (LONGITUDINAL SIDE)

CORRECT OVERLAPPING & FIXING OF STUC80 PANELS

On the long edge and the short edge It is important to achieve a ‘steel on steel’ mesh overlap in both directions to ensure continuity
of reinforcement for the render. The breather membrane fixed to the rear of the panel is extended at the top (long side) and at the
left hand edge (short side). Also, on the right hand edge (short side), the breather membrane is stopped short by 95mm behind the
brown paper. This ensures the correct overlap for the membrane is maintained by simply installing panels on top of previously fixed
panels, when following the overlap instructions detailed below.

On the vertical (short side) edge, the brown card paper must be removed for two full meshes to enable a ‘steel on steel’ mesh overlap
with the adjacent panel. Remove the brown card paper only on one short side of the panel being installed. This is normally the right
hand side panel edge when fixing from right to left. On the horizontal (long side) edge this is not required as the mesh edges are not
covered totally by brown card paper, enabling the mesh overlap to interlock securely and the render to flow around and so anchor all
wires across the overlap.

Maximum
600mm 300mm
• Only use the panel stiffening wires, that
also serve as fixing wires, to fix the panels
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

on to the frame stud, at 600mm cc

horizontally
5 and 300mm cc vertically.

• The front side, for application of render is

the printed side.

• Always apply panels with the long side

perpendicular to the main supports
4 3 - i.e horizontally on vertical supports and
vertically on horizontal supports.

• Always continue installation in the same

direction. Fixing the panels is best
approached starting from right to left in
rows and continued in the same direction
1 along the wall and around the building
when required, (as seen 1 to 5) to ensure
uniformity and continuity of the panel
overlaps.
17
CE marked in accordance with BS EN 13658-1 and BS EN 13658-2.
• Vertical (short side panel edge) overlaps
must not be in line and should be
F-STUC 02/17
staggered in a ‘brickwork’ type of
arrangement.

183
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Bead and Mesh

Archformers
A high quality yet cost effective solution to creating internal
arches in masonry walls.

Material: Pre-galvanised Mild Steel

Installation: Arch formers are non-load bearing. If creating a

new opening a lintel will be necessary.

Selection: Measure the brick to brick width and thickness of

gap. If necessary, cut arch using snips and a hacksaw or use a
bridging section (ref BSP450). If wall thickness exceeds 150mm,
select extra Soffit Piece (ref ESP295) for wall thickness up to
400mm.

Fixing: Remove plaster down to brickwork and mark centre point

of the gap on both sides. Nail arch segments into place using, Archformer installation where new
masonry nails provided, connecting beads at centre with joining opening is being created.
pieces supplied.

If provided, fit Soffit pieces between segments with screws, nails

and joining pieces.
For walls of thickness less than 150mm join overlapping fixed
soffits with self-tapping screws provided. For walls thicker than
150mm use extra soffit piece (ref ESP295) in the same way as
above. To adapt an arch to fit between two parallel walls, cut and
use wooden battens as shown in the illustration on the right.

Plastering: When the arch frame is fully secured to the wall, use
standard angle bead on vertical corners as usual and apply
plaster directly to the mesh.

Suits wall thickness of 90mm to 150mm without cutting.

Solid bead for durability and ease of plastering.
Wide variety of styles and sizes available.
Fixings and instructions included.

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Archformer Type Model No Width [mm] Rise [mm]

WP0750 750 375

WP0800 800 400
WP
WP0850 850 425
Warwick Semi Circle WP0900 900 450 R

WP1000 1000 500 W

WP1200 1200 600

WP1500 1500 750
COR0750
Semi-Circle Corners COR0750 375 375
Archmaker Semi-Circle AM0750 750-1200 375
CP1050 1050 265 R

CP1200 1200 280 W

Classic Oval CP1500 1500 330

17 CP1800 1800 375
CP
CP2400 2400 375

295 X 1220mm for walls R

Extra Soffit Piece ESP295 W
thicker than 150mm

Extends the span of warwick and classic

Bridging Section BSP450
arches by 450mm max

184
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Miscellaneous Products

HI Scrolled Hip Iron

Used to hold ridge tiles in place.
Material:
Material
Model No
Thickness
Mild steel. 25
HI3 3mm
150
Finish: HI4 4mm

Galvanised. HI5 5mm

300

NS Nail Stopper
Prevent nails from piercing water pipes and electrical NS Nail Stopper
cables.

Installation: Installs over utilities passing through timber

studs. Use specified fasteners.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

B

Model No Length B [mm] Fastners (1)

Typical NS Installation
NS1 75 2 - 3.75 x 30mm

NS2 150 2 - 3.75 x 30mm

1. Square Twist Nail.

1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket

The 1ARBGAL is a 300mm long arrisrail bracket for connecting arrisrails to wooden posts.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Suitable for use on 75mm arrisrails.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

300 mm

WBT Window Board Tie

Attaches window boards to masonry wall. 21
Ø4 Ø6 18
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Item code WBT06.

m m
100

12

185
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Miscellaneous Products

DBT Deck Board Tie

The DBT deck board tie provides a nail free surface fastening system for deck boards. Typical DBT Installation

Designed for use with decking timber of minimum thickness: 35mm.

Using the DBT eliminates:

• Countersinking
• Hammer dents
• Nail popping
• Water puddling
• Ugly nail heads
• Rust stains on the surface

Installation:

Position the DBT on the edge of the deck board with the locator prongs and install with a single
3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. The legs of the DBT should fit tight against the underside of the deck
board. Using dry timber will minimise deck board movement after installation.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

SPWG Square Plate Washer

Adds strength to a bolted connection in timber.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Model No Dimensions [mm] Bolt Size

SPWG 50 x 50 x 2.5 M12

MP Mending Plate

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Easy to use connector for timber splices, no nails required. For non-structural
applications only; not for truss applications.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

B
M
EN
DI
NO

Dimensions
N
TF

G
OR

PL

Model No
AT
TR

E
US

A [mm] B [mm]
SE

A
S

MP14 25 100

MP24 50 100

MP36 75 150

18 MP Installed
MENDING PLATE
NOT FOR TRUSSES

186
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Anchoring Principle

Cracked Concrete

Non-Cracked
Concrete

Masonry
Hollow
Product Type

BOAX-II • •

WEDGE ANCHOR •

POLY-GP •

AT-HP • •

SET-XP • •

Expansion Anchor Systems Adhesive Anchor Systems

This type of anchor transfers load into the base This type of anchor consists of a chemical mortar and a
material through friction grip that is established threaded metal stud. After installation a chemical reaction
between the anchor’s expansion sleeve and the takes place that secures the stud in place and the
sidewalls of the drilled hole. chemical bonds to the sidewalls of the drilled hole.

This occurs when the anchor is set and the cone is This system does not produce expansion forces, and
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

drawn into the expansion sleeve. Expansion anchors therefore allows for smaller edge distances and spacings.
pro­vide a reliable and economical fixing system.

Tension Zone Anchor Compression Zone Hollow Masonry Solid Masonry European European
This anchor is suitable Anchor This anchor is suitable This anchor is suitable Technical Approval Conformity Mark
and approved for use This anchor is suitable and approved for use and approved for use This anchor has This product meets
in cracked (tension and approved for in hollow masonry. in solid masonry. been approved the requirements
zone) and non-cracked use in non-cracked for construction of the European
(compression zone) (compression zone) applications in Technical Approval and
concrete. concrete. accordance with can be used without
European Technical restriction in the
Approval Guidelines European Union.
(ETAG).

19

187
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Calculation Software
ETA-Approval

Load Range
Zinc Plated
Resistance

Resistance
Sprinklers

Corrosion
Masonry

Steel,
Solid

Fire
1.8–21.4
Option 1 • • • • •
kN

3.4–26.7
Option 7 • •
kN

0.3–0.7
• Masonry • •
kN

Option 8, Masonry 9.1–54.8

• • • •
and Rebar kN

5.4–57.4
Option 1 • • •
kN

Corrosion Resistance Approved Anchors

Corrosion is the destruction of metal through chemical or electrochemical attack by the To ensure that an anchor is capable of resisting the intended external loads, the anchor
environment. In most indoor conditions carbon steel anchors with zinc plating provide must be suitable for the intended application and installed in accordance with the
sufficient corrosion resistance. Stainless steel (A4) anchors are usually suitable for outdoor manufacturer’s recommended installation instructions.
or damp indoor conditions. Stainless steel anchors with special corrosion resistant
properties are necessary for aggressive conditions such as roadway tunnels or chloride Anchors with independent technical approvals (such as an ETA) have demonstrated

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

atmospheres. suitable behavior and performance for use in construction applications.

Fire Resistance This anchor meets the Available in carbon steel, Permissible tension load. Calculation software. Corrosion Resistance.
Suitable for use in fire requirements of VdS zinc plated and blue
protection applications. CEA 4001. passivated.

19

188
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

WA Wedge Anchor Bolt

ETA Option 7 Approved throughbolt for simple and economical applications.

The WA Throughbolt range. Provides an economical yet high performance

fixing for installations with small space and edge distances in non-cracked
concrete.

• ETA Option 7 Approved (Non-Cracked Concrete).

• Wide range of sizes from M6 to M20.
• M6 to M10 sizes require 100mm concrete thickness.
• High load capacity.
• Optimised design for fast installation.
• Suitable for small spacings between anchors.
• Suitable for small edge distances.

Installation

90°

Drill hole Clean hole (blowing) Insert anchor Apply

through the fixture recommended
installation torque
with a calibrated
torque wrench
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

19

189
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Passivated

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (4)
Effective embedment depth (hef) [mm] 40 45 50 65 80 100
Model WA 6/… WA 8/… WA 10/… WA 12/… WA 16/… WA 20/…

Recommended tension loads for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings 1) 5)

C20/25 [kN] 4.3 5.7 7.6 12.6 17.2 19.9

Non-cracked C30/37 [kN] 4.6 7.0 9.3 15.4 21.0 19.9
Nrec
concrete 3) C40/50 [kN] 5.0 8.1 10.7 17.8 24.3 19.9
C50/60 [kN] 5.3 8.9 11.8 19.5 26.7 19.9

Recommended shear load for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings 1) 2)

C20/25 [kN] 3.4 5.4 8.5 14.3 26.9 26.7

Non-cracked C30/37 [kN] 3.4 5.4 9.7 14.3 26.9 26.7
Vrec
concrete 3) C40/50 [kN] 3.4 5.4 9.7 14.3 26.9 26.7
C50/60 [kN] 3.4 5.4 9.7 14.3 26.9 26.7
1. The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of ᵧF=1.4. The
loading figures are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm, if the rebar diameter
is 10 mm or smaller.
2. The figures for shear are based on a single anchor without influence of concrete edges. For anchorages close to edges (c ≤ max [10 hef; 60d]) the concrete edge failure shall be
checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3. Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm² can be assumed (σL
equals the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchors loads included).
4. Not included in the approval ETA-11/0080 - Option 7.
5. For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A shall be performed.
For details see ETA - approval(s).

With Hex Nut and Washer - Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Blue Passivated

Thread Ø × Depth of Max. Ø Eff. Embedment Thread

Item Length
Type ETA Size Drilled Hole Fixture Fixture Depth Length
Code
[mm] do x h1 tfix df hef L F
WA 6/5 (M6 x 60) WA06060 • 5 60 30
WA 6/10 (M6 x 65) WA06065 • 10 65 30
M6 6 x 55 7 40
WA 6/20 (M6 x 75) WA06075 • 20 75 35
WA 6/30 (M6 x 85) WA06085 • 30 85 40
WA 8/5 (M8 x 68) WA08068 • 5 68 40
WA 8/10 (M8 x 73) WA08073 • 10 73 45
WA 8/20 (M8 x 83) WA08083 • 20 83 45
WA 8/30 (M8 x 93) WA08093 • 30 93 50
M8 8 x 65 9 45
WA 8/40 (M8 x 103) WA08103 • 40 103 50
WA 8/50 (M8 x 113) WA08113 • 50 113 60
WA 8/70 (M8 x 133) WA08133 • 70 133 85
WA 8/100 (M8 x 163) WA08163 • 100 163 100
WA 10/5 (M10 x 78) WA10078 • 5 78 40

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

WA 10/10 (M10 x 83) WA10083 • 10 83 40
WA 10/20 (M10 x 93) WA10093 • 20 93 50
WA 10/30 (M10 x 103) WA10103 • 30 103 50
M10 10 x 70 12 50
WA 10/40 (M10 x 113) WA10113 • 40 113 60
WA 10/50 (M10 x 123) WA10123 • 50 123 60
WA 10/70 (M10 x 143) WA10143 • 70 143 70
WA 10/100 (M10 x 173) WA10173 • 100 173 80
WA 12/5 (M12 x 104) WA12104 • 5 104 60
WA 12/10 (M12 x 109) WA12109 • 10 109 60
WA 12/20 (M12 x 119) WA12119 • 20 119 70
WA 12/30 (M12 x 129) WA12129 • 30 129 70
WA 12/40 (M12 x 139) WA12139 • 40 139 80
WA 12/50 (M12 x 149) WA12149 • M12 12 x 90 50 14 65 149 100
WA 12/80 (M12 x 179) WA12179 • 80 179 110
WA 12/100 (M12 x 199) WA12199 • 100 199 110
WA 12/120 (M12 x 219) WA12219 • 120 219 125
WA 12/140 (M12 x 239) WA12239 • 140 239 125
WA 12/160 (M12 x 259) WA12259 • 160 259 125
WA 16/30 (M16 x 151) WA16151 • 30 151 80
WA 16/50 (M16 x 171) WA16171 • 50 171 80
WA 16/80 (M16 x 201) WA16201 • M16 16 x 110 80 18 80 201 100
WA 16/100 (M16 x 221) WA16221 • 100 221 100
WA 16/140 (M16 x 261) WA16261 • 140 261 110
WA 20/30 (M20 x 173) WA20173 30 173 100
WA 20/50 (M20 x 193) WA20193 50 193 100
M20 20 x 130 22 100
WA 20/80 (M20 x 223) WA20223 80 223 125
WA 20/120 (M20 x 263) WA20263 120 263 150

Spacing, Edge Distance and Member Thickness [mm]

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20(4)
19 Effective Embedment Depth hef 40 45 50 65 80 100
Characteristic Spacing Scr,N 120 135 150 195 240 300
Minimum Spacing Smin 30 40 50 70 90 120
Characteristic Edge Distance Ccr,N 60 67.5 75 97.5 120 150
Minimum Edge Distance Cmin 40 40 50 70 90 120
Minimum Member Thickness hmin 100 100 120 140 170 180
190
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

BOAXII Throughbolt
For simple and economical applications. BOAX-II is ETA Option 1 approved.

Function: Application of the installation torque draws the cone end of the stud into the expansion clip. The expansion clip
expands and develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole. This gives the anchor its resistance to tension loads.

• Economical anchor for medium-duty loads

• Approved for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

19

191
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

CONSTRUCTION:

BoAX-II with hex nut and washer

Material: R 120
Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
A4 stainless steel

Base Material:
Cracked and non-cracked concrete: C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)
Also suitable for high density natural stones (σD ≥ 25 N/mm2)

Approvals:
ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, carbon steel, zinc plated
ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, A4 stainless steel

Load Range:
Tension: Nperm = 1.8 - 21.4 [kN]
Shear: Vperm = 1.8 - 22.4 [kN]

Product Range:
BoAX-II: M8 - M16, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
BoAX-II A4: M8 - M16, A4 stainless steel

Applications:
Steel construction Facades
Railing Cable trays
Brackets Ladders

Benefits:

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Economical anchor for medium duty loads
Less drilling effort: Anchor diameter = Drill bit diameter

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
The throughbolt anchor is installed through the fixture
Torquing draws the cone end of the stud into the expansion clip. The expansion clip expands and
develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole.

INSTALLATION:
Through-fix installation

90°

Drill hole Clean hole (blowing) Insert anchor Apply

through the fixture recommended
19 installation torque
with a calibrated
torque wrench

192
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Carbon steel, zinc plated

THROUGHBOLT BOAX-II
With hex nut and washer
Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1

Øx Max. Eff.
Ø Fixture Total Thread
Thread Depth of Fixture Embedment
Hole Length Length
Type Item Code Size Drilled Hole Thickness Depth
[mm] do x h1 tfix df hef L f
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

BoAX-II 8/10 BOAXII08045010 M8 8 x 60 10 9 45 72 32

BoAX-II 8/30 BOAXII08045030 M8 8 x 60 30 9 45 92 52

BoAX-II 8/50 BOAXII08045050 M8 8 x 60 50 9 45 112 72

BoAX-II 8/85 BOAXII08045085 M8 8 x 60 85 9 45 147 107

BoAX-II 10/10 BOAXII10060010 M10 10 x 75 10 12 60 92 47

BoAX-II 10/20 BOAXII10060020 M10 10 x 75 20 12 60 102 57

BoAX-II 10/30 BOAXII10060030 M10 10 x 75 30 12 60 112 67

BoAX-II 10/50 BOAXII10060050 M10 10 x 75 50 12 60 132 87

BoAX-II 10/80 BOAXII10060080 M10 10 x 75 80 12 60 162 115

BoAX-II 12/5 BOAXII12070005 M12 12 x 90 5 14 70 103 53

BoAX-II 12/20 BOAXII12070020 M12 12 x 90 20 14 70 118 68

BoAX-II 12/30 BOAXII12070030 M12 12 x 90 30 14 70 128 78

BoAX-II 12/50 BOAXII12070050 M12 12 x 90 50 14 70 148 98

BoAX-II 12/65 BOAXII12070065 M12 12 x 90 65 14 70 163 113

BoAX-II 12/80 BOAXII12070080 M12 12 x 90 80 14 70 178 115

BoAX-II 16/5 BOAXII16085005 M16 16 x 110 5 18 85 123 65

BoAX-II 16/20 BOAXII16085020 M16 16 x 110 20 18 85 138 80

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

BoAX-II 16/50 BOAXII16085050 M16 16 x 110 50 18 85 168 110

BoAX-II 16/60 BOAXII16085060 M16 16 x 110 60 18 85 178 115

19

193
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Carbon steel, zinc plated

Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using
partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.

Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated.

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16
Effective embedment depth (hef) [mm] 45 60 70 85
Type BoA-... BoAX-II 8/… BoAX-II 10/… BoAX-II 12/… BoAX-II 16/…

Permissible tension loads1) 4)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 2.0 3.6 4.8 9.5
Concrete
C30/37 [kN] 2.2 4.0 5.3 10.5
C40/50 [kN] 2.4 4.3 5.8 11.4
C50/60 [kN] 2.6 4.6 6.1 12.2
Nperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 3.6 6.3 7.9 16.7
concrete3)
C30/37 [kN] 3.9 6.9 8.7 18.4
C40/50 [kN] 4.3 7.6 9.5 20.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.6 8.1 10.1 21.4

Permissible shear loads1) 2) 4)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
Concrete
C30/37 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C40/50 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
Vperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
concrete3)
C30/37 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C40/50 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0

Permissible bending moments1)

Mzul4) [Nm] 10.0 22.9 34.3 88.6

Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses

Effective embedment depth hef [mm] 45 60 70 85

Characteristic spacing4) scr,N [mm] 135 180 210 255

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 55 60 70
Characteristic edge distance4) ccr,N [mm] 68 90 105 128
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 50 55 85
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170

Installation data

Drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 60 75 90 110
Clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18
Width across flats sw [mm] 13 17 19 24
Installation torque Tinst [Nm] 20 35 50 120

Installed anchor

1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial
19 safety factor for actions of γF = 1.4.
The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced
concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm
2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge
(c < 10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR =
3 N/mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included).
194 4) For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A
shall be performed. For details see ETA - approval(s).
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

A4 stainless steel
Throughbolt BOAX-II A4
With hex nut and washer
Material: A4 stainless steel
Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1

Øx Max. Eff.
Ø Fixture Total Thread
Thread Depth of Fixture Embedment
Hole Length Length
Type Order Code Size Drilled Hole Thickness Depth
[mm] do x h1 tfix df hef L f
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BoAX-II 8/10 A4 BOAXII08045010A4 M8 8 x 60 10 9 45 72 32

BoAX-II 8/30 A4 BOAXII08045030A4 M8 8 x 60 30 9 45 92 52

BoAX-II 8/50 A4 BOAXII08045050A4 M8 8 x 60 50 9 45 112 72

BoAX-II 10/10 A4 BOAXII10060010A4 M10 10 x 75 10 12 60 92 47

BoAX-II 10/20 A4 BOAXII10060020A4 M10 10 x 75 20 12 60 102 57

BoAX-II 10/30 A4 BOAXII10060030A4 M10 10 x 75 30 12 60 112 67

BoAX-II10/50 A4 BOAXII10060050A4 M10 10 x 75 50 12 60 132 87

BoAX-II 12/5 A4 BOAXII12070005A4 M12 12 x 90 5 14 70 103 53

BoAX-II 12/20 A4 BOAXII12070020A4 M12 12 x 90 20 14 70 118 68

BoAX-II 12/30 A4 BOAXII12070030A4 M12 12 x 90 30 14 70 128 78

BoAX-II 12/50 A4 BOAXII12070050A4 M12 12 x 90 50 14 70 148 98

BoAX-II 12/65 A4 BOAXII12070065A4 M12 12 x 90 65 14 70 163 113

BoAX-II 16/5 A4 BOAXII16085005A4 M16 16 x 110 5 18 85 123 65

BoAX-II 16/20 A4 BOAXII16085020A4 M16 16 x 110 20 18 85 138 80

BoAX-II 16/50 A4 BOAXII16085050A4 M16 16 x 110 50 18 85 168 110

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

19

195
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

A4 stainless steel
Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using
partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.
Design calculations shall follow the requirements of ETA-08/0276.
Material: A4 stainless steel.

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16

Effective embedment depth (hef) [mm] 45 60 70 85
Type BoA-... BoAX-II 8/… BoAX-II 10/… BoAX-II 12/… BoAX-II 16/…

Permissible tension loads1)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 2.0 3.6 4.8 9.5
Concrete C30/37 [kN] 2.2 4.0 5.3 10.5
C40/50 [kN] 2.4 4.3 5.8 11.4
C50/60 [kN] 2.6 4.6 6.1 12.2
Nperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 3.6 6.3 7.9 16.7
concrete3) C30/37 [kN] 3.9 6.9 8.7 18.4
C40/50 [kN] 4.3 7.6 9.5 20.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.6 8.1 10.1 21.4

Permissible shear loads1) 2)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
Concrete C30/37 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C40/50 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C50/60 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
Vperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
concrete3) C30/37 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C40/50 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C50/60 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4

Permissible bending moments 1)

Mzul4) [Nm] 10.5 21.4 37.6 95.2

Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses

Effective embedment depth hef [mm] 45 60 70 85
Characteristic spacing4) scr,N [mm] 135 180 210 255
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 55 60 70
Characteristic edge distance4) ccr,N [mm] 68 90 105 128
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 50 55 85
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170

Installation data

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16
Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 60 75 90 110
Clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18
Width across flats sw [mm] 13 17 19 24
Installation torque Tinst [Nm] 20 35 50 120

Installed anchor

1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial safety
factor for actions of γF = 1.4.
The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced concrete with
2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge (c <
10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/
mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included).
4) If spacings or edge distances become smaller than the characteristic values (i.e. s ≤ scr,N and/or c ≤ ccr,N) a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C,
design method A must be performed.

19

196
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Poly-GP - General Purpose Resin

POLY-GP is a styrene-free
polyester resin specially
formulated for light or medium
duty fixings in hollow or solid
base materials.

Unique feature: changes colour

as it cures, turning from blue to
grey to indicate that it is safe to
work with the installed rod.

Easy to use and fast curing, it

enables good performance when
used in applications such as fixing
architectural steelwork, cable
trays, hand rails and gates.

• Styrene free.
• Changes colour as it cures.
• Use in solid or hollow
masonry products.
• Non-flammable.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

19
LMAS Stud

197
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

POLY-GP™ is a styrene-free polyester resin specially formulated to light or medium duty fixings in
hollow or solid base materials. It's easy to use and fast curing. It enables good performance when
used in basic jobs such as fixing satelllite dish, a boiler, shelves or a gate.
POLY-GP™ is non-flammable product.

Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of anyone who has a universal manual dispensing
tool (such as a silicone dispensing tool) with the 300 ml cartridge.

DAZ 0816/1
Reference Contents POLY-GP™
POLY-GPBN300-UK 300 ml 300 ml
POLY-GPBN380-UK 380ml
Two mixers are supplied with each cartridge.

BENEFITS:
• Changes colour as it cures
• Fast curing MATERIAL:
• Low odour Hollow or solid bricks
• Non-flammable product Applications:
• Good performance in hollow and solid base • Blinds
material
• Hinges
CERTIFICATION: SOCOTEC Hollow blocks DAZ
• Air-conditioners
0816/1
• Satellite dishes LMAS
• Boilers Zinc-plated steel
Curing Schedule
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing
Temp. of Resin °c Temp. of Support °c Working Time Curing time
+5°c -5°c 25 mins 4h
+5°c 0°c 15 mins 3h
Graduated mixer MN1
+5°c +5°c 12 mins 2 h 30 mins
+10°c +10°c 8 mins 1 h 15 mins
+15°c +15°c 7 mins 55 mins
+20°c +20°c 4 mins 30 mins
+30°c +30°c 2 mins 20 mins

Working Loads
Working loads limit performance details have been determined from minimal values of tests carried out in Laboratories.
Sleeve SH

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Those minimal values take into account a minimal safety of 4 (SOCOTEC-DAZ 0816/1). 
Strength limits take into account the position of the anchors in the material and the respect of the installation instructions. For
hollow materials of unknown resitance, tests on construction sites are necessary (according to BS 8539). SH sleeve should
be used when fixing into hollow blocks or concrete.

Tension Hollow block [kN] Hollow concrete [kN]

Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12) 0.6 0.9
Shear Hollow block [kN] Hollow concrete [kN]
Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12) 1.5 1.5

Installation Data
Threaded Rod Sleeve Tightening torque
Material Drill diam [mm] Drill depth [mm]
diam xL [mm] diam xL [mm] [Nm]

Hollow block M8x140 16 16x85 90 4

Hollow block M10x140 16 16x85 90 6
Hollow block M12x140 16 16x85 90 8
Hollow concrete M8x160 16 16x130 135 4
Hollow concrete M10x160 16 16x130 135 6
Hollow concrete M12x160 16 16x130 135 8

Safety and Environment

We care about developing products that are user-safe and environmentally respectful
when properly handled and disposed of. Once empty, dispose of this cartridge in a
hazardous waste disposal skip.
Xi irritant O Oxidising
19 Observe these safety precautions (Contains dibenzoyl peroxide):
R52/53 Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment (A). R43
May cause sensitisation by skin contact (B). R7 May cause fire (B). S3/14 Keep in a cool place away from-com-
bustible or reducing materials-acids-oxidation catalysts (B). S36/37/39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves
and eye/face protection (B). S7 Keep container tightly closed (B). S60 This material and its container must be
disposed of as hazardous waste (B).
198
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

AT-HP - High Performance Resin

Methacrylate resin for threaded rod and rebar
AT-HP is a styrene free
methacrylate resin suitable for
threaded rod and rebar into
concrete and threaded rod into
masonry.

Easy to dispense and fast curing,

specially designed for structural
fixings and construction uses.

Unique feature: changes colour

as it cures, turning blue to grey
to indicate that it is safe to
work with the installed rod.

Applications for metallic racking

or work in reinforced concrete.

• ETA approved for threaded

rod and rebar installations.
• Changes colour as it cures.
• Fast curing.
• Low odour.
• Non-flammable.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

19

LMAS Stud

199
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

AT-HP™ is a styrene free methacrylate resin suitable for high performance fixing
applications of threaded rod and rebar into concrete. Easy to dispense and fast
curing, specially designed for structural fixings and very technical construction
sites. Applications for metallic racking or for work in reinforced concrete.

Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of a craftsman who uses from time
to time chemical anchors (such as a peeler cartridge 160 ml with a silicone gun)
or to the needs of a professional accustomed to chemical fixing and who uses a
coaxial cartridge in 380 ml.

ETA-13/0416
ETA-11/0150 AT-HP™
ETA-11/0151 280 ml

Reference Contents
AT-HP280BN-UK 280 ml
AT-HP380BN-UK 380 ml
Two mixing nozzles are supplied with each cartridge.

BENEFITS: • Facade
• Changes colour as it cures. CERTIFICATION:
• Fast curing • ETA for threaded rod (Option 8)
AT-HP™
• low odour to concrete
380 ml
• Non-flammable • ETA for rebar to concrete
• ETA for threaded rod to
MATERIAL: masonry.
Non-Cracked Concrete
Solid Bricks
WRAS
Hollow Blocks
MA3404/E
AAC Blocks
0706528

Applications:
• Threaded rod and rebar
connections

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• Racking
• Balconies Graduated mixer MN1

Curing Schedule:
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing

Temperature of Anchorage Base Working Time Curing Time

T anchorage base tgel tcure

-5°C 45 min 9h
0°C 15 min 4h
+5°C 12 min 1 h 30 min
+10°C 9 min 60 min
+20°C 4 min 30 min
+30°C 1 min 20 min

Note: temperature of the resin ≥ 5°C.

Method of Cleaning holes in solid base materials:

Normal diameter All diameter

2 blow
+ 2 brush
19 Method of cleaning hole + 2 blow
+ 2 brush
+ 2 blow

200
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 stainless steel / AT-HPTM

Technical data for threaded rod for fixings in concrete

Installation Parameters
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Drill hole diameter, d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22

Drill hole depth, h0 [mm] 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240
Clearance hole in the fixture, df LMAS
[mm] 9 12 14 18 22
Zinc-Plated Steel
Width across flats, sw [mm] 13 17 19 24 30

Installation torque, Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 150

Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Effective embedment depth, hef [mm] 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240

Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N [mm] 128 192 160 240 192 288 256 384 320 480

Minimum spacing, smin [mm] 35 48 40 60 48 72 64 96 80 120

Characteristic edge distance , ccr,N4)

[mm] 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240

Minimum edge distance, cmin [mm] 35 48 40 60 48 72 64 96 80 120

Minimum member thickness, hmin [mm] 100 130 110 150 130 175 160 225 200 280

Recommended Loads Steel 1) 3)

M8 8) M10 8) M12 M16 M20
hef [mm] 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240
C24/25

C30/37
Tension Nrec 9.1 9.1 14.3 14.4 19.0 19.0 28.6 38.8 35.7 54.8
C40/50

C50/60
[kN]
C20/25

C30/37
Shear 5) Vrec 4.5 4.5 7.2 7.2 10.4 10.4 19.4 19.4 30.3 30.3 NOTES :
C40/50
1. Steel failure decisive.
C50/60 2. The design resistances have been
calculated using the partial safety
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

factors for resistances stated in ETA-

BENDING MOMENT Mrec 9.0 9.0 18.6 18.6 32.4 32.4 82.4 82.4 approvals(s).
3. The recommended loads have been
calculated using the partial safety factors
for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s)
and with a partial safety factor for actions
Recommended Loads A4 1) 3) of ᵧf=1.4.
4. The load figures are valid for reinforced
M8 8) M10 8) M12 M16 M20 concrete with a rebar spacing ≥ 15cm
(any diameter) or with a rebar spacing
hef [mm] 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240 ≥ 15cm if the rebar diameter is 10mm
or smaller.
C24/25
5. The figures for shear are based on
C30/37 a single anchor without influence of
Tension Nrec 9.8 9.8 14.3 15.4 19.0 22.2 28.6 41.4 35.7 54.8 concrete edges. For anchorages close
C40/50 to the edges (c ≤ hef 60d) the concrete
edge failure shall be calculated per ETAG
C50/60 001, Annex C, design method A.
[kN]
C20/25 6. Concrete is considered non-cracked
when the tensile stress within the
C30/37 concrete is σL +σR ≤ 0. In the absence
Shear 5) Vrec 5.9 5.9 9.3 9.3 13.5 13.5 25.2 25.2 39.3 39.3 of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm2 can
C40/50
be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress
C50/60 within the concrete induced by external
loads, anchors loads included).
7. For combined tension and shear loads
BENDING MOMENT Mrec [Nm] 11.9 11.9 23.8 23.8 42.1 42.1 106.7 106.7 207.9 207.9 or anchor groups and/or in the case of
edge influence, a calculation per ETAG
001, Annex C, design method A shall
be performed. For details see the ETA-
approval(s).
8. Load values for carbon steel hot dip
galvanised for threaded studs with
undersized threads acc EN ISO 10684:

M8: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 16.5 / 11.1 / 7.9 kN Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 8.4 / 5.6 / 4.0 kN
19
M10: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 26.7 / 17.9 / 12.8 kN Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 13.5 / 9.0 / 6.4 kN

201
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

SET-XP Pure Epoxy Resin

Seismic conditions approved

Set-XP is a high strength

epoxy injection adhesive
for fastening heavy
structural fixings in cracked
and non-cracked concrete.

It's high bond strength and

non-shrinking formula are
suitable for use in oversized
or wet holes.

• ICC-ES approved for

cracked concrete.
• ETA option 1
approved.
• Extended working
time.
• High bond strength.
• Non-shrinking
formula.
• Seismically approved.

19

202
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

SET-XP is a pure epoxy resin suitable for heavy threaded rod fixing applications in both cracked
and non-cracked concrete (ETA Option 1). It's specially designed for highly technical and structural
fixings. This solution is perfect for large diameters and applications in hot weather countries. SET-XP
is tested in seismic conditions.

Cartridges available (650 ml) perfectly adapted for big job sides.

BENEFITS: • Heavy structural fixings into cracked or non- SET-XP™ Teal

• ETA and ICC-ES for cracked concrete (option cracked concrete
650 ml colour
1) • Oversized holes
• Extended working time
• High-bond strength
• Non-shrinking CERTIFICATION:
• Suitable for wet holes • ICC-ES for cracked concrete
• Easy storage in hot weather countries • ETA 11-0360 (Option 1)

MATERIAL:
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Tested according to
APPLICATIONS: ACI 355.2.
ICC-ES ESR-2508
NSF/ANSI Std. 61

Curing Schedule
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing
LMAS
T °C Working time Curing time6) Zinc-plated steel
10 60 min 72 h
21 45 min 24 h
32 25 min 24 h
43 12 min 24 h

Method of Cleaning Holes

Mixer MN2
Normal diameter All diameter
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Clean hole by brushing and

blowing alternately with
Method of cleaning hole oil-free compressed air at
minimum 5.5 bar: 2x blow,
4x brush, 2x blow.

19

203
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 (≤M24) and
A4-50 (>M24) stainless steel / SET-XPTM
Installation Parameters
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 NOTES :
Drill hole diameter, d0 [mm] 14 18 24 28 30
1)
The permissible loads have been
calculated using the partial safety factors
Drill hole depth, h0 [mm] 70 240 80 320 90 400 100 480 110 540
for resistances stated in the ETA and a
Clearance hole in the fixture, df
[mm] 14 18 22 26 30 partial safety factor for actions of γF =
Width across flats, sw [mm] 19 24 30 36 41
1.4. The permissible loads are valid for
unreinforced concrete and reinforced
Installation torque, Tinst [Nm] 40 60 80 100 120
concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15
cm and reinforced concrete with a rebar
Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses spacing s ≥ 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm
or smaller.
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Effective embedment depth, hef [mm] 70 240 80 320 90 400 100 480 110 540 2)
The permissible shear loads are based
Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N [mm] 210 720 240 960 270 1200 300 1440 330 1620 on a single anchor without influencing
concrete edges. For shear loads applied
Minimum spacing, smin [mm] 45 60 70 80 90
close to an edge (c ≤ 10 hef and 60d)
Characteristic edge distance , ccr,N 4)
[mm] 105 360 120 480 135 600 150 720 165 810 concrete edge failure must be checked
Minimum edge distance, cmin [mm] 80 100 115 135 155 per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method
A.
Minimum member thickness, hmin [mm] 100 270 116 356 138 448 156 536 170 600

3)
Concrete is considered non-cracked
Recommended Values for Resistance to Tension and Shear Loads when the tensile stress within the
concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm² can
hef 70 240 80 320 90 400 100 480 110 540
be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress
Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4
within the concrete as a result of external
loads, forces on anchors included).
Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Nperm
4)
For combined tension and shear loads
kN 5.4 5.4 18.4 18.4 6.1 6.1 24.6 24.6 5.7 5.7 25.6 25.6 7.6 7.6 36.9 36.9 9.5 9.5 46.7 46.7
or anchor groups and/or in case of edge
influence, a calculation per TR 029 shall
Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Nperm
be performed. For details see ETA -
approval(s).
kN 10.0 10.0 20.0 22.5 12.3 12.3 37.6 42.0 14.6 14.6 58.5 65.6 17.1 17.1 84.2 94.3 19.8 19.8 109.0 57.4
5)
Temperature range I: -40°C to +43°C
(max long term temperature: +24°C; max
Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Vperm short term temperature: 43°C).
kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 17.2 17.2 22.2 25.1 16.1 16.1 34.8 39.3 21.6 21.6 50.2 56.7 26.6 26.6 65.7 34.5

6)
For installation in wet concrete

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

the curing times shall be doubled
Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Vperm (installation in water-filled drill holes is
not allowed).
kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 22.2 25.1 22.2 25.1 34.8 39.3 34.8 39.3 48.0 48.0 50.2 56.7 55.4 34.5 65.7 34.5

Permissible bending moments1), Mperm

Nm 37.7 42.1 37.7 42.1 94.8 106.6 94.8 106.6 185.7 207.9 185.7 207.9 320.5 359.9 320.5 359.9 475.4 249.7 475.4 249.7

19

204
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

VAS/VAC Threaded Rod and Vinylester Capsule System

Vinylester anchoring system for secure fixing VAS
into non-cracked concrete.

Function: After drilling and cleaning the hole, the VAC

capsule is inserted into the hole and the VAS anchor stud is
driven with a rotating/hammering action. This breaks the VAC
capsule and mixes the contents. The resulting chemical
reaction creates a durable expansion pressure free bond
between the anchor stud, the reacted resin, and the
concrete.

Benefits:

• Expansion pressure free

• Reduced permissible edge distances and spacings

• Completely seals drilled hole

• This adhesive fixing system consists of a threaded VAS stud and VAC chemical-filled glass capsule.
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• During installation, the capsule is crushed and the rotating and hammering action mixes the contents.
• After the recommended cure time, the fixture can be installed and the fixing can be loaded.
• Capsule has shelf life of 2 years when stored correctly. Don’t use if capsule is damaged or if the contents do not flow
in a honey-like fashion at room temperature.
• The bond strength between the cured chemical and the drilled hole is dependent on the thorough cleaning of the
drilled hole. Follow the installation instructions carefully.

VAC Curing Schedule

Temperature of Curing Time(7)

Anchorage Base
Tanchorage base tcure

-5° C 480 mins

0° C 240 mins

+5° C 150 mins

+10° C 120 mins

+15° C 90 mins

+20° C 45 mins

+30° C 20 mins

+40° C 10 mins
19

205
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

CONSTRUCTION:

VAS Threaded stud

VAC Capsule Setting tool

Material:
VAS: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
VAS A4: A4-70 stainless steel
VAC: Glass capsule with vinylester resin, hardener and mineral aggregates

Base Material:
Non-cracked concrete C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)

Load Range:
Tension: Nperm = 4.0 - 60.0 kN
Shear: Vperm = 4.0 - 60.0 kN

Temperature Range:
Maximum long-term service temperature = +50°C
Maximum short-term service temperature = +80 °C

Range Supplied:
VAS: M8 – M30, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated / A4 stainless steel

Applications:
Brackets Steel construction
Base plates Storage racks
Railings Machines

Benefits:
Causes no expansion pressure.
Stud with hex head for easy installation.
Reduced edge distances and spacings with setting tool.
High capacity in non-cracked concrete.
Completely seals drilled hole

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Storage:
Dry, dark, at a temperature between +5°C and +25°C. Avoid direct sunlight.

Shelf Life:
24 months after manufacturing date when stored according to the above recommendations
Information from Koelner Stahl.

Installation:
Pre-fix installation shown
1. Drill hole and thoroughly clean (brushing and blowing).
2. Insert the VAS capsule into the drilled hole.
3. Spin the VAS stud to the embedment depth marking using a rotary hammer drill.
4. After the specified curing time, install the fixture and apply the recommended fastening torque
with a calibrated torque-wrench.

19

206
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

VAS Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Item Codes and Dimensions

Ø x Depth
Ø Fixture Total
of Drilled
Thread Hole Length
Hole Max VAC
Item Code Description Size Effective
Fixture Capsule
[mm] df L
d 0 x h1
[mm] [mm]
[mm]

VAS08110 Threaded Stud-M8x110 M8 10 x 85 10 9 80 110 VAC08

VAS10130 Threaded Stud-M10x130 M10 12 x 95 15 12 90 130 VAC10

VAS10190 Threaded Stud-M10x190 M10 12 x 95 75 12 90 190 VAC10

VAS12160 Threaded Stud-M12x160 M12 14 x 115 20 14 110 160 VAC12

VAS12190 Threaded Stud-M12x190 M12 14 x 115 50 14 110 190 VAC12

VAS12220 Threaded Stud-M12x220 M12 14 x 115 80 14 110 220 VAC12

VAS12300 Threaded Stud-M12x300 M12 14 x 115 160 14 110 300 VAC12

VAS16190 Threaded Stud-M16x190 M16 18 x 130 30 18 125 190 VAC18

VAS16220 Threaded Stud-M16x220 M16 18 x 130 60 18 125 220 VAC18

VAS16300 Threaded Stud-M16x300 M16 18 x 130 140 18 125 300 VAC18

VAS16380 Threaded Stud-M16x380 M16 18 x 130 220 18 125 380 VAC18

VAS20260 Threaded Stud-M20x260 M20 24 x 175 45 22 210 260 VAC20

VAS24300 Threaded Stud-M24x300 M24 28 x 215 35 26 270 300 VAC24

VAS30380 Threaded Stud-M30x380 M30 35 x 275 75 32 280 380 VAC30

VAS Stainless Steel Item Codes and Dimensions

Ø x Depth
Ø Fixture Total
of Drilled
Thread Hole Length
Hole Max VAC
Item Code Description Size Effective
Fixture Capsule
[mm] df L
d 0 x h1
[mm] [mm]
[mm]

VAS8110A4 Threaded Stud-M8x110 Stainless Steel M8 10 x 85 10 9 80 110 VAC08

VAS10130A4 Threaded Stud-M10x130 Stainless Steel M10 12 x 95 15 12 90 130 VAC10

VAS12160A4 Threaded Stud-M12x160 Stainless Steel M12 14 x 115 20 14 110 160 VAC12

VAS12220A4 Threaded Stud-M12x220 Stainless Steel M12 14 x 115 80 14 110 220 VAC12

VAS16190A4 Threaded Stud-M16x190 Stainless Steel M16 18 x 130 30 18 125 190 VAC18

VAS20260A4 Threaded Stud-M20x260 Stainless Steel M20 24 x 175 45 22 210 260 VAC20
C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

VAC Capsule Steel Item Codes and Dimensions

Total
Diameter
Item Code Description Length
[mm]
[mm]

VAC08 Glass Capsule 9.3 85

VAC10 Glass Capsule 10.8 85

VAC12 Glass Capsule 12.7 95

VAC16 Glass Capsule 16.8 95

VAC20 Glass Capsule 21.6 180

VAC24 Glass Capsule 23.8 215

VAC30 Glass Capsule 33.2 270

VAS Installation Data

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Drill Hole Diameter [mm] dc 10 12 14 16 24 28 35

Drill Hole Depth [mm] h1 85 95 115 130 175 215 275

Clearance Hole Diameter in the Fixture [mm] dr 9 12 14 18 22 26 32

Width Across Flats [mm] sw 13 17 19 24 30 36 46

Installation Torq (Nm) Tinst 10 20 40 80 120 180 300

Effective Embedment Depth [mm] hef 80 90 110 125 170 210 270

Characteristic Spacing [mm] Scr, N 240 270 330 375 510 630 675 19
Minimum Spacing [mm] Smin 40 45 55 63 85 105 135

Characteristic Edge Distance [mm] Ccr, N 120 135 165 190 255 315 340

Minimum Edge Distance [mm] Cmin 40 45 55 63 85 105 135

Minimum Member Thickness [mm] hmin 120 130 140 180 230 270 340 207
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2

h ef 80 90 110 125 170 210 270

VAS (Zinc Coated) Characteristic Resistance(1, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 60.0 60.0 95.0 95.0 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C30/37 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 62.4 62.4 98.8 98.8 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
Tension NRk
C40/50 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 64.2 64.2 101.7 101.7 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C50/60 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 65.4 65.4 103.6 103.6 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
[kN]
C20/25 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
C30/37 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
Shear VRk
C40/50 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
C50/60 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
Bending Moment MoRk [Nm] 19 19 37 37 65 65 166 166 324 324 561 561 1124 1124

VAS (Stainless Steel) Characteristic Resistance (1, 5, 8)

in Non-Cracked Concrete
C20/25 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 95.0 95.0 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C30/37 26.0 26.0 31.2 31.2 52.0 52.0 62.4 62.4 98.8 98.8 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
Tension NRk
C40/50 26.0 26.0 32.1 32.1 53.5 53.5 64.2 64.2 101.7 101.7 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C50/60 26.0 26.0 32.7 32.7 54.5 54.5 65.4 65.4 103.6 103.6 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
[kN]
C20/25 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
C30/37 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
Shear VRk
C40/50 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
C50/60 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
Bending Moment MoRk 26 26 52 52 92 92 233 233 454 454 786 786 1574 1574

VAS (Zinc Coated) Design Resistance (1, 3, 5, 8)

in Non-Cracked Concrete
C20/25 12.0 11.9 16.7 14.3 27.8 23.8 33.3 28.6 52.8 45.2 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C30/37 12.0 12.0 17.3 14.9 28.0 24.8 34.7 29.7 54.9 47.0 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
Tension NRk
C40/50 12.0 12.0 17.8 15.3 28.0 25.5 35.7 30.6 56.5 48.4 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C50/60 12.0 12.0 18.2 15.6 28.0 26.0 36.3 31.1 57.5 49.3 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
[kN]
C20/25 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
C30/37 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
Shear VRk
C40/50 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
C50/60 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
Bending Moment MoRk [Nm] 15.2 15.2 29.6 29.6 52.0 52.0 133 133 259 259 449 449 899 899

VAS (Stainless Steel) Design Resistance (1, 3, 5, 8)

in Non-Cracked Concrete
C20/25 13.9 11.9 16.7 14.3 27.8 23.8 33.3 28.6 52.8 45.2 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C30/37 13.9 12.4 17.3 14.9 28.9 24.8 34.7 29.7 54.9 47.0 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
Tension NRk
C40/50 13.9 12.7 17.8 15.3 29.7 25.5 35.7 30.6 56.5 48.4 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C50/60 13.9 13.0 18.2 15.6 30.3 26.0 36.3 31.1 57.5 49.3 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
[kN]
C20/25 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
C30/37 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
Shear VRk
C40/50 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

C50/60 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
Bending Moment MoRk [Nm] 16.7 16.7 33.3 33.3 59.0 59.0 149 149 291 291 504 504 1009 1009

VAS (Zinc Coated) Recommended Loads(1, 3, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25 8.6 8.5 11.9 10.2 19.8 17.0 23.8 20.4 37.7 32.3 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C30/37 8.6 8.8 12.4 10.6 20.6 17.7 24.8 21.2 39.2 33.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
Tension NRec
C40/50 8.6 9.1 12.7 10.9 21.2 18.2 25.5 21.8 40.3 34.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C50/60 8.6 9.3 13.0 11.1 21.6 18.5 26.0 22.2 41.1 35.2 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
[kN]
C20/25 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C30/37 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Shear VRec
C40/50 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C50/60 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Bending Moment MRek [Nm] 10.9 11.9 23.8 23.8 42.1 42.1 106.7 106.7 207.9 207.9 359.9 359.9 720.7 720.7

VAS (Stainless Steel) Recommended Loads(1, 3, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25 9.9 8.5 11.9 10.2 19.8 17.0 23.8 20.4 37.7 32.3 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C30/37 9.9 8.8 12.4 10.6 20.6 17.7 24.8 21.2 39.2 33.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
Tension NRec
C40/50 9.9 9.1 12.7 10.9 21.2 18.2 25.5 21.8 40.3 34.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C50/60 9.9 9.3 13.0 11.1 21.6 18.5 26.0 22.2 41.1 35.2 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
[kN]
C20/25 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C30/37 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Shear VRec
C40/50 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C50/60 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Bending Moment MRek [Nm] 11.9 11.9 23.8 23.8 42.1 42.1 106.7 106.7 207.9 207.9 359.9 359.9 720.7 720.7

1. Steel failure decisive.

2. The design resistances have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s).
3. The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of Fᵞ = 1.4.
4. The load figures are valid for un-reinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10cm, if the rebar
diameter is 10cm or smaller.

19 5. The concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is ρL + ρR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification ρR = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (q =
the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchor loads included).
6. For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per TR 029, design method A shall be performed. For details see ETA
- approval(s).
7. For wet concrete, the curing time shall be doubled.
8. Values for the temperature range I: -40°C to +80°C (max. long term temperature: +50°C; max. short term temperature: +80°C)
9. Use CAT 1 for dry or wet concrete. use CAT 2: Flooded holes with the exception of sea water.
208
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Dispensing Tools
Simpson Strong-Tie® has developed a line of professional manual applicator guns that are powerful,
strong and pefectly matched to our products. Equipped with a comfortable handle they release a
perfectly adapted pressure during dispensing. We strictly control the quality of the steel rods. Their
hexagonal form makes them keep their shape. The reinforced cradle has been designed for an
optimal positioning of the cartridge. Its anti-corrosive steel coating makes it a solid tool.
DT300
Description Code Cartridges

Extrusion tool DT300 DT300 280/300 ml

Extrusion tool DT380 DT380 380 ml

Extrusion tool DT650 DT650 400/650 ml

DT380

High quality steel rod

DT650
Reinforced cradle

Correct pressure level

Comfortable handle

Sieve
Sleeves are required for fixings in hollow bricks. Various sizes are available depending on the
product to be fixed.
Description Code Dimensions

Sieve SH 12x50 SH12050-RP10 12x50 mm

Sieve SH 16x85 SH16085-RP6 16x85 mm

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Sieve SH 16x130 SH16130-RP6 16x130 mm

Sieve SH 20x85 SH20085-RP4 20x85 mm Sieve SH

Mixing Nozzles
Always use the proper Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzle. Always inject the resin starting from
the bottom of the hole and withdrawing gradually as the hole is filled. Ensure that the mixing
MN1
nozzle reaches the bottom of the hole before starting injection. Use extension tubing if needed.

Description Code Products

Mixing nozzle MN1 MN1-RP10 POLY-GP/AT-HP

MN2
Mixing nozzle MN2 MN2 SET-XP

Extension Tubes
In case of deep embedments it may be necessary to extend the mixer by attaching an extension
tubes which enables to reach the bottom of the hole.
MNE
Name Code Notes

Extension MNE MNE-RP10 For MN1

19

209
 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

Dust Pump
Dust pumps are «a must» for proper hole cleaning.
Name Code
Dust pump PUMP

Brushes Pump
Wire brushes with nylon bristles are available in two diameters and lengths. Always
brush holes to loosen dust as per the installation instructions.
BR17
Name Code Notes

One pack =
Brushes BR BR17-30 1 BR17 + 1 BR30
(Solid/Hollow blocks) BR30

Rods
LMAS - Zinc-plated steel Grade 5.8
Max
Max thickness
Diameter of Embedment Minimum Hole
of item to be
Length hole for the Depth Dia. & Depth
Product Product Code Dia fixed
[mm] item to fix hef dof, x hf
tfix
df [mm] [mm]
[mm]
[mm]
LMAS M8 x 95 LMAS0810064020 M8 95 20 10 64 10 x 64
LMAS M8 X 110 LMAS0812050050 M8 110 50 10 50 10 x 50
LMAS M10 X 110 LMAS1016085010 M10 110 10 12 85 12 x 85
LMAS M10 X 130 LMAS1012090025 M10 130 25 12 90 12 x 90
LMAS M10 X 150 LMAS1016085050 M10 150 50 12 85 12 x 85
LMAS M12 X 120 LMAS1216085015 M12 120 15 14 85 14 x 85 LMAS
LMAS M12 X 150 LMAS1214100035 M12 150 35 14 100 14 x 100
LMAS M12 X 185 LMAS1214100070 M12 185 70 14 100 14 x 100
LMAS M16 X 170 LMAS1618130020 M16 170 20 18 130 18 x 130
LMAS M16 X 200 LMAS1618130050 M16 200 50 18 130 18 x 130
LMAS M20 X 245 LMAS2025170050 M20 245 50 22 170 22 x 170

Metal Sieve SHM

Steel sieve (cut to length required)

C-UK18 ©2018 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Øx
Sieve
Compatible Depth of
Type Order Code Ø Sieve Length
LMAS Drilled Hole
d0
SHM 16/1000* SHM161000 LMAS M10 + M12 16 1000 16

*Not included in approval.

Internally Threaded Sieve IGH

Steel internally threaded sieve

Øx
Compatible Sieve Depth of Drilled
Type Order Code Ø Sieve
LMAS Length
d0 x h1
IGH M8x80* IGH08080 LMAS M8 12 80 14 x 90
IGH M10x80* IGH10080 LMAS M10 14 80 16 x 90
IGH M12x80* IGH12080 LMAS M12 16 80 18 x 90

*Not included in approval.

19

210
Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Fast Technical Support & Advice

For the best technical support and practical advice, contact our Technical Support Team.
Call: 01827 255600 Fax: 01827 255616
Email: uktechnical@strongtie.com Visit: www.strongtie.co.uk

Visit us at: www.strongtie.co.uk

For product Information, 3D CAD Models, Installation
Videos, DoP documentation and much more visit our
website.

For the latest updates and industry news, follow us on

Social media.

@strongtieUK

For over 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie® has focused on creating structural

products that help people build safer and stronger homes and buildings.
A leader in structural systems research and technology, we are one of the largest suppliers of
structural building products in the world and our commitment to product development, engineering
testing and training is evident in the consistent quality and delivery of its products and services.

211
If we don’t have it, you don’t need it.
Whatever you’re building, renovating or improving, our latest catalogue has
the connector to do the job.
Think you should accept an equivalent? There is no equal.
Contact:

SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ®
Winchester Road - Cardinal Point,
Tamworth, Staffordshire B78 3HG
Tel : +44 (0)1827 255 600
Fax : +44 (0)1827 255 616
uksales@strongtie.com
www.strongtie.co.uk

SCOTLAND IRELAND
SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ® SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ®
East Mains Freight Kore Development Park
1 Bathgate Road John F Kennedy Drive
Armadale EH48 2PE Naas Rd Dublin 12
Tel : +44 (0) 1827 255600 Tel : +44 (0) 1827 255600
Fax : +44 (0) 1827 255616 Fax : +44 (0) 1827 255616
www.strongtie.co.uk www.strongtie.ie

DANMARK POLSKA
SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ® A/S SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ® Sp. Z o. o
Hedegardesvej 11, Boulstrup PL - 01 - 918 Warszawa
DK - 8300 Odder Tel/Fax : +48 22 865 22 00
Tel : +45 87 81 74 00 info@simpsonstrongtie.pl
Fax : +45 87 81 74 09 www.strongtie.pl
info@simpsonstrongtie.dk
www.strongtie.dk

DEUTSCHLAND FRANCE
SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ® GmbH SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ®
Hubert-Vergölst-Str. 6-14 Zac des Quatre Chemins
D- 61231 Bad Nauheim 85400 Sainte Gemme La Plaine
Tel : +49 (0)6032 8680-0 Tel : +33 2 51 28 44 00
info@simpsonstrongtie.de Fax : +33 2 51 28 44 01
www.strongtie.de commercial@strongtie.com
www.strongtie.fr

CESKÁ REPUBLIKA SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ®, inc

SIMPSON STRONG-TIE ® S.R.O 5956 W. Las Positas Blvd
Kyjovská 3280, 580 01 Pleasanton, CA 94588, U.S.A
Havlí k v Brod, CZ Tel : +1 925 560 9000
Tel : +420 569 433 555 Fax : +1 925 833 1496
www.strongtie.cz web@strongtie.com
www.strongtie.com

C-UK17 2018